Black Box Compact T1 Mt850A Users Manual

MT850A to the manual 0b776daf-7014-42e1-b522-e3a77ee695aa

2015-02-02

: Black-Box Black-Box-Compact-T1-Mt850A-Users-Manual-482294 black-box-compact-t1-mt850a-users-manual-482294 black-box pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 592

DownloadBlack-Box Black-Box-Compact-T1-Mt850A-Users-Manual-  Black-box-compact-t1-mt850a-users-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
MAY 2003
PRODUCT P/N MT850A
770-0110-AA

Compact T1
USER MANUAL

CUSTOMER
SUPPORT
INFORMATION

Order toll-free in the U.S.: Call 877-877-BBOX (outside the U.S. call 724-746-5500)
FREE technical support, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week: Call 724-746-5500 or fax 724-746-0746
Mail order: Black Box Corporation, 1000 Park Drive, Lawrence, PA 15055-1018
Web site: www.blackbox.com • E-mail: info@blackbox.com

Supporting Software Version:
Controller 6.1
IP Router 1.6
CMG Router 2.0

PREFACE
Preface

Compliance
FCC Requirements for Telephone-Line Equipment
1. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has established rules which permit this device
to be directly connected to the telephone network with standardized jacks. This equipment should not
be used on party lines or coin lines.
2. If this device is malfunctioning, it may also be causing harm to the telephone network; this device
should be disconnected until the source of the problem can be determined and until the repair has been
made. If this is not done, the telephone company may temporarily disconnect service.
3. If you have problems with your telephone equipment after installing this device, disconnect this
device from the line to see if it is causing the problem. If it is, contact your supplier or an authorized
agent.
4. The telephone company may make changes in its technical operations and procedures. If any such
changes affect the compatibility or use of this device, the telephone company is required to give
adequate notice of the changes.
5. If the telephone company requests information on what equipment is connected to their lines,
inform them of:
a. The telephone number that this unit is connected to.

b. The ringer equivalence number.
c. The USOC jack required: RJ-11C.

d. The FCC registration number.
Items (b) and (d) can be found on the unit’s FCC label. The ringer equivalence number (REN) is

used to determine how many devices can be connected to your telephone line. In most
areas, the sum of the RENs of all devices on any one line should not exceed five (5.0). If
too many devices are attached, they may not ring properly.
6. In the event of an equipment malfunction, all repairs should be performed by your
supplier or an authorized agent. It is the responsibility of users requiring service to report
the need for service to the supplier or to an authorized agent.

Preface
Compliance

Certification Notice for Equipment Used in Canada
The Canadian Department of Communications label identifies certified equipment. This
certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications-network
protective, operation, and safety requirements. The Department does not guarantee the
equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction.
Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to be connected to the
facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an
acceptable method of connection. In some cases, the company’s inside wiring associated with a
single-line individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (extension
cord). The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent
degradation of service in some situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility—in
this case, your supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment
malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power
utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together.
This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.

CAUTION! USERS SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT TO MAKE SUCH CONNECTIONS
THEMSELVES, BUT SHOULD CONTACT THE APPROPRIATE ELECTRIC INSPECTION
AUTHORITY, OR ELECTRICIAN, AS APPROPRIATE.

The LOAD NUMBER (LN) assigned to each terminal device denotes the percentage of the total load
to be connected to a telephone loop which is used by the device, to prevent overloading. The
termination on a loop may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that
the total of the load numbers of all the devices does not exceed 100.

iv

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Preface
Compliance

Federal Communications Commission and Canadian
Department of Communications Radio Frequency
Interference Statements
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used
properly, that is, in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, may cause interference to
radio communication. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing
device in accordance with the specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed
to provide reasonable protection against such interference when the equipment is operated in a
commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause
interference, in which case the user at his own expense will be required to take whatever measures
may be necessary to correct the interference.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emission from digital
apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulation of the Canadian Department of
Communications.
Le présent appareil numérique n’émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant les limites
applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe A prescrites dans le Règlement sur le brouillage
radioélectrique publié par le ministère des Communications du Canada.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

v

Preface
Compliance

Normas Oficiales Mexicanas (NOM) Electrical Safety
Statement Instrucciones de Seguridad
1. Todas las instrucciones de seguridad y operación deberán ser leídas antes de que el aparato
eléctrico sea operado.
2. Las instrucciones de seguridad y operación deberán ser guardadas para referencia futura.
3. Todas las advertencias en el aparato eléctrico y en sus instrucciones de operación deben ser
respetadas.
4. Todas las instrucciones de operación y uso deben ser seguidas.
5. El aparato eléctrico no deberá ser usado cerca del agua—por ejemplo, cerca de la tina de baño,
lavabo, sótano mojado o cerca de una alberca, etc.
6. El aparato eléctrico debe ser usado únicamente con carritos o pedestales que sean recomendados
por el fabricante.
7. El aparato eléctrico debe ser montado a la pared o al techo sólo como sea recomendado por el
fabricante.
8. Servicio—El usuario no debe intentar dar servicio al equipo eléctrico más allá a lo descrito en las
instrucciones de operación. Todo otro servicio deberá ser referido a personal de servicio calificado.
9. El aparato eléctrico debe ser situado de tal manera que su posición no interfiera su uso. La
colocación del aparato eléctrico sobre una cama, sofá, alfombra o superficie similar puede bloquea la
ventilación, no se debe colocar en libreros o gabinetes que impidan el flujo de aire por los orificios
de ventilación.
10. El equipo eléctrico deber ser situado fuera del alcance de fuentes de calor como radiadores,
registros de calor, estufas u otros aparatos (incluyendo amplificadores) que producen calor.
11. El aparato eléctrico deberá ser connectado a una fuente de poder sólo del tipo descrito en el
instructivo de operación, o como se indique en el aparato.
12. Precaución debe ser tomada de tal manera que la tierra fisica y la polarización del equipo no sea
eliminada.
13. Los cables de la fuente de poder deben ser guiados de tal manera que no sean pisados ni
pellizcados por objetos colocados sobre o contra ellos, poniendo particular atención a los contactos y
receptáculos donde salen del aparato.
14. El equipo eléctrico debe ser limpiado únicamente de acuerdo a las recomendaciones del
fabricante.
15. En caso de existir, una antena externa deberá ser localizada lejos de las lineas de energia.

vi

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Preface
Compliance
16. El cable de corriente deberá ser desconectado del cuando el equipo no sea usado por un largo
periodo de tiempo.
17. Cuidado debe ser tomado de tal manera que objectos liquidos no sean derramados sobre la
cubierta u orificios de ventilación.
18. Servicio por personal calificado deberá ser provisto cuando:
A: El cable de poder o el contacto ha sido dañado; u
B: Objectos han caído o líquido ha sido derramado dentro del aparato; o
C: El aparato ha sido expuesto a la lluvia; o
D: El aparato parece no operar normalmente o muestra un cambio en su desempeño; o
E: El aparato ha sido tirado o su cubierta ha sido dañada.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

vii

Preface
Safety Information

Safety Information
CAUTION! ALWAYS USE CAUTION WHEN INSTALLING TELEPHONE LINES.
READ THE CAUTIONS BELOW FOR DETAILS ON SAFETY GUIDELINES TO PREVENT
INJURY.
l Never touch uninsulated telephone wires and terminals unless the

telephone line has been disconnected at the Network Interface (NI) as
voltage potentials as high as 300 VAC may be present across the transmit
and receive pairs
l Only use No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord, to reduce

the risk of fire
l Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm
l Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is

specifically designed for wet locations
l Refer to the installation section of this manual for a safe and proper

installation procedure. All wiring external to this equipment should follow
the current provision of the National Electrical Code

viii

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Preface
Notices

Notices
This manual contains important information and warnings that must be followed to
ensure safe operation of the equipment.

DANGER! A DANGER NOTICE INDICATES THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT
CAN OR WILL CAUSE DEATH OR SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY IF THE HAZARD IS
NOT AVOIDED.

CAUTION! A CAUTION NOTICE INDICATES THE POSSIBILITY OF
INTERRUPTING NETWORK SERVICE IF THE HAZARD IS NOT AVOIDED.

WARNING! A WARNING NOTICE INDICATES THE POSSIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT
DAMAGE IF THE HAZARD IS NOT AVOIDED.

NOTE: A Note indicates information to help you understand how to
perform a procedure or how the system works. Notes should be read before
performing the required action.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ix

Preface
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions
ESD can damage processors, circuit cards, and other electronic components. Always
observe the following precautions before installing a system component.
1. Do not remove a component from its protective packaging until ready to
install.
2. Wear a wrist grounding strap and attach it to a metal part of the system unit
before handling components. If a wrist strap is not available, maintain contact
with the system unit throughout any procedure requiring ESD protection.

WARNING! INTEGRATED CIRCUITS (ICS) ARE EXTREMELY SUSCEPTIBLE TO
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE. UNLESS YOU ARE A QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN WHO
USES TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES THAT CONFORM TO ACCEPTED INDUSTRY PRACTICES, DO
NOT HANDLE

ICS.

The ESD warning label appears on packages and storage bags
that contain static-sensitive products and components.

x

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents

Preface
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
FCC Requirements for Telephone-Line Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Certification Notice for Equipment Used in Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Federal Communications Commission and Canadian Department of
Communications Radio Frequency Interference Statements . . . . . v
Normas Oficiales Mexicanas (NOM) Electrical Safety Statement
Instrucciones de Seguridad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x

1

Base Platform
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual T1 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/Charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FXS Service card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FXO Service card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISDN BRI Service card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCU-DP Service card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quad T1 Service card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V.35 and V.35/54 Service cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IP Router Service card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CMG Router Service card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local and Remote Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Platform Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-6

Table of Contents

Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Management Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Network Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Testing and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Rear Chassis Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Physical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
RS-232 Craft Port (Female DB-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
T1 and 10Base-T Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

2

Physical Installation
Unpacking and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Assembly of Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Wall Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Rack Mounting (Optional Feature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

3

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Compliant Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Ferrite Beads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Chassis Connectors and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Interface Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Chassis Ground Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Power Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Power Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
External Alarm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
25-Pair Telco Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
RS-232 Craft Port (Female DB-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
T1 Connection Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
10Base-T Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

xii

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

4

Configuration
Setting up a CLI Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Basic System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Set Up Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Set Up a DS1/T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Set Up a DS0/Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Set Up an Analog Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Set Up the Router Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Establish a Static Channel Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Set Up a ISDN BRI Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Set Up the OCU-DP Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Set Up a V.35 Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Change the IP Address of the DS0 Management Channel . . . . . . . 4-10
Upgrade the Controller Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Upgrade the Router (IP or CMG) Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Quick Configuration Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Setup of DS0 Management Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Application Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Provision DS0s for data and cross-connect to the outgoing T1 . . . . 4-17
Configure the Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Setup the Profile for Site A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Setup the Profile for Site B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Setup the Profile for Site C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Remote Site A Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Remote Site B Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Remote Site C Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

xiii

Table of Contents

5

CLI Commands
Command Line Interface Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
? or help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
[TAB] usage for word or command completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
aco (Alarm Cut Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
add (router) dns proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
add (router) remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
add (router) snmp community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
add (router) snmp trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
add (router) static dns host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
add (router) uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
add (router-lan) filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
add (router-lan) secondary ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
add (router-lan) static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
add (router-wan) firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
add (router-wan) gre network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
add (router-wan) nat bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
add (router-wan) static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
add user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
clear (ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
clear log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
clear (router) ip address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
clear (router) log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
clear (router) mac address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
clear (router) mgcp stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
clear (router) performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
connect (bri) [4:1 mode] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
connect (router-trunk) (t1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

xiv

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

connect (card-trunk) (card-trunk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
connect (router-voice) (t1|fxs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router) dns proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router) remote. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router) snmp community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router) snmp trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router) static dns host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router) uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-lan) filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-lan) secondary ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-lan) static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-wan) firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-wan) gre network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-wan) nat bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-wan) static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete (router-wan) static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
disconnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
install (slot) router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
load tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
load xmodem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
print config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
print help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rename (router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-42
5-43
5-43
5-44
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
5-56
5-57
5-57
5-57
5-58
5-58
5-59
5-59
5-60
5-61
5-62
5-63
5-63
5-64
5-64
5-65
5-65

xv

Table of Contents

reset (router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
restore defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
rtrping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
set alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
set autoexit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
set (bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
set (bri) autoactivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
set (bri) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
set (bri) pmsync. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
set clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
set date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
set (ds0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
set (ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
set ethernet ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
set (fxo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
set (fxs5G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
set id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
set ip gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
set ipds0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
set local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
set login auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
set login support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
set ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
set (ocudp) baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
set (ocudp) loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
set (ocudp) loopdetect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
set (ocudp) mvec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
set (ocudp) secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
set (ocudp) selftest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
set (ocudp) up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
set radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

xvi

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

set (router) autologout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
set (router) cdr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
set (router) compander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
set (router) default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
set (router) dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
set (router) dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
set (router) enhanced security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
set (router) hookflash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
set (router) lmi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
set (router) lmi poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
set (router) log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
set (router) login auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
set (router) login prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
set (router) mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
set (router) ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
set (router) password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
set (router) ppp auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130
set (router) ppp security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
set (router) priority tos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
set (router) proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
set (router) reboot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
set (router) rip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
set (router) snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
set (router) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
set (router) syslog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142
set (router) voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
set (router-lan) collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
set (router-lan) filter forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155
set (router-lan) framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156
set (router-lan) gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
set (router-lan) ip address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158
set (router-lan) ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
set (router-lan) phy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

xvii

Table of Contents

set (router-lan) rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
set (router-lan) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
set (router-lan) up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
set (router-trunk) encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
set (router-trunk) multilink group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
set (router-trunk) up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
set (router-trunk) voice bandwidth limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
set (router-voice) algorithm preference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
set (router-voice) cpd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
set (router-voice) default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171
set (router-voice) down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
set (router-voice) dtmfrelay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
set (router-voice) echo cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
set (router-voice) echo tail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
set (router-voice) endpoint prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175
set (router-voice) endpoint suffix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-176
set (router-voice) log start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
set (router-voice) log stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
set (router-voice) rxgain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-178
set (router-voice) silence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-179
set (router-voice) slash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180
set (router-voice) tos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180
set (router-voice) txgain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181
set (router-voice) up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181
set (router-wan) dlci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-182
set (router-wan) gre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-183
set (router-wan) ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185
set (router-wan) ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185
set (router-wan) ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-186
set (router-wan) nat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-187
set (router-wan) other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-189
set (router-wan) ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-190
set (router-wan) rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
set (router-wan) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-193
xviii

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

set (router-wan) trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set (router-wan) up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set (v35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set (v54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show autoexit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (ds0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (fxo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (fxs5G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipds0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (ocudp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (router) dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (router) dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (router) dns proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-195
5-195
5-196
5-197
5-198
5-200
5-201
5-202
5-204
5-206
5-207
5-208
5-208
5-209
5-209
5-210
5-210
5-211
5-212
5-212
5-213
5-214
5-215
5-215
5-215
5-216
5-216
5-216
5-217
5-217
5-218
5-220
5-220
5-221

xix

Table of Contents

show (router) lmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-221
show (router) log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-222
show (router) mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-223
show (router) mgcp algorithmname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-224
show (router) ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-225
show (router) ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-226
show (router) rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-227
show (router) snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-227
show (router) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-228
show (router) syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-228
show (router) uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-229
show (router) voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-230
show (router-lan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-231
show (router-lan) collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-233
show (router-lan) filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-234
show (router-lan) static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-236
show (router-lan) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-238
show (router-voice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-239
show (router-wan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-240
show (router-wan) firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-242
show (router-wan) nat bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-242
show (router-wan) ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-243
show (router-wan) static ip address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-244
show (router-wan) static ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-244
show (router-wan) static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-245
show (router-wan) static mac address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-245
show (router-wan) static nat address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-246
show (router-wan) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-246
show (router-wan) trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-247
show screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-247
show snmp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-248
show syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-248
show time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
show users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
xx

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

show (v35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (v54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show (wan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (ds0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (fxo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (fxs5G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status ipds0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (ocudp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (ocudp) performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (ocudp) performance history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) dns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) ip address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) ip network table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) ipx network table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) ipx server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) mac address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router) stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router-lan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router-trunk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (router-voice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
status (v35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-250
5-251
5-252
5-253
5-254
5-255
5-256
5-257
5-258
5-260
5-261
5-262
5-262
5-263
5-264
5-265
5-265
5-266
5-267
5-268
5-269
5-270
5-271
5-272
5-273
5-274
5-275
5-276
5-277
5-278
5-279
5-280
5-281
5-282

xxi

Table of Contents

status (v54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-283
store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-284
telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-285
telnet (router). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-285

6

T1 Controller Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Product Includes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Advanced Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Network T1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Service Interfaces Supported. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Network Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Testing and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
DS0 Management (IP over DS0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
TR-08 Mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

xxii

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

7

FXO Voice Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FXO Transmission Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FXO Signaling Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8

7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-6
7-7
7-8
7-9

FXS Voice Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
FXS Transmission Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
FXS Signaling Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Card Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

xxiii

Table of Contents

9

ISDN BRI Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
ISDN BRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
3-DS0 BRITE Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Product Includes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Network Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Testing & Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Product Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Card Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
25-Pair Telco Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

10

OCU-DP Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Customer Premise Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
SS7 Backhaul Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Service Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

xxiv

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Card Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Basic Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Jumper Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Line Rates/Line Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
DDS RJ-48S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
25-Pair Telco Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

11

Power Supply
115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
AC Electrical Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
DC Electrical Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Electrical Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Ringing Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
115 VAC LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Ringer Waveform Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Replacing a Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

xxv

Table of Contents

12

Quad T1 Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
T1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Network Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Testing and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Card Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Jumper Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7
Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
25-pin Telco Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
RJ-48 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11
Configuration Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12

13

Router (IP) Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
WAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
LAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Bridging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Router Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4

xxvi

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

Advanced Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Frame Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Testing and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Card Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17

14

Router (CMG) Card
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voice and Packet Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voice Processing and Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection Types (Media Flows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routing and Policy Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Router Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TDM-Side Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Softswitch Call Control and Signaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Services Enabled (under Softswitch Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Softswitch/Call Agent Interoperability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-2
14-3
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-5
14-5
14-5
14-6
14-6
14-6
14-6
14-6
14-7
14-7
14-7
14-7

xxvii

Table of Contents

Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-7
Card Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-8
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-8
Connector Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20
Softswitch Interoperability Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-21
BroadSoft™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-21
LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23

15

V.35/V.54 Cards
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
V.35 Service Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
V.35/54 Service Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Additional V.54 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Controller Software Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Service Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Testing and Diagnostics (V.35/54 card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Card Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
V.35 DCE (DB-26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9

xxviii

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Table of Contents

16

Maintenance
Software Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Version Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Determining Boot Code Software Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrading System and Router Software via TFTP . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrading System and Router Software via TFTP using Proxy . . .
Upgrading Software Levels via X-Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup Controller Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Save Controller Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Controller Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Controller Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hot Swap Service Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A

16-2
16-2
16-2
16-3
16-4
16-6
16-7
16-7
16-8
16-9
16-9

SNMP Interface
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
SNMP Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
MIB Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Enterprise MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Router Enterprise MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Public MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Router Public MIB Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
SNMP Trap Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Standard Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Enterprise Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

xxix

Table of Contents

B

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Test Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Identify Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Clear Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
Status and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
Loopbacks Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
DS1 Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
V.35 Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
V.35/V.54 Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
V.54 Equipment Loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
OCU-DP Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-27
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
System Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29

Glossary
Index

xxx

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Base Platform
In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Dual T1 Controller

n

Service Cards

n

Local and Remote Management

n

Technical Specifications

n

Chassis

Base Platform
Overview

Overview
The Compact T1 Multi-service Delivery Terminal is the ideal solution for delivering
carrier-quality broadband voice and data services to small- and medium-sized
businesses. It enables ISPs, ILECs, MSOs, IXCs, CLECs, and wireless mobility
carriers to offer their customers a wide variety of voice and high-speed data services
using the most economical broadband transport. The Compact T1 defines a new class
of equipment that combines multi-network access and multi-service delivery into one
platform. The result is an extremely cost-effective, compact, flexible solution that
enables service providers to deliver business voice, IP, high-speed data, and private line
services using the most economical broadband access available over wireline and
wireless networks.
The modular Compact T1 platform supports the needs of service providers faced with
a changing array of network technologies, transport media, and customer service
interfaces. Its expandable architecture allows service providers to scale across service
types, network architectures, and bandwidth requirements to fit a dynamic service
delivery environment. Hot-swappable service cards provide the physical, electrical,
and logical connections for customer service demarcations, PBX interfaces, LAN to
WAN connectivity, and network access. Customer interface types include Routed
Ethernet, FXS, FXO/DPT, V.35, V.35/V.54, OCU-DP, ISDN BRI and T1. Any service
card can be placed in any of the six available slots. New revenue-generating services
can be added easily by installing a new card. In addition, the Customer Media Gateway
(CMG) Service Card enables the unit to provide a cost-effective migration path to
packet-based softswitching infrastructures using the MGCP protocol for both existing
TDM-based infrastructures and Greenfield VoIP applications.

1-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Base Platform
Features

Features
l Allows any service connection or network access line to be deployed in any slot
l Provides integrated 18 T1 port digital cross-connect for service grooming and

restoration
l Flexibly provisions a broad variety of services within a single chassis occupying
just 2 rack units of equipment space:

-

l
l
l
l
l

18 T1s, or 12 V.35 connections, or 24 OCU-DP terminations, or 12
synchronous RS-232 connections
- 6 10/100Base-TX IP routers, or 24 10/100Base-TX Ethernet ports, or
asynchronous RS-232 remote management ports
- 48 analog FXS or FXO lines, or 40 ISDN BRI channels
Supplies integrated dual T1 CSU/DSUs and SNMP management on the
Controller
Support for VoIP services through the Customer Media Gateway (CMG) Service
Card
Enables remote SNMP and Telnet provisioning, monitoring, and testing of
services and network conditions
NEBS certified

Dual T1 Controller
The Controller manage all service cards installed in the unit and have an integrated
Dual T1 CSU/DSU functionality and an integrated 1/0 DS0 digital cross-connect for
service grooming.

Power Supply
115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/Charger
Enables the Unit to be powered from either 115 VAC or -48 VDC sources, and includes
an integral battery charger and ringing generator.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

1-3

Base Platform
Service Cards

Service Cards
All Service cards are hot-swapable and can be installed in any of the 6 service slots of
the chassis.

FXS Service card
The FXS service card is an 8 port Foreign Exchange Station line card. Delivers either
outside phone lines or on-premise customer business line services from T1 access
circuits.

FXO Service card
The FXO service card is an 8 port Foreign Exchange Office (FXO) or Dial Pulse
Termination (DPT) line card. Delivers high-density provisioning of Direct Inward
Dialing (DID) or FX0 telephone services from T1 access circuits.

ISDN BRI Service card
The ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) service card is available in a Dual, Quad or Octal
port option. The ISDN BRI service delivery interfaces enable delivery of high-density,
standards based, ISDN BRI services of T1 access circuits.

OCU-DP Service card
The OCU-DP service card is available in a Single or Quad port option. The OCU-DP
interface service allows Digital Data Service (DDS) circuit terminations on the
Compact T1 platform. Provides the electrical and physical termination of a 4-wire DDS
baseband connection which interfaces with a remote CSU/DSU.

Quad T1 Service card
The 4 port T1 service card enables cost-effective provisioning and expansion of T1
bandwidth with full non-blocking digital cross-connection of all timeslots to any Adit
service card. This card requires an Adit system with an T1 Controller.

1-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Base Platform
Service Cards

V.35 and V.35/54 Service cards
The Dual port V.35 interface service card provides connectivity to high-speed serial
synchronous Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) devices.

IP Router Service card
The Single port Router card that provides up to 60 DS0s of bandwidth or up to 24
WANS connections per Router card.

CMG Router Service card
The CMG Router card provides all IP Router card functions and features, along with
VoIP features.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

1-5

Base Platform
Local and Remote Management

Local and Remote Management
The Controller cards have several local and remote management options available.
Front-panel LEDs quickly communicate alarm, system and line status. The cards can
be configured and managed locally through the RS-232 or Ethernet management
connections using a Command Line Interface (CLI).
A number of remote management options are available to reduce truck roll costs for
most maintenance and troubleshooting activities. The in-band DS0 management
channel on the controller delivers 64 Kbps remote access to the Compact T1 without
incurring additional facilities costs. Alternatively, as separate Ethernet facility can be
deployed to support out-of-band SNMP network management.

Technical Specifications
Platform Features
l Wide selection of service cards
l Hot-swapable service cards
l Integrated 1:0 Digital Cross Connect Switching with 18 full T1s

Basic System
The basic configuration has the following:
l Two T1 network interfaces
l Maximum capacity of 48 voice channels, on 6 eight-channel cards
l 6 x universal service cards
l Status and alarming LEDs

1-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Base Platform
Technical Specifications

Management
l SNMP management over 10Base-T or dedicated DS0
l Remote management over T1 ESF Facility Data Link or dedicated DS0

Management Ports
l RS-232 Craft Port for connection through any VT100 terminal, PC, or modem for

remote management using Command Line Interface (CLI)
l 10Base-T Ethernet Port for management of the Controller card

Network Interface
l T1
l Framing: SF (D4) or ESF
l Line code for T1: B8ZS and AMI
l Framing for T1: SF (D4) or ESF

Network Standards
l ANSI/TIA T1.403 ESF FDL

Clocking
l T1 loop timing with hold-over
l Internal 4E Stratum clock with hold-over

Alarms
l External Alarm: 6-pin connector (rear), 1 input, 2 outputs for major/minor alarms
l T1: LOS, BPV, Yellow, LOF/AIS

Testing and Diagnostics
l T1 loop code
l V.54 loop codes, QRSS, 2047, 220-1, 215-1 test patterns

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

1-7

Base Platform
Technical Specifications

Power
l Standard 115VAC/-48VDC Power Supply/Charger features

-

Power supply with integrated battery charger
AC power: 90 to 130 VAC, 60 Hz
DC power: -42 to -60 VDC @ 3.5 A max
DC power: 24 VDC @ 6 A max
Maximum power: 115 W

Rear Chassis Interfaces
l 1 x RS-232 DB-9 female jack
l 1 x 2 pin modular plug for AC or DC power feeds
l
l
l
l
l
l

1-8

(depending on power supply installed)
1 x 2 pin modular plug for -48 V/Battery
(with 115V Power Supply installed)
1 x 10/100Base-T Ethernet RJ-45 jack
2 x RJ-48C jacks
2 x 6 pin modular receptacle for alarm relay output
2 x 25 pin Telco connectors
2 x 3/16 inch threaded stud for grounding

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Base Platform
Technical Specifications

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l FCC Part 68
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A
l CS-03

Physical Information
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H-2 RU) x 8.5 in. (W) x 12 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 21.6 cm (W) x 30.5 cm (D)
l Weight: 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) base unit (with Power Supply and Controller)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

1-9

Base Platform
Chassis

Chassis

Controller

Service Card Slots

Power Supply

Mounting
Bracket

3.5 in
(2 RU)

8.5 in (1/2 RU)

Power Input

Alarm
Management
Port

-48 VDC/Battery
Power Input

10Base-T
Management
Port
2 T1/E1
Interfaces
on
Controller
Tip & Ring
Telco
Connector
(Lines 25-48)
1-10

Tip & Ring
Telco
Connector
(Lines 1-24)

RS-232
Management
Port

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Base Platform
Chassis

RS-232 Craft Port (Female DB-9)
The RS-232 craft port connects via a
female DB-9 connector on the back of the
unit.

1

5
6

9

The pinouts are as follows:
Pin Number

Direction

Description

1

Outbound

Carrier Detect

2

Outbound

Receive Data

3

Inbound

Transmit Data

4

Inbound

Data Terminal Ready

5

Signal Ground

6

Outbound

Data Set Ready

7

Inbound

Request to Send

8

Outbound

Clear to Send

9

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Not Connected

1-11

Base Platform
Chassis

T1 and 10Base-T Ethernet

1

8

The T1 and the 10Base-T Ethernet are female RJ-45 connectors
on the back of the unit.
The pinouts are as follows:

Ethernet (RJ-48C)
Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive +

Receive from network

2

Receive -

Receive from network

3

Transmit +

Transmit to network

4

N/C

Not connected

5

N/C

Not connected

6

Transmit -

Transmit to network

7-8

N/C

Not connected

Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive Ring

Receive from DS1 network

2

Receive Tip

Receive from DS1 network

3

N/C +

Not connected

4

Transmit Ring

To DS1 network

5

Transmit Tip

To DS1 network

6-8

N/C

Not connected

T1 (RJ-45)

1-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Physical Installation
In this Chapter
n

Unpacking and Inspection

n

Installation Environment

n

Assembly of Unit

n

Wall Mounting

n

Rack Mounting (Optional Feature)

Physical Installation
Unpacking and Inspection

Unpacking and Inspection
WARNING! OBSERVE PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING ELECTROSTATIC
DEVICES.

1. Inspect containers for damage during shipment. Report any damage to the
freight carrier for possible insurance claims.
2. Compare packing list with office records. Report any discrepancies to the
office.
3. Open shipping containers, be careful not to damage contents.
4. Inspect contents and report any damage.
5. If equipment must be returned for any reason, carefully repack equipment in
the original shipping container with original packing materials if possible.
6. If equipment is to be installed later, replace equipment in original shipping
container and store in a safe place until ready to install.

Installation Environment
The environment in which you are installing the unit must meet the following
conditions:
l Operating temperature range: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C)
l Storage temperature range: -40° to 158° F (-40° to 70° C)
l Cooling method is by free air convection, requires long axis of unit to be mounted

horizontally
l Maximum operating altitude: 10,000 ft. (3,048 m)
l Maximum non-operating altitude: 40,000 ft. (12,192 m)
l Relative humidity (non-condensing) range: 0 to 95%

For operation outside the defined environment requirements, the unit must be placed in
an environmentally controlled enclosure.
2-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Physical Installation
Assembly of Unit

Assembly of Unit
The cards should be positioned in the chassis as follows:
Note: Slots are labeled on the top and the bottom of the chassis.
l Power Supply in the POWER Slot
l T1 Controller in Slot A
l Service Cards can be in any slot 1 through 6.

Note: When an Unit is mounted to the wall, cards that use the front cable
connections should be loaded from Slot 6 to 1. This will minimize card access
issues due to cable interference.
l Always install blank faceplates in any unused slots.

A

1

2

3

4

5

6

POWER

Service Card Slots

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

2-3

Physical Installation
Wall Mounting

Wall Mounting
Before beginning the mounting process, verify that the area meets the following
requirements:
l A stable environment, clean and free from extremes of temperature, shock,

vibration and EMI, that meets the all installation environment requirements, see
Installation Environment on page 2-2.

Leave adequate clearance
at the back for access to
connectors
Leave at least 3.5"
above and below
the Unit for
adequate ventilation

Mounting Bracket
Leave at least 14" at
the front of the unit for
access to cards and
DIP switches

The Unit is delivered with a mounting bracket attached for quick and easy wall
mounting, as shown in the illustration above.
To install the unit to the wall, attach the unit using the four screws provided, one at each
bracket foot.

NOTE: Do not mount the Unit in any other orientation as show above.

2-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Physical Installation
Rack Mounting (Optional Feature)

Rack Mounting (Optional Feature)
Rack mounting kits are available for both 19 and 23 inch racks.

To rack mount the Unit, follow the instructions below:
1. Attach bracket ears to rack mounting bracket using four #8-32 x 3/16" screws
on each side.

Bracket Ear
Left Side View

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

2-5

Physical Installation
Rack Mounting (Optional Feature)

2. Attach heat baffle to bracket ears using two #8-32 x 5/16" screws on each side.

Heat Baffle
Left Side View

3. Attach rack mounting bracket ears to rack using two #12-24 x 5/8" rack
mounting screws on each side.

Front View

2-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Physical Installation
Rack Mounting (Optional Feature)

4. Remove wall mount and screws from Unit.

5. Slide the Unit into rack mounting bracket.

Thumbscrew

6. Swing the front latch up to secure the Unit(s), and tighten thumbscrew.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

2-7

Physical Installation
Rack Mounting (Optional Feature)

As many as 20 Units can be mounted on a single 7 foot rack, as shown in the following
illustration (2 Adits are mounted side-by side and 10 high).

Compact T1 Chassis
occupies 2 RUs
1 RU free space
1 RU free space

1 RU free space

1 RU free space

Compact T1 Chassis = 2 RUs (3.5 in) Spacing = 1 RU above and below for each unit.

NOTE: the mounting brackets are 7 inches high and will not allow units to
be mounted closer than recommended.

2-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Electrical Installation and Cabling
In this Chapter
n

Compliant Installation

n

Chassis Connectors and Buttons

n

Interface Connectors

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Compliant Installation

Compliant Installation
Power Cables
Ferrite Beads
are in red

Ferrite Bead
with cable loop
Power Cord

Grounding Cable
Alarm Wiring
-48 VDC Battery Power

25-pair telco connector
25-pair telco connector
RS-232 craft port
10Base-T Ethernet
T1/E1 connectors

Signal Cables
1. Connect all of the signal cables as shown in the illustration above, and secure
them with a plastic tie. Dress the signal cables toward the left of the unit.
2. If using the 115V Power Supply, connect the -48 VDC battery power cable
3. Secure the ground lugs to the terminals using the nuts provided.
4. Secure the power cable and the ground cable with a plastic tie (not included).
Keep these cables separate from the signal cables.
5. Terminate each signal cable to its appropriate connector.
6. Secure the signal cables using the small holes along the bottom of the rack and
plastic ties (not included).

NOTE: It is important that the Signal Cables are secured separately from
the Power Cables, for proper equipment operation.

3-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Compliant Installation

Ferrite Beads
To be compliant with Part 15A of the FCC and for NEBS compliant facilities, the
following beads are included with each chassis, as well as additional ferrite bead(s)
with the Service cards listed below.

Ferrite Beads shipped with Adit chassis:
Ferrite Provided

Intended For

1 large

(1) Power (AC or DC) cable

3 small

(2) One on each T1 cable
(1) Ethernet (10Base-T) cable

Service Card Cables that Require Additional Ferrite Beads:
Card

ISDN BRI

Ferrites
Shipped
with Card
2 large

OCU-DP

1 large

Quad T1

2 large

IP Router
CMG Router

1 small
1 small

Intended For

(1) 25-pair Telco cable (ISDN BRI card in slot 1-3 top
telco, 4-6 bottom)
(1) Alarm cable (requires a loop through the bead, see
drawing above)
Alarm cable (requires a loop through the bead, see
drawing above)
T1 cables from front of Quad T1card
(1 bead can hold 1-4 cables) or,
(2) One on each 25-pair Telco cable
Ethernet Cable (from front of card)
Ethernet Cable (from front of card)

For additional information on Ferrite beads and their installation on the unit, please
contact Customer Support.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

3-3

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Chassis Connectors and Buttons

Chassis Connectors and Buttons
The following illustrations show all connectors on the back of the unit.
AC Power Connector

Ground Terminals
Alarms

-48V/Battery
Ethernet
[10Base-T]

Reset

T1-2
T1
Connectors
T1-1

25-Pair Telco Connectors

RS-232 Craft Port

Interface Connectors
The following are the Compact T1 chassis interface connectors:
l T1-1 and T1-2 line connection ports each equipped with standard

RJ-48C 8-pin connector jack
l RS-232 craft port connector
l Tip and Ring Analog Interfaces equipped with standard 25-pair Telco

Connectors
l 10Base-T Ethernet port to be connected to a remote management tool such as

Telnet or an SNMP-based Network Management System with an RJ-45 8-pin
connector jack
l External Alarm Connector
l Ground Lugs

3-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

Chassis Ground Connector
Ground Terminals

1. Route wire (#6 or #8 AWG copper) from building ground to lug on Unit.
2. Strip insulation off wire end, if necessary.

Compression
Screw

Ground Lug

Lug Barrel

3. Loosen compression screw until opening is large enough to accept ground wire.
4. Insert ground wire into lug barrel, beneath compression plate and tighten
compression screw.
5. Attach ground lug to chassis

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

3-5

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

Power Reset
This is a resetable circuit breaker. If at any time there is a short or power
surge on the incoming AC/DC line, the breaker will trip to protect the Power
supply from damage.

Power Connections
AC Power
The AC Power cord is a standard AC Power cord and is
provided with a 115 VAC Power Supply.
To connect the Power Cord:

AC Power Connector

1. Insert power cord (male-end) to AC power source.
2. Plug connector into the Unit.
3. A green light should appear on the DC Input LED on the front of the Power Supply.

-48V Battery
The -48 VDC input connector on the Unit is used for either direct
DC powering of the Unit or for a Battery Backup connection when
AC is used. There is no power cable provided for this connector,
however the connector is provided.
The pinouts are as follows:
Pin #

Description

1 (+)
2 (-)

Battery return
-48VDC

1(+) 2(-)

Connector
on back
of Unit
(male)

WARNING! POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD EXISTS, PLEASE FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
CAREFULLY.

3-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

To connect -48 VDC power:
1. Ensure that no power is present on the two wires to be connected.
2. Strip the two wires from the power source so that approximately 5/16 inch of
bare wire is exposed. 16 or 18 AWG insulated copper wire is recommended
for power connections.
3. Insert the Battery Return and DC wires into the appropriate square holes, one
at a time.
4. Tighten screws to clamp wires.
5. Ensure that no bare wire shows after the wires are installed.
6. Plug connector in the -48 VDC connector, as seen in the graphic and secure
with set screws.
7. Apply power to connector from -48 VDC power source.
8. Verify with voltmeter that voltage is correct and polarity is correct.
9. Plug connector in the -48 VDC connector, as seen in the graphic and secure
with set screws.
Provided connector (female)
Connector
on back
of Unit
(male)
1(+) 2(-)

Battery Return
1(+)

Battery
Return (+)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

-48 VDC
2(-)

-48 VDC (-)

3-7

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

External Alarm Connector
The external alarm 6-pin connector with one input pair (pins 5 and 6)
and two output pairs (pins 1 and 2 - major alarms; pins 3 and 4 - minor
alarms).

A
L
A
R
M

6
5
4
3
2
1

The pinouts are as follows:
Pin #

Description

Explanation

1

Major Alarm +

2

Major Alarm -

The major alarm output is available for power supply or
major alarm failure alerting. The maximum voltage across
the contacts is 350 V, and the maximum current is 150 mA.
This alarm is closed when power is off.

3

Minor Alarm +

4

Minor Alarm -

The minor alarm output is available for power supply or
minor alarm failure alerting. The maximum voltage across
the contacts is 350 V, and the maximum current is 150 mA.
This alarm remains open when power is off.

5

Alarm In +

6

Alarm In -

The alarm inputs provide 5 VDC across the two contacts,
and generate an alarm when a short circuit is detected
between the contacts.
The alarm generated is a minor severity alarm.

3-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

25-Pair Telco Connectors
Tip and Ring Analog Interfaces equipped with standard 25-pair Telco Connectors
(female) for connection to key systems, fax machines, modems, and PBXs. These
interfaces are also used for ISDN BRI ports and are jumper selectable on the Quad T1
card.
Circuit connections are made at the 25-pair
telco connectors. A standard 25-pair
telephone cable with RJ-21X wiring and a
male D-type connector at the Unit end is
required.

26

50

1

25

The pinouts are as follows:
Pair

Pin Location

Function

Color Code

1

26
1

Tip Channel 1
Ring Channel 1

White/Blue
Blue/White

2

27
2

Tip Channel 2
Ring Channel 2

White/Orange
Orange/White

3

28
3

Tip Channel 3
Ring Channel 3

White/Green
Green/White

4

29
4

Tip Channel 4
Ring Channel 4

White/Brown
Brown/White

5

30
5

Tip Channel 5
Ring Channel 5

White/Slate
Slate/White

6

31
6

Tip Channel 6
Ring Channel 6

Red/Blue
Blue/Red

7

32
7

Tip Channel 7
Ring Channel 7

Red/Orange
Orange/Red

8

33
8

Tip Channel 8
Ring Channel 8

Red/Green
Green/Red

9

34
9

Tip Channel 9
Ring Channel 9

Red/Brown
Brown/Red

10

35
10

Tip Channel 10
Ring Channel 10

Red/Slate
Slate/Red

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

3-9

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

Pair

3-10

Pin Location

Function

Color Code

11

36
11

Tip Channel 11
Ring Channel 11

Black/Blue
Blue/Black

12

37
12

Tip Channel 12
Ring Channel 12

Black/Orange
Orange/Black

13

38
13

Tip Channel 13
Ring Channel 13

Black/Green
Green/Black

14

39
14

Tip Channel 14
Ring Channel 14

Black/Brown
Brown/Black

15

40
15

Tip Channel 15
Ring Channel 15

Black/Slate
Slate/Black

16

41
16

Tip Channel 16
Ring Channel 16

Yellow/Blue
Blue/Yellow

17

42
17

Tip Channel 17
Ring Channel 17

Yellow/Orange
Orange/Yellow

18

43
18

Tip Channel 18
Ring Channel 18

Yellow/Green
Green/Yellow

19

44
19

Tip Channel 19
Ring Channel 19

Yellow/Brown
Brown/Yellow

20

45
20

Tip Channel 20
Ring Channel 20

Yellow/Slate
Slate/Yellow

21

46
21

Tip Channel 21
Ring Channel 21

Violet/Blue
Blue/Violet

22

47
22

Tip Channel 22
Ring Channel 22

Violet/Orange
Orange/Violet

23

48
23

Tip Channel 23
Ring Channel 23

Violet/Green
Green/Violet

24

49
24

Tip Channel 24
Ring Channel 24

Violet/Brown
Brown/Violet

25

50
25

Reserved

Violet/Slate
Slate/Violet

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

RS-232 Craft Port (Female DB-9)
The RS-232 craft port connector (female) is for connection to an external PC or Hayescompatible modem for local or remote configuration, management, and performance
monitoring using the Command Line Interface (CLI).
The RS-232 craft port connects via a
female DB-9 connector on the Unit.

1

5
6

9

The pinouts are as follows:
Pin Number

Direction

Description

1

Outbound

Carrier Detect

2

Outbound

Receive Data

3

Inbound

Transmit Data

4

Inbound

Data Terminal Ready

5

N/A

Signal Ground

6

Outbound

Data Set Ready

7

Inbound

Request to Send

8

Outbound

Clear to Send

9

N/C

Not connected

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

3-11

Electrical Installation and Cabling
Interface Connectors

T1 Connection Ports

1

8

1

8

The T1 connection ports are each equipped with a standard RJ-48C
(female) on the Unit.
The pinouts are as follows:

T1 (RJ-48C)
Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive Ring

Receive from DS1 network

2

Receive Tip

Receive from DS1 network

3

N/C

Not connected

4

Transmit Ring

To DS1 network

5

Transmit Tip

To DS1 network

6 -8

N/C

Not connected

10Base-T Ethernet
The 10Base-T Ethernet (female) port to connect to a remote
management tool such as Telnet or an SNMP-based Network
Management System. Note a LINK LED on the back of the unit
displays green when the system has a good ethernet link.
The pinouts are as follows:

Ethernet (RJ-45)

3-12

Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive +

Receive from network

2

Receive -

Receive from network

3

Transmit +

Transmit to network

4-5

N/C

Not connected

6

Transmit -

Transmit to network

7-8

N/C

Not connected

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Configuration
In this Chapter
n

Setting up a CLI Connection

n

System Information

n

Basic System Setup

n

Quick Configuration Reload

n

Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Configuration
Setting up a CLI Connection

Setting up a CLI Connection
NOTE: Default IP address of the Controller (T1) is 10.0.0.10.
To connect with CLI, set up the connection:
l If connecting via the ethernet 10Base-T connection, use a Telnet TCP/IP

program to access the CLI. This requires an IP address of the Controller. The
Controllers are shipped with the IP address set to 10.0.0.10, if this address has
been changed and is not known, use Hyperterm to access the Controller and use
the CLI command show ip. If an IP address needs to be set use the CLI
command set ethernet ip address.
l If connecting via RS-232, the port settings should be set to:
Bits per second: 9600
Data bits: 8
Parity: None
Stop bits: 1
Flow control: None
l Set your Terminal Emulation to: VT100

NOTE: Note: When using Tera Term TCP/IP, CLI commands will not be
recognized until the following setup is completed.
l In Tera Term go to Setup/Terminal.
l Set the New-line/Transmit value"CR+LF".

Local vs. Remote Configuration
l For remote configuration via the CLI, use the set local off command.
4-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
System Information

System Information
Once a management session has bee initiated (Telnet or Hyperterm) the system
information will be displayed similar to the following:
00:00:38 01/01/2002
Status Equipment:
BootCode Version:
CardType
SLOT A
T1x2
SLOT 1
FXS5Gx8
SLOT 2
RTRx1
SLOT 3
FXS5Gx8
SLOT 4
CMGx1
SLOT 5
BRIx4
SLOT 6
OCUDPx1

1.22
Status
Present
Not Present
Present
Present
Present
Not Present
Present

SW Vers
6.0.0

CLEI
SIC3DH0CAA

1.41
1.06
1.00

NOT AVAIL
NOT AVAIL
SIIX270DAA

1.01

SIIXA4DDAA

Alarms:
Time
00:00:22
00:00:21
00:00:15
00:00:15
00:00:06
00:00:06
Total=6

Date
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002

Severity
Major
Major
Major
Major
Major
Major

Description
6:1-OCUDP Out of Service
6:1-OCUDP Loss of Signal
4:1-CMG Ethernet Link Down
2:1-RTR Ethernet Link Down
A:2-DS1 Loss Of Signal
A:1-DS1 Loss Of Signal

Status Sessions:
Session
User
Login Port
* TELNET1
192.168.43.52
* indicates current session
Show Autoexit:
Autoexit is on; timeout is 20 minutes.
>

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-3

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Basic System Setup
Following is a quick reference to some of the common tasks in configuring the
Unit.

Initial Setup
Use the following commands for your initial setup, for further information see the
specific command listed in Chapter 5, CLI Commands .

4-4

Command

Description

set local off

Disables DIP switches.

set date {mm/dd/yyyy}

Set the date used for event logging

set time {hh:mm:ss}

Set the time used for event logging

set id {"id-name"}

Set a system ID name

set clock1 {slot:port}
internal

Set the primary clock source

set clock2 {slot:port}
internal

Set the secondary clock source

set ethernet ip address
{ip-addr} {mask}

Set the ethernet IP address, in the
conventional IP address format

set ip gateway {ip-addr}

Set the IP gateway, in the conventional IP
address format

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Set Up Security
Use the following commands to set up the security on the Unit. See the set user
command for details.
Command

Description

set user {"user-name"}
level {1-3}

Specify the user name and the security level

set user {"user-name"}
password

Set a password for the user

Set Up a DS1/T1
Use the following commands to set up a DS1. See the set (ds1) command for more
details.
Command

Description

set {ds1-addr} up

Activate the port of the DS1 (slot:port)

set {ds1-addr} id
{"id-string"}

Set the identification string

set {ds1-addr} lbo {1 - 9}

Set the line buildout value for the DS1

set {ds1-addr} linecode
{ami|b8zs}

Set the linecode for the DS1

set {ds1-addr} framing
{d4|esf|tr8afdl|tr8anofdl|
tr8b}

Set the framing option for the DS1

set {ds1-addr} loopdetect
{on|off}

Set the detection/reaction to CSU loopcodes

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-5

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Set Up a DS0/Channel
Use the following commands to set up a DS0. See the set (ds0) command for details.
Command

Description

set {slot:port:channel} up

Activate the channel

set {slot:port:channel} signal
{ls|gs|emw|emdw|emicpd|dpt}

Set the signaling option for the channel

set {slot:port:channel} type
{data|voice}

Set the channel type

Set Up an Analog Port
Use the following commands to set up an analog port.

4-6

Command

Description

set {slot:port} up

Activate the port. See set (ds1) command
for details

set {slot:port} signal
{dpt|gs|gsrb|gsw|gswrb|ls|
lscpd|lsrb}

Set the signaling option for the port. See the
set (fxs5G) or set (fxo) command for details

set {slot:port} rxgain {n}

Set the receive gain/loss in dB. See the set
(fxs5G) or set (fxo) command for details

set {slot:port} txgain {n}

Set the transmit gain/loss in dB. See the set
(fxs5G) or set (fxo) command for details

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Set Up the Router Card
The following is the basic setup, see the Adit Router User Manual or Quick Start
Guide for the following configuration setups:
l PPP Internet Connection and Public IP Address Routing
l Frame Relay Internet Connection and Public IP Address Routing
l Internet Connection using PPP, NAT/PAT and Firewall Filters
l Internet Connection using NAT and Static NAT Addresses
l PPP Internet Connection and Public IP Address Routing
l Back-to-Back with PPP

Command

Description

set {ds0-addr} type data

Confirm DS0 is set to type data.
ds0-addr = {slot:port:channel} of DS0
Example: set a:1:1-24 type data

connect {slot:port:trunk}
{slot:port:channel}

Cross-connect T1 to router card.
Example: connect a:1:1-24 6:1:1 (router in slot 6)

set {router-addr} proxy

Disable/enable router proxy.
router-addr = {slot:port}| of router card.
Example: set 6:1 proxy disable.

set {slot:port} up

Set Router LAN as In-Service.
Example: set 6:1 up

telnet {router_card-addr}

Telnet to Router card.
router_card-addr = {slot} location of router card
Example: telnet 6 (if earlier than 3.0 release {slot:port}
must be used)

Local and Remote Profile Setup
reinitialize

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

To enable any configuration changes, the card must be
reinitialized.

4-7

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Establish a Static Channel Connection
Use the following commands to establish a static channel connection.
Command

Description

set {slot:port:channel} type
{voice|data}

Set the channel type for the channel you
want to map. See set (ds0) command for
details

set {slot:port:channel} signal
{emdw|emi|emicpd|emw|gs|ls|pl
ar|r2}

Set the signaling option for the channel you
want to map. See set (ds0) command for
details

connect {slot:port}
{slot:port}

Connect the channels. See the show connect
command for details

Set Up a ISDN BRI Service
Use the following commands to set up a ISDN BRI Service. See the set (bri) command
for details.

4-8

Command

Description

set {slot:port} up

Put the ISDN line In-Service

set {slot} mode
{lt3ds0|lt4to1tdm|nt3ds0}

Set the ISDN mode

set {slot:port} crv {1-768}

Set the Call Reference Value.

set {slot:port} threshold
{day|hour} {es|ses}

Set the threshold for the IDSN lines

set {slot} pmsync
{adit|switch}

Set the source for performance monitoring
synchronization

set {slot:port} autoactivate
{on|off}

Only used in 4 to 1 mode. Establishes the D
channel when the FDL link can not be used

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Set Up the OCU-DP Card
The following is a basic setup for the OCU-DP card.
Command

Description

set {ocudp-addr} baud
{2400|4800|9600|19200|38400|
56000*|64000}

Set the OCU-DP Baud rate.
Where ocudp-addr = {slot:port} of the
OCU-DP card to apply settings to

set {ocudp-addr} up

Set the OCU-DP port 1 up

show {ocudp_card-addr}

Show the OCU-DP card settings.
Where ocudp_card-addr = {slot} of the
OCU-DP card

disconnect a

Disconnects all connections to slot a
(controller)

set {ds0-addr} type data

Sets a DS0 data signaling type

connect {ds0-addr}
{ocudp-addr}

Connects DS0 (in previous step) to OCU-DP
port (in previous step)

show connect
(ocudp_card-addr}

Displays connect information for OCU-DP
card

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-9

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Set Up a V.35 Port
Use the following commands to set up a V.35 port. See the set (v35) command for
details.
Command

Description

set {slot:port} cts
{cd|high|low|rts}

Set the Clear to Send operation mode

set {slot:port} data
{invert|normal}

Set the data mode

set {slot:port} clock
{source|external}

Set the clock mode

set {slot:port} speed
{56K|64K}

Set the speed

set {slot:port} txclkinv
{invert|normal}

Set the transmit clock inversion mode

set {slot:port} rxclkinv
{invert|normal}

Set the receive clock inversion mode

Change the IP Address of the DS0 Management Channel
Use the following commands to change the IP over DS0 Management Channel for the
Unit.

4-10

Command

Description

set ipds0 down

Set the DS0 management channel down

set ipds0 ip address
{ip-addr}

Set the DS0 management channel IP
address.

set ipds0 up

Set the DS0 management channel up

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Basic System Setup

Upgrade the Controller Software
Use the following commands to determine the system software level, then upgrade the
software to the latest version.
Command

Description

status equipment

Determine the system software level. The
Slot A line (SW Vers) will display the
current software level

load tftp {ip-addr} {"filename"} (or load xmodem)

Load the new controller system software.
See the load tftp and load xmodem
command for more information. Note: must
have TFTP running in the background

Upgrade the Router (IP or CMG) Software
Use the following commands to determine the Router card software level, then upgrade
the software to the latest version.
Command

Description

status equipment

Determine the Router software level. The
Router Slot line (SW Vers) will display the
current software level

load {router-slot} tftp
{ip-addr} {"file-name"}

Load the new Router software to the Adit
Router card. See the load tftp command for
more information. Note: must have TFTP
running in the background

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-11

Configuration
Quick Configuration Reload

Quick Configuration Reload
The print config command can be used as a quick way to reload a configuration into
an Adit unit, in the event that the configuration has been lost due to software reload
problems or operator error.
The download of the file generated by the print config command can be done by direct
connect to the RS-232 port or via Telnet, BUT the upload from the PC back to the Adit
can only be done via direct RS-232 connection. The reason for this is that there will not
be an IP address in the Adit because it is at the factory default at this time.
The procedure described below is based on using Hyperterm.

Download Config File:
1. Connect to the unit using Hyperterm via the RS-232 port.
2. Type print config (do not hit [ENTER]).
3. Select Transfer/Capture Text... from the menu bar.

4. Name the file so that is can be accessed when needed.

4-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Quick Configuration Reload

5. Select the [START] button, the window will close and the operator will be
returned to the Adit command line.
6. Press [ENTER] to download. Adit will generate an executable file of all
configurable commands and save it to the file location defined above.
7. The download is complete when the text has finished scrolling on the screen
and the Adit ID prompt displays again.

Load Config File Back to Unit:
1. Select File/Properties

from the menu bar.

2. Select the Settings tab.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-13

Configuration
Quick Configuration Reload

3. Select the ASCII Setup button.
4. Set the Line delay to 50 milliseconds and the Character delay to 5
milliseconds.

5. Select the [OK] button back to the Main HyperTerminal screen.
6. Select Transfer/Send Text File.. from the menu bar.

Hyperterm will now send the configuration to the Adit exactly as it was saved in
the Download Config File process.

4-14

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Setup of DS0 Management Channel
The DS0 Management Channel provides SNMP management and remote access. The
IPDS0 feature allows for full Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP) connectivity to remote Compact T1 and can be used for Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) trap reporting and configuration, Trivial File Transfer
Protocol (TFTP) upgrades of Controllers and Service cards, and remote telnet access.
The following procedure will walk you through the basic setup of a DS0 Management
Channel.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-15

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Equipment Required
l DCS
l (1) Collocated Router

This example uses a Compact T1 (version 2.0 or later) with an Compact T1
Router card (version 1.10 or later)
l Remote Compact T1 (1-24) Units (version 2.0 or later)
l PC
l Cables, Ethernet, T1

Application Overview
l IPDS0 management provides a TCP/IP connection to an Compact T1

Controller via an unused DS0 on one of the DS1 ports in slot A. The DS0 is
connected to a Router on a Frame Relay circuit with a default Data Link
Connection Identifier (DLCI) number of 16. IP communication to the remote
Units is made via the Ethernet port of the Router card.
l Remote Units are daisy-chained to the central site and are also configured to

communicate with a Network Management Station (NMS) using SNMP.
l Central site Compact T1 and IP Router card are configured to communicate

with the same NMP.

Operation
l Central Site Compact T1 - Incoming DS0s for cell services are delivered on the

first T1 in slot A. The channels are then cross-connected to the second T1 span
on the Controller, along with IPDS0 connections from the Router card.
l Compact T1 at remote locations - Available DS0s are delivered on the first T1

in slot A, and the channels are either connected to the IPDS0 management
interface, the second T1 span of the Controller (for local cell services), or
passed on to the next Remote Unit on the first T1 span of the Quad T1 card in
slot 6. In the configuration for Site C, the 4 channels on the second T1 span in
slot A and 4 channels of the first and second T1 spans in slot 6 are connected
to cell sites.

4-16

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Provision DS0s for data and cross-connect to the
outgoing T1
Command

Description

disconnect a

Disconnects all connections to slot a (controller)

set a:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-1 to data signaling type

set a:2:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-2 to data signaling type

connect a:1:1-4 a:2:1-4

Connects first four DS0s of T1-1 of the controller to
first four DS0s of T1-2.

connect a:1:6-9 a:2:6-9

Connects DS0s 6-9 of T1-1 of the controller to
DS0s 6-9 of T1-2.

connect a:1:11-14 a:2:11-14

Connects DS0s 11-14 of T1-1 of the controller to
DS0s 11-14 of T1-2.

connect a:1:15-19 a:2:16-19

Connects DS0s 16-19 of T1-1 of the controller to
DS0s 16-19 of T1-2.

connect a:1:21-24 a:2:21-24

Connects DS0s 21-24 of T1-1 of the controller to
DS0s 21-24 of T1-2.

Configure the Router
Command

Description

set 6 default

Sets the Router in slot 6 to it’s default settings

add 6 snmp trap "public"
192.168.0.254 "LocalUnit"

Configure the Router card trap address

set 6:1 ip address
192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0

Configure the LAN IP address

set 6 lmi disable

Disable PVC management for Frame Relay connections

connect a:2:5 6:1:1

Connect the timeslot to the WAN port.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-17

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Setup the Profile for Site A
Command

Description

rename 5 "RemoteUnit" "SITEA"

Configure the LAN IP address

set 6:1:1 encapsulation fr

Specify the encapsulation for the profile

set 6 "SITE-A" trunk 1

Specify the trunk number for the profile

set 6 "SITE-A" dlci 16

Specify the DLCI number for the profile

set 6 "SITE-A" up

Enable the profile

add 6 "SITE-A" static ip
network 192.168.1.101
255.255.255.255 1

Specify the IP address of the Compact T1 at the far end

Setup the Profile for Site B
Command

Description

connect a:2:10 6:1:2

Connect the timeslot to the WAN port.

add 6 remote "SITE-B"

Add another WAN profile named SITE-B

set 6:1:2 encapsulation fr

Specify the encapsulation for the profile

set 6 "SITE-B" trunk 2

Specify the trunk number for the profile

set 6 "SITE-B" dlci 16

Specify the DLCI number for the profile

set 6 "SITE-B" up

Enable the profile

add 6 "SITE-B" static ip
network 192.168.1.102
255.255.255.255 1

Specify the IP address of the Compact T1 at the far end

4-18

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Setup the Profile for Site C
Command

Description

connect a:2:15 6:1:3

Connect the timeslot to the WAN port.

add 6 remote "SITE-C"

Add another WAN profile named SITE-C

set 6:1:3 encapsulation fr

Specify the encapsulation for the profile

set 6 "SITE-C" trunk 3

Specify the trunk number for the profile

set 6 "SITE-C" dlci 16

Specify the DLCI number for the profile

set 6 "SITE-C" up

Enable the profile

add 6 "SITE-C" static ip
network 192.168.1.103
255.255.255.255 1

Specify the IP address of the Compact T1 at the far end

set snmp nms 1 192.168.0.254

Set up SNMP Trap address for the Compact T1

Remote Site A Configuration
Command

Description

disconnect a

Disconnects all connections to slot a (controller)

set a:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-1 to data signaling type

set a:2:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-2 to data signaling type

disconnect 6

Disconnects the router in slot 6

set 6:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on slot 6 to data signaling type

connect a:1:1-4 a:2:1-4

Connect channels to cell site

set ipds0 assign a:1:5

Assign channel to IPDS0 management channel

set ipds0 ip address
192.168.1.101 255.255.255.0

Configure IPDS0 ip address

set ipds0 up

Enable IPDS0

set ipds0 navalarm off

Suppress IPDS0 alarm

set snmp nms 1 192.168.0.254

Set up SNMP Trap address for the Compact T1

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-19

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Remote Site B Configuration
Command

Description

disconnect a

Disconnects all connections to slot a (controller)

set a:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-1 to data signaling type

set a:2:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-2 to data signaling type

disconnect 6

Disconnects the router in slot 6

set 6:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on slot 6 to data signaling type

connect a:1:6-9 a:2:1-4

Connect channels to cell site

connect a:1:11-24 6:1:11-24

Connect channels for outgoing T1 port

set ipds0 assign a:1:10

Assign channel to IPDS0 management channel

set ipds0 ip address
192.168.1.102 255.255.255.0

Configure IPDS0 ip address

set ipds0 up

Enable IPDS0

set ipds0 navalarm off

Suppress IPDS0 alarm

set snmp nms 1 192.168.0.254

Set up SNMP Trap address for the Compact T1

4-20

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

Remote Site C Configuration
Command

Description

disconnect a

Disconnects all connections to slot a (controller)

set a:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-1 to data signaling type

set a:2:all type data

Sets all DS0s on T1-2 to data signaling type

disconnect 6

Disconnects the router in slot 6

set 6:1:all type data

Sets all DS0s on slot 6 to data signaling type

connect a:1:11-14 a:2:1-4

Connect channels to cell site C

connect a:1:16-19 6:1:1-4

Connect channels to cell site D1

connect a:1:21-24 6:2:1-4

Connect channels to cell site D2

set ipds0 assign a:1:15

Assign channel to IPDS0 management channel

set ipds0 ip address
192.168.1.103 255.255.255.0

Configure IPDS0 ip address

set ipds0 up

Enable IPDS0

set ipds0 navalarm off

Suppress IPDS0 alarm

set snmp nms 1 192.168.0.254

Set up SNMP Trap address for the Compact T1

Test
After configuring all the Compact T1, verify connectivity to the NMS from each Unit.
> Ping 192.168.0.254
Response should be:
>192.168.0.254 is reachable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

4-21

Configuration
Setup of DS0 Management Channel

4-22

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
CLI Commands
In this Chapter
n

Command Line Interface Help

n

CLI Commands

CLI Commands

Command Line Interface Help
During a CLI session, help is available at any time.

? or help
Type a ? (or "help" before a command) at any time for quick command information
> add ?
add ..................... Create users or profiles
{rtr_card-addr} ...... Create profile, object or service on a router
{rtr_lan-addr} ....... Create object or service on the router LAN
user ................. Create user with manager level access.

NOTE: The scrolling feature, will always scroll through the command/
options in alphabetical order.

[TAB] usage for word or command completion
Use [TAB] for command word completion:
> sh [TAB]
> show
Use [TAB] to view command levels:
> [TAB]

will scroll through the base commands

> aco [TAB]
> add [TAB]
> alarms [TAB]
> clear [TAB]
> connect [TAB]
> delete

5-2

... etc.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands

Use [TAB] to view command options, add a space after the base command with the use of
the [TAB] feature, scroll through all available options for this command:
> set [TAB]

will scroll through the set commands, with each 

> set alarms [TAB]
> set autoexit [TAB]
> set clock1

... etc.

If another space is placed after the command and [TAB] is pressed again, the next
command level will display (if any):
> set snmp [TAB] will scroll through all the set SNMP options
> set snmp contact [TAB]
> set snmp getcom [TAB]
> set snmp location [TAB]
> set snmp name

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

... etc.

5-3

CLI Commands

CLI Commands
For maneuverability through these commands, all command names in blue or italics
are hyperlinked.

5-4

aco (Alarm Cut Off)

ping

add

print

alarms

rename (router)

clear

reset

connect

restore

delete

rtrping

disconnect

set

exit

show

install

status

load

store

log

telnet

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
aco (Alarm Cut Off)

aco (Alarm Cut Off)
Use the aco command to activate the Alarm Cut Off, which opens the alarm relay contacts on
the back of the unit.
Syntax: aco
Example: aco
ACO LED
Off
Yellow

Normal mode. No alarms are being suppressed.
Alarm cutoff active. One or more active alarms suppressed.

To turn off ACO, all alarms must be cleared, or the operator can reset the controller, which will
set the ACO back to the default (off) state.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-5

CLI Commands
add

add
Use the add command to create users, interfaces, services or profiles.
See the following sections for detailed information on the following add commands

add (router) dns proxy
add (router) remote
add (router) snmp community
add (router) snmp trap
add (router) static dns host
add (router) uploaduser
add (router-lan) filter
add (router-lan) secondary ip address
add (router-lan) static
add (router-wan) firewall
add (router-wan) gre network
add (router-wan) nat bypass
add (router-wan) static
add user

5-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router) dns proxy
Use the add (router) dns proxy command to enable DNS proxy and add a remote DNS server
address to the specified Router card.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} dns proxy {"domain-name"}
{ip-addr} {"profile-name"}
Example: add 2 dns proxy "Domain1" 192.168.100.245 "Texas"
Example will add a DNS proxy server "Domain1" with address
192.168.100.245 to the WAN named "Texas" on the Router in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"domain-name"}
The domain name for the external DNS server. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a
maximum length of 42 characters.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the external DNS server, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{"profile-name"}
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

add (router) remote
Use the add (router) remote command to add a remote WAN profile to the WAN profile table
on the specified Router card.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} remote {"profile-name"}
Example: add 6 remote "Texas"
The example will add a remote WAN named "Texas" to the WAN profile table
for the Router in slot 6.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"profile-name"}
The name of the remote WAN profile to add with a maximum length of 11 characters. This
name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-7

CLI Commands
add

add (router) snmp community
Use the add (router) snmp community command to add a SNMP community to an interface
on the specified Router card.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} snmp community {both|read|write}
{"community-name"} {ip-addr}
Example: add 2 snmp community both "commune" 192.168.100.245
The example will allow the host 192.168.100.245 read/write access to the
Router card SNMP agent using the community name "commune". The Router is
located in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{both|read|write}
both
Will set the community to be read/write
read

Will set the community to be read-only

write

Will set the community to be write-only

{"community-name"}
Name of the community to add with a maximum length of 10 characters. Must be enclosed
in quotes.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the host that can access the SNMP agent via this community, in the form
of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255. The address "0.0.0.0" allows any host.

5-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router) snmp trap
Use the add (router) snmp trap command to specify a destination to send SNMP trap
messages for the specified Router card.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} snmp trap
{"community-name"} {ip-addr} {"profile-name"}
Example: add 3 snmp trap "commune" 192.168.100.245 "RemoteAdit"
The example will add a trap destination of 192.168.100.245 on the interface
"RemoteAdit" and use the community name "commune" in the messages. The
Router is located in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"community-name"}
The community name to use in each trap message, with a maximum of 10 characters.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the destination trap to add, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{"profile-name"}
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Maximum
of 11 characters and this name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-9

CLI Commands
add

add (router) static dns host
Use the add (router) static dns host command to add a static DNS host record for resolving a
domain name to an IP address if the DNS server cannot provide the information. The DNS
resolver will first attempt to resolve the name by querying the configured DNS servers. If this
does not yield the information, the DNS resolver will consult this list of static entries. This
command will fail if the DNS resolver is not enabled.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} static dns host
{ip-addr} {"domain-name"}
Example: add 2 dns host 192.168.100.245 "myhost.some.net"
Example will add a static DNS host record with address 192.168.100.245 and
domain named "myhost.some.net" on the Router in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the host, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
{"domain-name"}
The domain name of the host. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length
of 41 characters.

5-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router) uploaduser
Use the add (router) uploaduser command to specify a host that is allowed to upload either
the configuration or software files to the specified Router card.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} uploaduser {both|code|config}
{all|ip-addr} {"profile-name"}
Example: add 3 uploaduser code all "LosAngeles"
The example will allow any user to upload the code file from the Router
interface named "LosAngeles". The Router is located in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{both|code|config}
both
Will allow user to upload both the code file and the configuration file
from the Router
code

Will allow user to upload the code file from the Router

config

Will allow user to upload the configuration file from the Router

{all|ip-addr}
all
ip-addr

Will allow upload from anywhere
The IP address to allow upload boot from. In the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255

{"profile-name"}
The name of the remote WAN or LAN profile that can be used for the upload. This name
must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-11

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) filter
Use the add (router-lan) filter commands to add filters to the specified LAN interface.

add (router-lan) filter address
Use the add (router-lan) filter address command to add an address filter to the table of
Layer 2 filters applied to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} filter address {both|dest|source}
{mac-addr} {"filter-name"}
Example: add 2:1 filter address both 0x00e09700e9cd "Server1"
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{both|dest|source}
both
Filter by both source and destination
dest

Filter by destination only

source

Filter by source only

{mac-addr}
The MAC address to add to the learned address table for the LAN, in the form a
6-octet HEX value, 0xxxxxxxxxxxx. Please note that the MAC address is preceeded by a
0x.
{"filter-name"}
A symbolic name given to identify a filter rule. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with
a maximum of 8 characters.

5-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) filter custom
Use the add (router-lan) filter custom command to add a custom filter to the table of
Layer 2 filters applied to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} filter custom {pkt-offset} {mask}
{match} {"filter-name"}
Example: add 2:1 filter custom 16 0xFFFF0000 0x45000000
"MyRule"
The example will add a custom layer-2 filter that will match all packets that
contain the hex value 4500 at the 16th octet past the MAC header.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{pkt-offset}
This field will designate where within a packet (past the MAC header) the system is to
begin looking for a matching character string. The offset value range is 0 to 60 bytes. To
create a filter for the data in the MAC header, use the address and Protocol filters.
{mask}
The 32-bit mask to indicate which bits to compare to the match value starting at the offset
position. The mask is entered as a 32-bit hexadecimal value.
{match}
The 32-bit match value that is used to match the incoming packet. The match value is
entered as a 32-bit hexadecimal value.
{"filter-name"}
A symbolic name given to identify a filter rule. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with
a maximum of 8 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-13

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) filter protocol
Use the add (router-lan) filter protocol command to add a protocol filter to the table of
Layer 2 filters applied to the specified LAN interface. Note that you only need to identify
either an Ethernet or IEEE value, but not both. The other should be entered as 0.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} filter protocol {ether-type}
{ieee-value} {"filter-name"}
Example: add 2:1 filter protocol 0x0807 0x0 "XNSrule"
The example will add a custom layer-2 filter that will match all XNS packets.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{ether-type}
This assigned Ethernet value for this protocol. The ether-type is entered as a 16-bit
hexadecimal value, e.g. 0800 = IP and 0806 = ARP.
{ieee-value}
The assigned IEEE value for this protocol. The IEEE value is the same as the SDAP and
SSAP values in a SNAP packet. The match value is entered as a 8-bit hexadecimal value.
{"filter-name"}
A symbolic name given to identify a filter rule. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with
a maximum of 8 characters.

5-14

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) secondary ip address
Use the add (router-lan) secondary ip address command to add a secondary IP address and
subnet to the specified LAN interface. The router will then be capable of routing between the
various subnets on the LAN interface or between any of the LAN subnets and any WAN subnet.
A maximum of 8 secondary IP addresses can be added to the LAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} secondary ip address
{ip-addr [mask]|ip-addr/bits}
Example: add 4:1 secondary ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
The example will add a secondary IP address of 192.168.1.1 and a subnet mask
of 255.255.255.0.

To view the secondary IP addresses, use the show 4:1 command
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.
port
Port number.
"profile-name" The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.
{ip-addr [mask]|ip-addr/bits}
ip-addr
The IP address of the Host to query, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx,
where xxx is between 0-255.
mask
The mask of the secondary IP address, in the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
bits
The subnet mask, specified as the number of ones bits in the mask
value. Range is between 1-32.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-15

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) static
Use the add (router-lan) static commands to add static elements on the specified LAN
interface.

add (router-lan) static ip address
Use the add (router-lan) static ip address command to add a static IP address to the table
of learned addresses on the specified LAN interface. This command is typically used in
bridging.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} static ip address {"addr-name"}
{ip-addr}
Example: add 3:1 static ip address "JDoe" 195.168.201.140
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{"addr-name"}
A symbolic name for this static ip address. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with a
maximum of 8 characters.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the learned address table for the LAN, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx,
where xxx is between 0-255.

5-16

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) static ip network
Use the add (router-lan) static ip network command to add a static IP network (route) to
the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} static ip network {ip-addr} {mask}
{next-hop-ip-addr} [metric]
Example: add 3:1 static ip network 195.168.201.0 255.255.255.0
194.120.20.15 3
The example will add a static route to 192.168.201.0, with mask 255.255.255.0
and the next hop at 194.120.20.15 and a metric of 3 to the local LAN interface
on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{ip-addr}
The IP address of the static IP network to set, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is between 0-255.
{mask}
The mask of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
{next-hop-ip-addr}
The IP address of the next hop gateway for this route, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx,
where xxx is between 0-255.
[metric]
Enter a numeric value indicating the distance from your local network to the destination
network. Although this value was originally measured by the number of gateways between
the two networks, the number may be modified, either higher or lower, to indicate a desired
priority. This field is only used on IP networks. Valid entries range from 1 to 15. (Please
note that a value of 1 usually indicates a direct network.).

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-17

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) static ipx network
Use the add (router-lan) static ipx network command to add a static IPX network (route)
to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} static ipx network {network} {hops}
{ticks} {next-hop-mac-addr}
Example: add 3:1 static ipx network 0x11 2 4 0x00e09700e9cd
The example will add a static IPX route to network 0x11, a hop count 2, a tick
count 4, a next hop Router at MAC address 00:e0:97:00:e9:cd.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{network}
The IPX network number in HEX (0x...). This number must be preceeded by 0x.
{hops}
The numeric value (of hops) indicating the distance from your Local (LAN) network to the
destination network.
{ticks}
The distance between two networks as measured in time increments (1/18th of a second).
Like hops, ticks may be used to designate primary and secondary routes to the same
network.
{next-hop-mac-addr}
The MAC address of the next hop Router, in the form a 6-octet HEX value separated by
colons, xxxxxxxxxxxx. This number must be preceeded by 0x.

5-18

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-lan) static mac address
Use the add (router-lan) static mac address command to add a static MAC address to the
table of learned addresses on the specified LAN interface. This command is typically used
in bridging.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} static mac address
{"network-name"} {mac-addr}
Example: add 3:1 static mac address "JDoe" 0x00e09700e9cd
The example will add a static MAC address, 00:e0:97:00:e9:cd named "JDoe",
to the tables for the LAN interface on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{"network-name"}
A symbolic name given to identify this static MAC address. This name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum of 7 characters.
{mac-addr}
The MAC address to add to the learned address table for the LAN, in the form a 6-octet
HEX value separated by colons, 0xxxxxxxxxxxxx. This number must be preceeded by 0x.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-19

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) firewall
Use the add (router-wan) firewall command to add a firewall rule to a WAN.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} firewall
{rule-number} {drop|pass} {incoming|inout|outgoing}
{alarm|log|nolog} {service} {dest-ip-addr/bits} {srcip-addr/bits}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" firewall 1 pass incoming nolog http
203.1.21.17/32 0.0.0.0/0
The example will add a firewall rule that allows HTTP (TCP port 80) access
from any outside host to an inside web server at 203.1.21.17 to the Router card
in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{rule-number}
Firewall rules are processed in sequence until the first matching rule is found.
{drop|pass}
drop
Do not allow the packet to be forwarded
pass

Allow the packet to be forwarded

{incoming|inout|outgoing}
incoming
Matches packets for sessions originated from an outside host
inout

Matches packets for sessions originated from either an inside or outside
host

outgoing

Matches packets for sessions originated from an inside host

{alarm|log|nolog}
alarm
Add an entry to alarm log for packets that match this rule

5-20

log

Add an entry to event log for packets that match this rule

nolog

Do not add an entry to the logs for packets that match this rule

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add
{service}
finger

Display information about users

ftp

File Transfer Protocol

gopher

Document search and retrieval

http

World Wide Web

icmp

Internet Control Message Protocol

nntp

Network News Transfer

ping

ICMP echo request/reply

pop3

Post Office Protocol Version 3

smtp

Simple Mail Transfer

snmp

Simple Network Management Protocol

tcp

Transmission Control Protocol
port number (0 - 65535) or range

telnet

User interface to remote unit

udp

User Datagram Protocol
port number (0 - 65535) or range

wais

Wide Area Information Services

protocol

Enter a protocol number
{protocol-number}= number between 0-255
0= any protocol

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-21

CLI Commands
add
{dest-ip-addr/bits}
The destination IP Address and number of significant bits. The IP Address is in the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255. The address "0.0.0.0/0" matches any
address.
dest-ip-addr

Enter the IP Address of the local device or network that this rule will
affect. If you enter the address of a local device, this rule will affect
only the session establishments of the local device and the
destination address entered in the Remote IP Address/Network field,
below. The IP Address is in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is between 0-255.

bits

Use this field to identify the number of bits, from left to right that
will be used to match the IP Address field within the data packet.
Range is between 1-32.

{src-ip-addr/bits}
The destination IP address and number of significant bits. The address "0.0.0.0/0" matches
any address.

5-22

src-ip-addr

Enter the IP Address of the local device or network that this rule will
affect. If you enter the address of a local device, this rule will affect
only the session establishments of the local device and the
destination address entered in the dest-ip-addr/bits command above.
The IP Address is in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.

bits

Use this field to identify the number of bits, from left to right that
will be used to match the IP Address field within the data packet.
Range is between 1-32.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) gre network
Use the add (router-wan) gre network command to add a "by network" Generic Route
Encapsulation (GRE) tunnel to a WAN.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} gre network
{ip-addr mask|ip-addr/bits} {metric}
{remote-ip-addr} {"tunnel-name"}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" gre network 10.0.0.0/8 3 2.2.2.2
"LATunnel"
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" in slot 3 to pass
all packets destined for a host on subnet 10.0.0.0 through a GRE tunnel to
2.2.2.2.
Note: A set 3 "LosAngeles" gre ip by network command is required before
this command.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr mask|ip-addr/bits}
ip-addr
The IP address and the subnet mask of the IP network to tunnel, each in the
mask
form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
bits

Use this field to identify the number of bits, from left to right that will be
used to match the IP Address field within the data packet. Range is between
1-32.

{metric}
Enter a numeric value indicating the distance from your local network to the destination
network. Valid entries range from 1 to 15.
{remote-ip-addr}
The IP address of the far end of this tunnel, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{"tunnel-name"}
A symbolic name for this tunnel. Maximum of 12 characters and must be enclosed in
quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-23

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) nat bypass
Use the add (router-wan) nat bypass command to add subnets to the list of source addresses
that will not be subject to NAT translation when passing through a NAT enabled WAN
interface. This command applies to the IP Router only.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} nat bypass
{ip-addr mask|ip-addr/bits}
Example:
The following example displays the configuration necessary to add two secondary IP
subnets to the LAN that do not get NAT translation performed on them when their packets
pass through the NAT on the WAN. In this example, packets leaving the "RemoteUnit"
WAN whose source IP address in the 10.0.0.0 subnet will be NAT translated to
211.103.55.1 before transmission. Packets leaving the "RemoteUnit" WAN whose source
IP address is in the 156.65.0.0 or 201.23.16.0 subnets will be transmitted unmodified.
set
add
add
set
set
add
add

1:1 ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
1:1 secondary ip address 156.65.0.1 255.255.255.0
1:1 secondary ip address 201.23.16.1 255.255.255.0
1 "RemoteUnit" nat enable
1 "RemoteUnit" nat address 211.103.55.1 1
1 "RemoteUnit" nat bypass 156.65.0.0. 255.255.0.0
1 "RemoteUnit" nat bypass 201.23.16.0. 255.255.255.0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the IP Router card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr mask|ip-addr/bits}
ip-addr
The IP address and subnet mask or host to bypass the NAT translation, each
mask
in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
bits

5-24

Use this field to identify the number of bits, from left to right that will be
used to match the IP Address field within the data packet. Range is between
1-32.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) static
Use the add (router-wan) static commands to add static elements on the specified WAN
interface.

add (router-wan) static ip address
Use the add (router-wan) static ip address command to add a static IP address to the table
of learned addresses on the specified WAN interface. This command is typically used in
bridging.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ip address
{"name"} {ip-addr}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" static ip address "Pasadena"
195.168.201.140
The example will add a static IP address, 192.168.201.140, named "Pasadena"
to the tables for the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router card in
slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{"name"}
A symbolic name to help remember the purpose of this entry. Maximum of 7 characters and
must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr}
The IP address to add to the learned address table for the WAN, in the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-25

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) static ip network
Use the add (router-wan) static ip network command to add a static IP network (route)
to the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ip network
{ip-addr} {mask} {metric}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" static ip network 195.168.201.0
255.255.255.0 3
The example will add a static route to 195.168.201.0, with mask 255.255.255.0
and a metric of 3 to the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router card
in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{mask}
The mask of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
{metric}
A numeric value indicating the distance from your local network to the destination network.
Valid entries range from 1 to 15. (Please note that a value of 1 usually indicates a direct
network).

5-26

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) static ipx network
Use the add (router-wan) static ipx network command to add a static IPX network (route)
to the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ipx network
{network} {hops} {ticks}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" static ipx network 0x11 2 4
The example will add a static IPX Router to network 0x11, with a hop count of
2 and a tick count of 4 to the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router
card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{network}
The IPX network number in HEX (0x...)
{hops}
The numeric value (of hops) indicating the distance from your Local (LAN) network to the
destination network.
{ticks}
The distance between two networks as measured in time increments (1/18th of a second).
Like hops, ticks may be used to designate primary and secondary routes to the same
network. Although both the hops and ticks values are considered when determining routing
priority, for Novell networks, the tick value is considered first.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-27

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) static mac address
Use the add (router-wan) static mac address command to add a static MAC address to
the table of learned addresses on the specified WAN interface. This command is typically
used in bridging.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static mac address
{"name"} {mac-addr}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" static mac address "JDoe"
x000e09700e9cd
The example will add a static MAC address, 00:e0:97:00:e9:cd named "JDoe"
to the tables for the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router card in
slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{"name"}
A symbolic name to help remember the purpose of this entry. This name is a maximum of
7 characters and must be enclosed in quotes.
{mac-addr}
The MAC address to add to the learned address table for the LAN, in the form a
6-octet HEX value, 0xxxxxxxxxxxx. Please note that the MAC address is preceeded by a
0x

5-28

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
add

add (router-wan) static nat address
Use the add (router-wan) static nat address command to add a static NAT bi-directional
mapping to the specified WAN interface. This command will fail if NAT is not enabled, if
the NAT address specified is in the NAT pool, or if the local or NAT address is not unique
within the complete group of static NAT mappings.
NOTE: Up to 16 Static NAT addresses may be added.
Syntax: add {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static nat address
{local-ip-addr} {nat-ip-addr}
Example: add 3 "LosAngeles" static nat address 10.0.0.5
34.56.102.222
The example will add a static NAT mapping between local IP address 10.0.0.5
to the public IP address 34.56.102.222 on the WAN interface named
"LosAngeles" on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{local-ip-addr}
The IP address of the local IP host, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
{nat-ip-addr}
The NAT public IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

add user
Use the add user command to create users with management level access (the highest level) with
no password. After adding a user, use the set user command to change the access level and set
the password for the new user. See also,set user, delete user.
Syntax: add user {"user-name"}
Example: add user "jsmith"
The example has added a new user named jsmith.
{"user-name"}
The user-name is the a user ID to add to the system. Text is a single word, with no blank
spaces and must be enclosed in quotes. Maximum of 10 characters.
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-29

CLI Commands
alarms

alarms
Use the alarms command to display the active alarms. Each alarm is related to a particular
address and has a severity category (major, minor, critical, alert). The report can be filtered by
port address and/or severity.
Syntax: alarms [slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel] [category]
[severity]
Example: alarms
Time
07:35:45
07:35:21
07:34:57
00:00:20
00:00:05
Total=10

Date
01/04/2002
01/04/2002
01/04/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002

Severity
Major
Minor
Critical
Major
Major

Description
Test Major Alarm
Test Minor Alarm
Test Critical Alarm
5:1-RTR Ethernet Link Down
A:2-DS1 Loss Of Signal

[slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel]
slot
A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.
port
Port number.
channel
Channel number

5-30

[category]
bri
ds1
env
equipment
fxo
fxs
rtr
v35

All BRI facility alarms
All DS1 facility alarms
Environmental Alarms
Equipment alarms not related to a DS1 interface
All FX0 facility alarms
All FXS facility alarms
All Router facility alarms
All V.35 facility alarms

[severity]
alert
critical
info
major
minor

Alert alarms (threshold crossing)
Critical alarms
Information alarms
Major alarms (service effecting)
Minor alarms (non-service affecting)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
clear

clear
User the clear command to clear logs, performance data and tables.
clear (ds1)
clear log
clear (router) ip address table
clear (router) log
clear (router) mac address table
clear (router) mgcp stats
clear (router) performance

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-31

CLI Commands
clear

clear (ds1)
Use the clear (ds1) command to clear specified DS1 performance data.
Syntax: clear {ds1-addr} performance {setting}
Example: clear a:1 performance all
Clears all performance data on DS1 1 (port 1) on the Controller card (slot A).
{ds1-addr}
DS1 address in the format {slot:port}.
slot

A for the controller card, or 1-6 for service cards.

port

Port number range or all.

{setting}
all

Clear all performance data

bes

Clear bes (bursty errored seconds) performance data.

css

Clear css (controlled slip seconds) performance data.

dm

Clear dm (degraded minutes) performance data.

es

Clear es (errored seconds) performance data.

lcv

Clear lcv (line code violations) performance data.

les

Clear les (line errored seconds) performance data.

pcv

Clear pcv (path code violations) performance data.

sefs

Clear sefs (severely errored frame seconds) performance data.

ses

Clear ses (severely errored seconds) performance data.

uas

Clear uas (unavailable seconds) performance data.

clear log
Use the clear log command to clear the event log. This will clear the log without asking for
confirmation.
Syntax: clear log

5-32

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
clear

clear (router) ip address table
Use the clear (router) ip address table command to flush the learned entries from the IP
address table for the specified interface from the specified Router card.
Syntax: clear {rtr_card-addr} ip address table
["profile-name"]
Example: clear 2 ip address table
The example will clear all the entries on the IP address table.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The name for the Router interface profile. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with a
maximum of 11 characters. Note: the profile-name is optional, if not specified the tables
for all interfaces will be cleared.

clear (router) log
Use the clear (router) log command to clear the CMG event log on the CMG card. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: clear {cmg_card-addr} log
Example: clear 2 log
The example will clear the event log.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-33

CLI Commands
clear

clear (router) mac address table
Use the clear (router) mac address table command to flush the learned entries from the MAC
address table for the specified interface from the specified Router card.
Syntax: clear {rtr_card-addr} mac address table
["profile-name"]
Example: clear 2 mac address table "LosAngeles"
The example will clear all the entries on the "LosAngeles" interface, MAC
address table.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The name for the Router interface profile. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with a
maximum of 11 characters.
Note: the profile-name is optional, if not specified the tables for all interfaces will be
cleared.

clear (router) mgcp stats
Use the clear (router) mgcp stats command to set all MGCP (Media Gateway Call Protocol)
statistic counts to zero on the CMG card. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: clear {cmg_card-addr} mgcp stats
Example: clear 2 mgcp stats
The example will set all MGCP statistics counts to zero, on the CMG in slot 2.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

5-34

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
clear

clear (router) performance
Use the clear (router) performance command to clear the runtime statistics that are displayed
by the status (router) performance command. This command takes effect immediately.
Syntax: clear {rtr_card-addr} performance {all|lan|wan}
Example: clear 4 performance all
The example will clear all of the runtime statistics on the router card in slot 4.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{all|lan|wan}
all

Clear both LAN and WAN statistics

lan

Clear the LAN statistics only.

wan

Clear the WAN statistics only.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-35

CLI Commands
connect

connect
Use the connect command to create two-way connections between any DS0 channels of the
service or controller cards.
Syntax: connect {slot:port|slot:port:channel}
{slot:port|slot:port:channel}
Use the disconnect command to delete connections.
Example: connect A:2:1-24 3:1
Connects all 24 channels on port address #2 (DS1) on the controller card
(slot A) to port address #1 V.35 in slot 3.
{slot:port|slot:port:channel}
slot
A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.
port

Port number or range.

channel

Channel number or range, for T1 ports.

connect (bri) [4:1 mode]
Use the connect (bri) command to create two-way connections between DS0 channels of a BRI
card and a controller card.
Syntax: connect {slot:port:channel|slot:port}
{slot:port:channel|slot:port}
Example: connect A:1:1 3:1 B1
connect A:1:2 3:1 B2
connect A:1:3 3:1 D
Where B1, B2 or D indicate how the DS0 will be used.
The B1 and B2 must be entered for each BRI port to be connected.
The D indicator applies to 4 BRI ports at a time. The groups are always ports 1-2 for a dual
card, ports 1-4 for quad and octal and ports 5-8 for octal cards.
In the 3rd command in the example above, the connect command will connect BRI D
channel for ports 1-4 (if an octal or quad card. Dual card, ports 1-2) to the DS0 specified
by a A:1:3. The user will NOT need to enter the D channel connection for ports 2-4 on the
BRI in slot 3.
In this case, connect A:1:4 3:2 d will fail.
Similarly connect A:1:4 3:5 d will connect BRI D channel for ports 5-8 to A:1:4.

5-36

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
connect

Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions
Cross-connects are done at a DS0 level. The following rules need to be kept in mind while
performing cross-connects for the voice cards.
FXS Analog

DS0

FXO Analog

LS/LSRB

GS/GSRB

GSW*

LS

GS

DPT

LSCPD

Y

N

N

N

N

N

N

LS

Y

Y

N

Y

N

N

Y

GS

Y

Y

N

N

Y

N

N

EMDW

Y

Y

N

N

N

N

N

EMI

Y

N

N

N

N

Y

N

EMICPD

Y

Y

N

N

N

N

N

EMW

Y

Y

N

N

N

N

N

TR8LSGS

Y

Y

N

N

N

N

N

VoIP Port
LS
T1 DS0

DPT = Dial Pulse Termination
EMDW = E&M Delayed Wink start
EMI = E&M Immediate start
EMICPD = E&M Immediate Start with Calling Party Disconnect
EMW = E&M Wink start
GS = Ground Start
GSRB = Ground Start with Reverse Battery
LS = Loop Start
LSCPD = Loop Start Calling Party Disconnect
LSRB = Loop Start with Reverse Battery
TR8LSGS = TR-08 Loop Start/Ground Start
VoIP = Voice over IP (CMG only)
* 5G Options

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-37

CLI Commands
connect

connect (router-trunk) (t1)
Use the connect (router-trunk) (t1) command to create two-way connections between the
Router port trunk connections and any DS0 channels of the service card or controller.
Syntax: connect {rtr_trunk-addr}
{slot:port|slot:port:channel}
Use the disconnect command to delete connections.
Example: connect A:2:1-12 5:1:1
Connects 12 channels on port address #2 (DS1) on the controller card (slot A)
to trunk 1 on the Router in slot 5.
{rtr_trunk-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) trunk address is in the form {slot:port:trunk}.
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
port
Port number is 1.
trunk
Trunk number for this port, 1-24.
{slot:port|slot:port:channel}
slot
A for the controller card, or 1-6 for service cards.
port
Port number or range (port must be a T1).
channel
Channel number or range, for T1 ports.

5-38

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
connect

connect (card-trunk) (card-trunk)
Use the connect (card-trunk) (card-trunk) command for configuring card-to-card WAN
cross-connects between two Router cards or between a Router card and a V.35 card.
Syntax: connect {rtr_trunk-addr} {rtr_trunk-addr|v35-addr}
{ds0-number}
Use the disconnect command to delete connections.
Example: connect 3:1:2 4:1:3 12
Connects WAN trunk number 2 of a Router card in slot 3 to WAN trunk number
3 of a Router card in slot 4 using 12 DS0s.
Example: connect 3:1:2 5:1 12
Connects WAN trunk number 2 of a Router card in slot 3 to port 1 of V.35 card
in slot 5 using 12 DS0s.
{rtr_trunk-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) trunk address is in the form {slot:port:trunk}.
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.
port
Port number.
trunk
Trunk number for this port, 1-24.
{v35-addr}
The V.35 trunk address is in the form {slot:port}.
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains a V.35 card.
port
Port number (1-2).
{ds0-number}
The number of DS0s to connect (1-60).

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-39

CLI Commands
connect

connect (router-voice) (t1|fxs)
Use the connect (router-voice) (t1|fxs) command to create two-way connections between the
CMG voice channels and DS0 channels of an FXS or T1 service card or controller T1. The
CMG only supports connections between CMG voice channels and FXS or T1 DS0s utilizing
loop start signaling.
Syntax: connect {cmg_voice-addr}
{slot:port|slot:port:channel}
Use the disconnect command to delete connections.
Example: connect A:2:1-12 5:1:1:1-12
Connects 12 channels on port address #2 (DS1) on the controller card (slot A)
to the first 12 voice channels on the CMG in slot 5.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

{slot:port|slot:port:channel}
slot
A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.

5-40

port

Port number or range (port must be a T1).

channel

Channel number or range, for T1 ports.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete
Use the delete command to remove users, interfaces, services or profiles.
See the following sections for detailed information on the following delete commands

delete (router) dns proxy
delete (router) remote
delete (router) snmp community
delete (router) snmp trap
delete (router) static dns host
delete (router) uploaduser
delete (router-lan) filter
delete (router-lan) secondary ip address
delete (router-lan) static
delete (router-wan) firewall
delete (router-wan) gre network
delete (router-wan) nat bypass
delete (router-wan) static
delete user

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-41

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router) dns proxy
Use the delete (router) dns proxy command to remove a remote DNS server address from the
specified Router card. If this command is directed to delete the only a DNS proxy server address
then DNS proxy is disabled.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} dns proxy {ip-addr}
{"profile-name"}
Example: delete 2 dns proxy 192.168.100.245 "Texas"
The example will delete a DNS proxy server address of 192.168.100.245 from
the Router in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the external DNS server, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{"profile-name"}
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

delete (router) remote
Use the delete (router) remote command to delete a remote WAN profile from the WAN
profile table on the specified Router card.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} remote {"profile-name"}
Example: delete 6 remote "Texas"
The example will delete a remote WAN named "Texas" from the WAN profile
table for the Router in slot 6.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"profile-name"}
The name of the remote WAN profile to delete. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with
a maximum of 12 characters.

5-42

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router) snmp community
Use the delete (router) snmp community command to delete an SNMP community entry on
the specified Router card.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} snmp community
{"community-name"} {ip-addr}
Example: delete 2 snmp community "commune" 192.168.100.245
The example will delete the previously added SNMP community named
"commune" from the Router in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"community-name"}
The name of an existing community. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with a
maximum of 12 characters.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the host that can access the SNMP agent via this community, in the form
of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255. The address "0.0.0.0" allows any host.

delete (router) snmp trap
Use the delete (router) snmp trap command to delete a trap destination from the specified
Router card.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} snmp trap
{"community-name"} {ip-addr}
Example: delete 2 snmp trap "commune" 192.168.100.245
The example will delete the previously added SNMP community named
"commune" from the Router in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"community-name"}
The name of an existing community. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with a
maximum of 12 characters.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the destination trap to delete, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is between 0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-43

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router) static dns host
Use the delete (router) static dns host command to delete a static DNS host record.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} static dns host
{ip-addr} {"domain-name"}
Example: delete 2 dns host 192.168.100.245 "myhost.some.net"
Example will delete a DNS host entry with address 192.168.100.245 and
domain named "myhost.come.net" on the Router in slot 2.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the host, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
{"domain-name"}
The domain name of the host. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length
of 41 characters.

delete (router) uploaduser
Use the delete (router) uploaduser command to remove an existing host that is allowed to
upload either the configuration or software files to the specified Router card.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} uploaduser
{all|ip-addr} {"profile-name"}
Example: delete 3 uploaduser "LosAngeles"
The example will remove any user for upload of a code file from the Router
interface named "LosAngeles". The Router is located in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{all|ip-addr}
all
ip-addr

Will delete all upload users.
The IP address of the host, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.

{"profile-name"}
The name of the remote WAN or LAN profile specified in the entry to be removed. This
name must be enclosed in quotes.

5-44

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-lan) filter
Use the delete (router-lan) filter command to delete a single filter rule from the table of Layer
2 filters applied to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_lan-addr} filter
{address|custom|protocol|all} ["filter-name"]
Example: delete 2:1 filter address "Server1"
This example will delete a previously created address filter names "Server1".
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card

port

Port number of the Router is 1

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{address|custom|protocol|all}
address
A previously created address filter
custom

A previously created custom filter

protocol

A previously created protocol filter

all

All filter rules. this options does not require a filter-name to follow

{"filter-name"}
A symbolic name given to identify a filter rule. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with
a maximum of 8 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-45

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-lan) secondary ip address
Use the delete (router-lan) secondary ip address command to delete a secondary IP address
and subnet to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_lan-addr} secondary ip address
{ip-addr [mask]|ip-addr/bits}
Example: delete 4:1 secondary ip address 192.168.1.1
The example will delete a secondary IP address of 192.168.1.1.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card

port

Port number of the Router is 1

"profile-name" The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters
{ip-addr [mask]|ip-addr/bits}
ip-addr
The IP address of a current secondary IP address, in the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
mask
The mask of the secondary IP address, in the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255
bits
The subnet mask, specified as the number of ones bits in the mask
value. Range is between 1-32.

5-46

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-lan) static
Use the delete (router-lan) static commands to delete static elements from the specified LAN
interface.

delete (router-lan) static ip address
Use the delete (router-lan) static ip address command to delete a static IP address entry
from the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: add {rtr_lan-addr} static ip address {ip-addr}
Example: add 3:1 static ip address 195.168.201.140
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card

port

Port number of the Router is 1

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters

{ip-addr}
The IP address of the learned address table for the LAN, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx,
where xxx is between 0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-47

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-lan) static ip network
Use the delete (router-lan) static ip network command to delete a static IP network from
the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_lan-addr} static ip network {ip-addr}
{mask} {next-hop-ip-addr}
Example: delete 3:1 static ip network 195.168.201.0
255.255.255.0 194.120.20.15
The example will delete the existing static IP network from the LAN interface
of the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{"profile-name"}
The IP address of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{mask}
The mask of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
{next-hop-ip-addr}
The IP address of the next hop gateway for this route, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx,
where xxx is between 0-255.

5-48

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-lan) static ipx network
Use the delete (router-lan) static ipx network command to delete a static IPX network
(route) to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_lan-addr} static ipx network {network}
{next-hop-ip-addr}
Example: delete 3:1 static ipx network 0x11 0x00e09700e9cd
The example will delete a static IPX route to network 0x11, using a next hop
Router at MAC address 00:e0:97:00:e9:cd, from the LAN interface on the
Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{network}
The IPX network number in HEX (0x...).
{next-hop-ip-addr}
The MAC address of the next hop Router, in the form a 6-octet HEX value, in the form
0xxxxxxxxxxxxx. Please note the address is preceeded by 0x.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-49

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-lan) static mac address
Use the delete (router-lan) static mac address command to delete a static MAC address
entry to the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_lan-addr} static mac address {mac-addr}
Example: delete 3:1 static mac address 0x00e09700e9cd
The example will delete a static MAC address, 00:e0:97:00:e9:cd, from the
LAN interface of the Router card in slot 5.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card

port

Port number of the Router is 1

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters

{mac-addr}
The MAC address to add to the learned address table for the LAN, in the form a
6-octet HEX value, 0xxxxxxxxxxxx. Please note that the MAC address is preceeded by a
0x.

delete (router-wan) firewall
Use the delete (router-wan) firewall command to delete a firewall rule from a WAN.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} firewall
{all|rule-number}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" firewall all
The example will remove all firewalls rules on the Router in slot 3, for the
profile "LosAngeles".
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{all|rule-number}
all
rule-number

5-50

Delete all firewall rules on this WAN
The specific firewall rule to delete

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-wan) gre network
Use the delete (router-wan) gre network command to delete a "by network" GRE tunnel to a
WAN.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} gre network
{ip-addr mask|ip-addr/bits}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" gre network 10.0.0.0/8
The example will delete the "LosAngeles" GRE tunnel on 10.0.0.0/8.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr mask|ip-addr/bits}
ip-addr mask
The IP address and the subnet mask of the IP network to tunnel, each
in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
ip-addr

The IP Address of the IP network to tunnel, in the form of
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

bits

The subnet mask, specified as the number of ones bits in the mask
value. Range is between 1-32.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-51

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-wan) nat bypass
Use the delete (router-wan) nat bypass command to delete an IP subnet or host from the list
of the source addresses that will not be subject to NAT Translation when passing through a NAT
enabled WAN interface. This command applies to the IP Router only.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} nat bypass
{ip-addr}
Example: delete 1 "RemoteUnit" nat bypass 156.65.0.0
The example will delete the NAT bypass record for the IP Address 156.65.0.0
from the WAN interface named "RemoteUnit" on the router card in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the IP Router card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr}
IP address or host to delete, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

5-52

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-wan) static
Use the delete (router-wan) static commands to delete a static element from the WAN
interface.

delete (router-wan) static ip address
Use the delete (router-wan) static ip address command to delete a static IP address on the
specified WAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ip address
{ip-addr}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" static ip address
195.168.201.140
The example will delete a static IP address, 192.168.201.140 from the WAN
interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr}
The IP address to delete from the WAN, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-53

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-wan) static ip network
Use the delete (router-wan) static ip network command to delete a static IP network from
the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ip network
{ip-addr} {mask}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" static ip network 195.168.201.0
255.255.255.0
The example will delete a static IP network at 195.168.201.0, with mask
255.255.255.0 from the WAN "LosAngeles" on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr}
IP address of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
{mask}
Mask of the static IP network, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

delete (router-wan) static ipx network
Use the delete (router-wan) static ipx network command to delete a static IPX network
(route) to the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ipx network
{network}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" static ipx network 0x11
The example will delete a static IPX Router to network 0x11 to the WAN
"LosAngeles" on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{network}
The IPX network number in HEX (0x...)

5-54

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-wan) static mac address
Use the delete (router-wan) static mac address command to delete a static MAC address
entry from the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static mac address
{mac-addr}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" static mac address
0x00e09700e9cd
The example will add a static MAC address, 00:e0:97:00:e9:cd to the WAN
"LosAngeles" on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{mac-addr}
The MAC address to add to the learned address table for the LAN, in the form
0xxxxxxxxxxxxx. Please note the address is preceeded by 0x.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-55

CLI Commands
delete

delete (router-wan) static nat address
Use the delete (router-wan) static nat address command to delete a static NAT mapping
from the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: delete {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static nat address
{local-ip-addr} {nat-ip-addr}
Example: delete 3 "LosAngeles" static nat address 10.0.0.5
34.56.102.222
The example will delete a static NAT mapping between 10.0.0.5 and
34.56.102.222 on the WAN "LosAngeles" on the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{local-ip-addr}
IP address of the local IP host, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
{nat-ip-addr}
The NAT public IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

delete user
The delete user command will remover a user created by the add user command.
Syntax: delete user {"user-name"}
Example: delete user "jsmith"
{"user-name"}
The user-name is an existing user ID in the system. This name must be enclosed in quotes.

5-56

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
disconnect

disconnect
disconnect
Remove a connection created using the connect command.
Syntax: disconnect
{slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel|slot:port:trunk}
Example: disconnect A:2:1-24 3:1
Disconnects all 24 channels on port address #2 (DS1) on the controller card (slot
A) to port address #1 V.35 in slot 3.

NOTE: The operator can remove connections for all of a slot {slot}, a port
within a slot {slot:port}, or for specific channel {slot:port:channel}
{slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel|slot:port:trunk}
slot
A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.
port

Port number or range.

channel

Channel number or range, for T1 ports.

trunk

Trunk number for this port, 1-24.

exit
Use the exit command to log out of the Command Line Interface (CLI).
Syntax: exit
Example: > exit

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-57

CLI Commands
install

install
install (slot) router
The Compact T1 Controller card automatically creates a backup of the configuration of any
Router cards in their respective slot. If a Router is removed and replaced with a another Router
(same type) the backup of the configuration from the first occupying Router card is loaded onto
the replacing Router card. This command will stop this function and the replacing Router will
retain its configuration.
Syntax: install {slot} {cmg|router}
Example: install 5 router
{slot}
The slot number (1 - 6) of the card to download the software file to.
{cmg|router}
cmg
Install a CMG Router card.
router

Install a IP Router card.

To replace a router card in slot 5 and retain its loaded configuration file:

1. Remove current router card in slot 5 of the system.
2.

With the CLI command enter:
> install 5 router
ok

3.

5-58

When an "ok" is displayed the replacement router card may be inserted into
slot 5.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
load

load
load tftp
The load tftp command will download software via TFTP to the Controller or to the Router card
or country ring tones to the CMG router card (CMG only). Note: A TFTP server must be
running on the host system for this command to be successful.
Syntax: load [rtr_card-addr] tftp {ip-addr} {"file-name"}
Example: The following example will download the Controller software file
"tdm6_1_z_all.mgm" to the Controller via TFTP. At the prompt enter Software
Key or [Enter] to download non-keyed version.
> load tftp 192.168.43.52 "tdm6_1_z_all.mgm"
Filename: tdm6_1_z_all.mgm
Host IP Address:
192.168.43.52
Target IP Address: 192.168.3.194
’load tftp’ will be executed with the above parameters.
Download to Active controller:
Type ACTIVE Software Release Key, or Hit ’Enter’ for Non-Keyed
Load:
>>>

Example: load 5 tftp 172.26.100.25 "rt_1_20_all.mgm"
The example will download the Router software file "rtr_1_20_all.mgm" to a
Router card in slot 5 via TFTP. Note: see the above example, the load progress
will look the same.
Example: load 5 tftp 172.26.100.25 "brazil.tdb"
The example will download tones for Brazil to the CMG Router card in slot 5
via TFTP.
[rtr_card-addr]
The Router (IP or CMG) card slot number (1 - 6) to download the software file to.
Note: If no slot number is entered, the software is downloaded to the Controller.
{ip-addr}
The host IP address in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a number from 0-255. If
not supplied the host IP address from the database will be used.
{"file-name"}
The software file to load including path. Must be enclosed with quotes.
The file-type of the downloading files must be .mgm for software and .tdb for country tones

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-59

CLI Commands
load

load xmodem
Use the load xmodem command to download software via Xmodem. This command is only
available with RS-232 connections. If you are using Telnet, see load tftp command.
Example: load xmodem
Download to Active controller using xmodem.
Type ACTIVE Software Release Key, or Hit ’Enter’ for Non-Keyed Load:
>>>
At the prompt enter Software Key or [Enter] to download non-keyed version.
load xmodem command will be executed
Do you really want to do this?
Enter Y at the prompt to continue, or N to cancel the download.
Y - the system will prompt you to select the appropriate local file. With the file selected, the
system will complete the download, reboot, and run the installation for flash upgrade. Screen
example following.
**** System Boot ****
XMODEM transfer started
Validating image(fast)..........................SUCCEEDED!
Erasing FLASH:..........................Finished Erasing FLASH!
Erasing FLASH:..........................Finished Erasing FLASH!
Programming Flash..........................SUCCEEDED!
In 5 seconds the system will boot from Flash
Press any key to stop boot . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 0
Looking for valid application image in Flash...
Executing application image from Flash
Attached TCP/IP interface to cpm unit 0
Attaching interface lo0...done
ADIT startup

5-60

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
log

log
log
Displays the event log. Where the optional variables used to narrow down the log displayed. The
log command without any options displays a full log.
Syntax: log [slot|slot:port] [category] [severity]
Example: log
Time
00:00:15
00:00:12
00:00:12
00:00:06
00:00:05
00:00:02
00:00:02
Total=7

Date
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002

Severity
Major
Info
Info
Major
Info
Info
Info

Description
4:1-CMG Ethernet Link Down
3-FXOx8 Card Detected
2-FXS5Gx8 Card Detected
A:2-DS1 Loss Of Signal
4-CMGx1 Card Detected
A-T1x2 Card Detected
System Powerup

[slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel]
slot
A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards
port
Port number (not a range)
channel
Channel number or range
[category]
bri
ds1
env
equipment
fxo
fxs
rtr
v35

All BRI facility events
All DS1 facility events
Environmental events
Equipment events not related to a DS1 interface
All FX0 facility events
All FXS facility events
All Router or CMG facility events
All V.35 facility events

[severity]
alert
critical
info
major
minor

Alert events (threshold crossing)
Critical events
Information events
Major events (service effecting)
Minor events (non-service affecting)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-61

CLI Commands
ping

ping
ping
Use the ping command to perform a ping test from the Controller and report the result. If the
host is reachable, each individual response will be displayed.
Syntax: ping {ip-addr} [count] [length]
Example: ping 192.168.3.196 7 5000
Pinging 192.168.3.196 with 5000 bytes of data:
Reply
Reply
Reply
Reply
Reply
Reply
Reply

from
from
from
from
from
from
from

192.168.3.196:
192.168.3.196:
192.168.3.196:
192.168.3.196:
192.168.3.196:
192.168.3.196:
192.168.3.196:

bytes=5000
bytes=5000
bytes=5000
bytes=5000
bytes=5000
bytes=5000
bytes=5000

time=90ms
time=144ms
time=186ms
time=90ms
time=90ms
time=90ms
time=90ms

> ping 192.168.10.196 7 5000
PING 192.168.10.196: 5000 data bytes
no answer from 192.168.10.196
> ping 192.168.10.196 1
192.168.10.196 is alive

{ip-addr}
The host IP address of the device to query, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a
number from 0-255.
[count]
This optional parameter sets the number of pings to send. Range is 1 to 32, default is 5.
[length]
This optional parameter sets the number of bytes to send in the ICMP echo request payload.
Range is 0 to 8000, default is 56.

5-62

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
print

print
Use the print command to display the help information or print the configuration file.
Syntax: print {config|help}

print config
Print the configuration file for the Compact T1. The operator may then save this to a text file,
which can be sent to another Compact T1 to automatically configure the system at the original
Compact T1.
Syntax: print config [rtr_card-addr]
[rtr_card-addr]
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
Example: print config 5
This example would produce a configuration file of the Router in slot 5.
Adit> print config 5
set verification off
-set 5 password view
{password} is manual
-set 5 password config {password} is manual
-set 5 password admin {password} is manual
-set 5 enhanced security enable
is manual
-set 5 password security {password} is manual
delete 5 remote "RemoteUnit"
set 5 stp enable
rename 5 "LocalUnit" "LocalAdit"
set 5:1 ip address 192.168.3.195 255.255.255.0
add 5:1 secondary ip address 192.168.3.194 255.255.255.0
set 5:1 up
set 5:1 collision threshold high 500
add 5 remote "RemoteAdit"
reset 5

Example: print config
This example would produce a configuration file of the Controller.
1.

While in a Telnet session to an Compact T1 select Terminal/Start Logging.

2.

Name the file.

3.

Type the CLI command print config.

4.

Select Terminal/Stop Logging.

See Load Controller Configuration on page 16-8 for instructions to reload configuration to
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-63

CLI Commands
rename (router)
Controller card.

print help
Print the complete help file to the screen.
Syntax: print help
Example: print help
This example would print the entire help text, which can be scrolled though with
Enter or Spacebar.

rename (router)
Use the rename (router) command to change the name of a local LAN or remote WAN profile
on the specified Router card. Profile names cannot contain spaces and must be unique on a
particular Router card.
Syntax: rename {rtr_card-addr} {"old-profile-name"}
{"new-profile-name"}
Example: rename 6 "Chicago" "Milwaukee"
This example will change the name of the WAN profile from "Chicago" to
"Milwaukee", for the Router in slot 6.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"old-profile-name"}
The current LAN or WAN profile name. This name must be enclosed in quotes.
{"new-profile-name"}
The new profile name of a LAN or WAN profile. This name has a maximum length of 11
characters, and must be enclosed in quotes.

5-64

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
reset

reset
reset
Use the reset command to reboot the system.
Syntax: reset
Example: > reset
Do you really want to reset (y/n)? y
**** System Boot ****

reset (router)
Use the reset (router) command to reboot the Router. All new configuration since the last
reset will be in use.
Syntax: reset {rtr_card-addr}
Example: > reset 1
Do you really want to do this ?
OK

y

The example will reboot the Router card in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-65

CLI Commands
restore

restore
Use the restore command to restore system properties.
Note: to restore Router defaults see set (router) default.

restore defaults
Loads factory defaults for all settings. This command will not take effect until the system is
rebooted using the reset command.
Syntax: restore defaults
Example: restore defaults
For the restore default changes to take effect send a reset command.
Further configuration changes made before a reset will be lost.

5-66

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
rtrping

rtrping
Use the rtrping command to request that the Router perform a ping test and report the result.
Syntax: rtrping {rtr_card-addr} {dest-ip-addr} [count] [count
length] [count length source-ip-addr]
Example: ping 4 192.168.100.97
> rtrping 4 192.168.100.97
Pinging 192.168.100.97 with 56 bytes of data:
Reply
Reply
Reply
Reply
Reply

from
from
from
from
from

192.168.100.97:
192.168.100.97:
192.168.100.97:
192.168.100.97:
192.168.100.97:

bytes=56
bytes=56
bytes=56
bytes=56
bytes=56

time<10ms
time<10ms
time<10ms
time<10ms
time<10ms

> rtrping 4 192.168.103.239
Pinging 192.168.103.239 with 56 bytes of data:
no answer from 192.168.103.239

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{dest-ip-addr}
The host IP address of the host to query, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a
number from 0-255.
[count]
This optional parameter sets the number of pings to send. Range is 1 to 32, default is 5.
[length]
This optional parameter sets the number of bytes to send in the ICMP echo request payload.
Range is 0 to 8000, default is 56.
{source-ip-addr}
Override the IP address that will be used as the source IP address in the ICMP echo request,
must be one of the router interface IP addresses. Default is to use the IP address of the
interface from which the ping is sent. The IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx,
where xxx is a number from 0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-67

CLI Commands
set

set
set alarms
set autoexit
set (bri)
set (bri) autoactivate
set (bri) mode
set (bri) pmsync
set clock
set date
set (ds0)
set (ds1)
set ethernet ip address
set (fxo)
set (fxs5G)
set id
set ip gateway
set ipds0
set local
set login auth
set login support
set ntp
set (ocudp) baud
set (ocudp) loopback
set (ocudp) loopdetect
set (ocudp) mvec
set (ocudp) secondary
set (ocudp) selftest
set (ocudp) up/down
set radius

set (router) autologout
set (router) cdr
set (router) compander
set (router) default
set (router) dhcp
set (router) dns
set (router) enhanced security
set (router) hookflash
set (router) lmi
set (router) lmi poll
set (router) log
set (router) login auth
set (router) login prompt
set (router) mgcp
set (router) ntp
set (router) password
set (router) ppp auth
set (router) ppp security
set (router) priority tos
set (router) proxy
set (router) reboot
set (router) rip
set (router) snmp
set (router) stp
set (router) syslog
set (router) voip
set (router-lan) collision
set (router-lan) filter forward

Continued on next page.

5-68

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) framing
set (router-lan) gateway
set (router-lan) ip address
set (router-lan) ipx network
set (router-lan) phy
set (router-lan) rip
set (router-lan) stp
set (router-lan) up/down
set (router-trunk) encapsulation
set (router-trunk) multilink group
set (router-trunk) up/down
set (router-trunk) voice bandwidth limit
set (router-voice) algorithm preference
set (router-voice) cpd
set (router-voice) default
set (router-voice) down
set (router-voice) dtmfrelay
set (router-voice) echo cancellation
set (router-voice) echo tail
set (router-voice) endpoint prefix
set (router-voice) endpoint suffix
set (router-voice) log start
set (router-voice) log stop
set (router-voice) rxgain
set (router-voice) silence

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

set (router-voice) slash
set (router-voice) tos
set (router-voice) txgain
set (router-voice) up
set (router-wan) dlci
set (router-wan) gre
set (router-wan) ip
set (router-wan) ip address
set (router-wan) ipx
set (router-wan) nat
set (router-wan) other
set (router-wan) ppp
set (router-wan) rip
set (router-wan) stp
set (router-wan) trunk
set (router-wan) up/down
set screen
set snmp
set syslog
set time
set user
set (v35)
set (v54)
set verification

5-69

CLI Commands
set

set alarms
Use the set alarms command to manually set an alarm state for testing.
Syntax: set alarms {critical|major|minor} {off|on}
Example: set alarms critical on
The example set the alarm state of critical on.
{ciritical|major|minor}
critical
Sets a critical alarm
major

Sets a major alarm.

minor

Sets a minor alarm.

{off|on}
off
on

Disables the alarm state.
Enable the alarm state.

set autoexit
Use the set autoexit to set the autoexit feature.
Syntax: set autoexit {off|on}
Example: set autoexit on
The example will enable the auto-exit feature.
{off|on}
off
on

5-70

Turn off the automatic logout option.
Enable the automatic exit option. Users will be automatically logged off
after 20 minutes of inactivity.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (bri)
Use the set (bri) command to setup the ISDN BRI card.
Syntax: set {bri-addr} {day|hour} {es|ses} {value}
Example: set 3:4 threshold day ses 30
To set the daily threshold to 30 Severely Errored Seconds on port 4 of a BRI card
in slot 3.
{bri-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the BRI card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

{setting}
crv
Set the Call Reference Value, when the BRI is set to 4:1 mode (lt4to1tdm). The CRV
value is between 1-768.
down
Take the ISDN line Out-of-Service.
threshold
Set the defect thresholds for ISDN lines to one of the following:
day

hour

value

Set the thresholds for the daily intervals.
es

Set the threshold for Errored Seconds (ES)

ses

Set the threshold for Severely Errored Seconds (SES)

Set the thresholds for hourly intervals.
es

Same as above

ses

Same as above

range is 1 - 65535 seconds.

up
Put the ISDN line In-Service.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-71

CLI Commands
set

set (bri) autoactivate
Use the set (bri) autoactivate command to set the auto-activate option for the card. This option
can only be enabled while in 4 to 1 TDM LT Mode.
This option is used to establish the D channel when the FDL link can not be used. If Autoactivation is enabled, all commands initiated by the Switch and normally processed over the
FDL will be ignored, commands to control Loop Back or Corrupt CRC tests will also be
ignored. The Compact T1 will not be capable of reporting to the Switch any changes in the
ISDN line status, such as Loss of Signal, on an automatically activated line. Status changes and
alarms will be available through Compact T1 CLI.
Syntax: set {bri_card-addr} autoactivate {off|on}
Example: set 3 autoactivate on
To set the auto-activate on for the card in slot 3.

{bri_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the BRI card.
{off|on}
off
on

Turn off the automatic-activation feature.
Enable the automatic-activation feature.

set (bri) mode
Use the set (bri) mode command to set the mode for the ISDN BRI Service.
Syntax: set {bri_card-addr} mode {setting}
Example: set 4 mode nt3ds0
To set the BRI card in slot 4 to use 3 DS0 LUNT
{bri_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the BRI card.
{setting}
lt3ds0

5-72

Set BRI card mode to 3 DS0 LULT, used primarily for a subscriber line

lt4to1tdm

Set the BRI card mode to 4 to 1 TDM LULT

nt3ds0

Set BRI card mode to 3 DS0 LUNT, used primarily for a central office
connection

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (bri) pmsync
Use the set (bri) pmsync command to set the source for performance monitoring
synchronization.
Syntax: set {bri_card-addr} pmsync {internal|switch}
Example: set 4 pmsync internal
To set the performance monitoring source to internal for the BRI in slot 4.
{bri_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the BRI card.
{internal|switch}
Set the operating mode to one of the following:
internal

Set source to the internal to the system

switch

Set source to the switch

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-73

CLI Commands
set

set clock
Use the set clock command to set the master transmit clock. The primary master clock source
may be used to clock each DS1 transmitter. The clock circuit automatically switches to the
secondary clock source if the primary clock fails.
Syntax: set {clock1|clock2} {source}
Example: set clock1 a:1
To set the primary master clock source to A:1.
Example: set clock2 1:2
To set the secondary master clock source to Quad T1 card in slot 1 source
selected.
{clock1}
Set primary master transmit clock source.
{clock2}
Set secondary master transmit clock source.
{source}
Set the clock source to one of the following:
bri-addr
Clock recovered from the BRI port on the BRI card (BRI card must be in
LUNT and 3DS0 mode)
ds1-addr
Clock recovered from the DS1 receiver
internal
Internal stratum 4E oscillator

set date
Use the set date command to set the date.
Syntax: set date {mm/dd/yyyy}
Example: set date 1/1/2001
The example will set the date to January 1, 20001.
{mm/dd/yyyy}
mm
Represents the month. Range is 1-12, single digits can be entered.
dd
Represents the Day. Range is 1-31, single digits can be entered.
yyyy
Represents the year. Range is 1999-2106.

5-74

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (ds0)
Use the set (ds0) command to setup one or all DS0s in a DS1. The command specifies DS0 or
range of DS0s, and the setting to apply.
Syntax: set {ds0-addr} {setting}
Example: set 3:1:1-4 type voice
To set the traffic type to voice on channels 1 - 4 on port 1 of slot 3.
Example: set a:1:1-4 signal emi
To set the signal type to E&M immediate start for channels 1 - 4 on port 1 of slot
A.
{ds0-addr}
List of DS0 channels to apply setting to, in the form {slot:port:channel}.
slot

A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

channel

Channel number or range.

{setting}
signal
emdw

E&M delayed wink start. Used for ANI/DNS

emi

E&M immediate start with ringback (used for D3 PLAR and DPT)

emicpd

E&M immediate start with calling party disconnect with ringback

emw

E&M wink start

gs

Ground start signaling

ls

Loop start signaling

plar

D4 PLAR (Private Line Automatic Ringdown) signaling.

data

Set the DS0 up to carry data (clear channel)

voice

Set the DS0 up to carry voice traffic (robbed-bit signaling)

type

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-75

CLI Commands
set

set (ds1)
Use the set (ds1) command to set up DS1 interfaces. The command specifies a range of
interfaces and the setting to apply.
Syntax: set {ds1-addr} {setting}
Example: set a:1 framing esf
To set DS1 1 (port 1) on the controller (slot A) to use ESF framing.
{ds1-addr}
DS1 address in the form {slot:port}.
slot

A for the controller card, or 1-6 for service cards.

port

Port number range or all.

{setting}
down
up

Set the DS1 as In-Service. Enables alarm reporting (and LED) for the
port specified

bpviolation

Set the bipolar violation alarm threshold. Command only functional
when in TR-08 mode

equipment

fdl

5-76

Set the DS1 as Out-of-Service

none

Remove bipolar violation alarm

tenneg4

Set bipolar violation alarm threshold to .0001

tenneg5

Set bipolar violation alarm threshold to .00001

tenneg6

Set bipolar violation alarm threshold to .000001

Set equipment loopback on the DS1
Note: this feature is only available through Quad T1 cards. It is not
available on the controllers.
loopdown

Disable equipment loopback on the DS1

loopup

Enable equipment loopback on the DS1

Set the Facilities Data Link (FDL) capabilities
none

Disable FDL output messages

alm13

Enable TR-08 alarm 13 FDL messages

alm16

Enable TR-08 alarm 16 FDL messages

t1403

Enable T1.403 FDL performance messages

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

framing

id

Set the DS1 framing type to one of the following:
d4

To D4 Superframe (SF) framing

esf

To Extended Superframe (ESF) framing

tr8afdl

TR-08 A shelf framing with FDL

tr8anofdl

TR-08 A shelf framing with no FDL

tr8b

TR-08 B shelf framing

Set the DS1 circuit identification string. This is the same as dsx1Circuit
Identifier from DS1 MIB transmission vendor’s identification. String
text must be enclosed in quotes.

Example: set {ds1-addr} id {"string"}
lbo

line

linecode

loopdetect

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Set the Line Build Out (LBO) to one of the following:
1

DSX-1 equalization for 0-133 feet (equivalent to CSU
attenuation for LBO of 0dB)

2

DSX-1 equalization for 133-266 feet

3

DSX-1 equalization for 266-399 feet

4

DSX-1 equalization for 399-533 feet

5

DSX-1 equalization for 533-655 feet

6

CSU attenuation for LBO of -7.5dB

7

CSU attenuation for LBO of -15dB

8

CSU attenuation for LBO of -22.5dB

Turn a line loopback to the DS1 interface on or off. If the line command
is not used, the default for line loopback is loopdown.
loopdown

Disable the line loopback

loopup

Enable a DS1 line loopback toward the DS1 drop

Set the DS1 interface line coding to one of the following. If the linecode
command is not used, the default for linecode is B8ZS.
ami

Alternate Mark Inversion line coding

b8zs

Binary 8 Zero Substitution line coding.

Enable detection of CSU loop code (10000 for loopup; 100 for
loopdown)

5-77

CLI Commands
set

payload

threshold

on

Enable detection

off

Disable detection

Apply a payload loopback to the DS1 interface. If the payload
command is not used, the default for payload loopback is loopdown.
loopdown

Disable the payload loopback

loopup

Enable the payload loopback

Set defect thresholds for a DS1. Defaults for all are 0.
day

5-78

Set threshold for a daily interval

bes

Bursty errored seconds range: 0 - 86400

css

Controlled slip seconds range: 0 - 86400

dm

Degraded minutes range: 0 - 1440

es

Errored seconds range: 0 - 86400

lcv

Line code violations range: 0 - 133401600

les

Line errored seconds range: 0 - 86400

pcv

Path code violations range: 0 - 133401600

sefs

Severely errored frame seconds range: 0 - 86400

ses

Severely errored seconds range: 0 - 86400

uas

Unavailable seconds range: 0 - 86400

min15

Set threshold for a 15 minute interval

bes

Bursty errored seconds range: 0 - 900

css

Controlled slip seconds range: 0 - 900

dm

Degraded minutes range: 0 - 15

es

Errored seconds range: 0 - 900

lcv

Line code violations range: 0 - 1389600

les

Line errored seconds range: 0 - 900

pcv

Path code violations range: 0 - 1389600

sefs

Severely errored frame seconds range: 0 - 900

ses

Severely errored seconds range: 0 - 900

uas

Unavailable seconds range: 0 - 900

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set ethernet ip address
Use the set ethernet ip address command to set the Ethernet address for the Compact T1.
Syntax: set ethernet ip address {ip-addr} [mask]
Example: set ethernet ip address 172.26.100.25 255.255.255.0
Sets the Adit IP address to 172.26.100.25, and a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0.
{ip-addr}
Set the IP address for the Compact T1, using the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a
number from 0 to 255.
[mask]
Set the subnet mask, using the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
This is an optional setting.

set (fxo)
Use the set (fxo) command to setup one/all of the voice channels of an FXO card. The command
specifies the list of voice channels within that card, and the setting to apply.
Syntax: set {fxo-addr} {setting}
Example: set 2:1 signal ls
Set the FXO on slot 2, port 1 to signaling type loop start.
{fxo-addr}
List of voice channels to apply setting to, in the form {slot:port}.
slot
Slot number 1 - 6, location of the FXO card
port
Port number or range
{setting}
rxgain
signal

txgain

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

The receive level range is -9 to +7 (db). Available values are -9, -7, -6, -5,
-4, -3, -2, 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7
Set the DS0 signaling type
dpt
Set the DS0 to Dial Pulse Terminate
gs
Set the DS0 to Ground Start signaling
ls
Set the DS0 to Loop Start signaling
lscpd
Set the DS0 to Loop Start Calling Party Disconnect
The transmit level range is -9 to +7 (db). Available values are -9, -7, -6,
-5, -4, -3, -2, 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7

5-79

CLI Commands
set

set (fxs5G)
Use the set (fxs5G) command to setup voice channels of an FXS 5G card. The command
specifies the list of voice channels, and the setting to apply.
Syntax: set {fxs5G-addr} {setting}
Example: set 3:1-8 impedance 19
Sets the impedance of the FXS 5G card, in slot 3, to 900 ohms +2.16µF
(µ-Law), see show impedance for the listing of index numbers.
{fxs5G-addr}
Voice channels to apply setting to, in the form of {slot:port}.
slot

Slot number 1 - 6, location of the FXS 5G card

port

Port number or range

{setting}
impedance

Sets the line impedance (see the following chart). Default for the FXS
5G is index 19 (900 ohms +2.16µF µ-Law)
See show impedance command.

5-80

rxgain

The Receive direction is Network to Analog, with a range of -12 to +6
(dB). Available in .25 dB increments.Default setting is -6

signal

Set the DS0 signaling type
gs

Set to Ground Start signaling

gsrb

Set to Ground Start signaling with reverse battery

gsw

Set to Ground Start Wink signaling

gswrb

Set to Ground Start Wink signaling with reverse battery

ls

Set to Loop Start signaling

lsrb

Set to Loop Start signaling with reverse battery

txgain

The Transmit direction is Analog to Network, with a range of -12 to +6
(dB). Available in .25 dB increments. Default setting is -3

winktime

Set the wink time from 105 ms to 300 ms in 3 ms increments. Enter
value or type "Default" (135 ms). Setting the wink time for any channel
sets it for all channels on this card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set id
Use the set id command to the unit ID.
Syntax: set id {"id-name"}
Example: set id "ADIT600"
ADIT600>
{"id-name"}
The name must be unique with a maximum of 20 characters. Name must be enclosed in
quotes.

set ip gateway
Use the set ip gateway command to set the IP gateway address (also known as the default route)
for the Compact T1. The command specifies the numeric Internet Protocol (IP) address. The
new gateway address will not take effect until Controller is reset (reset command).
Syntax: set ip gateway {ip-addr}
Example: set ip gateway 192.168.100.1
{ip-addr}
Set the IP gateway address for the Compact T1, using the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is a number from 0 to 255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-81

CLI Commands
set

set ipds0
Use the set ipds0 command to setup the DS0 management channel.
Note: the DS0 selected as the DS0 management channel can only reside on the Controller T1.
Syntax: set ipds0 {setting} [ds0-addr|ip-addr]
Example: set ipds0 assign a:1:24
The example sets the DS0 management channel to slot A (Controller), port 1,
channel 24.
{setting}
assign

Assign the DS0 as the IP management channel

delete

Removes the IP over DS0 management channel (Default)

down

Set the DS0 management channel down (Default)

ip address

Set the DS0 management channel’s IP address and optional subnet mask

up

Set the DS0 management channel up (enables)

[ds0-addr|ip-addr]
In the form {slot:port:channel}.

5-82

slot

A for the controller card

port

Port number or range.

channel

Channel number or ranges.

ip-addr

Setup the DS0 management channel IP address and the optional subnet
mask, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set local
Use the set local command to enable or disable local DIP switch settings. The LOCAL LED
on the Controller, will display an green light indicator if Local is set to ON.
Syntax: set local {on|off}
Example: set local off
{on|off}
on
off

To configure the Compact T1 using the DIP switches.
To configure using the Command Line Interface (CLI).

Note: set local will not effect the ACO, ST, OPT or RST switches on the controller.

set login auth
Use the set login auth command to set the authentication method for controller logins, with
local database or external RADIUS servers. When set to RADIUS the controller will try the
RADIUS servers first, if no servers reply to the request, the controller will use its local database
of users to authenticate the login. A set login authentication to RADIUS will fail without a
minimum of 1 RADIUS server configured.
Syntax: set login auth {local|radius}
Example: set login auth radius
The example will set the login authentication process to RADIUS.
{local|radius}
local
Authenticate user logins via the controller database (Default).
radius
Authenticate user logins via the external RADIUS servers.

set login support
Use the set login support command to enable/disable the internal login accounts for Customer
Support personnel for the Controller and Router cards (IP or CMG).
Syntax: set login support {disable|enable}
Example: set login support disable
The example will prohibit logins via Customer Support passwords.
{disable|enable}
disable
Prohibit logins via Customer Support passwords.
enable
Allow logins via Customer Support passwords.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-83

CLI Commands
set

set ntp
Use the set ntp commands to configure the Network Time Protocol functions.

set ntp disable
Use the set ntp disable command to disable Network Time Protocol (NTP) processing
(RFC 2030). The initial default for this processing is disabled.
Syntax: set ntp disable
Example: set ntp disable
The example will stop NTP processing on the Controller.

set ntp enable
Use the set ntp enable command to enable both Network Time Protocol (NTP) processing
(RFC 2030). The initial default for this processing is disabled.
Syntax: set ntp enable
Example: set ntp enable
The example will start NTP processing on the Controller.

set ntp poll
Use the set ntp poll command to specify the polling frequency when operating in unicast
polled mode. When the NTP server address is configured to a non-zero value this setting
will cause the Controller NTP client to issue a unicast NTP request to the configured NTP
server at this frequency.
Syntax: set ntp poll {seconds}
Example: set ntp poll 120
The example will poll the NTP server every 2 minutes.
{seconds}
The number of seconds between polls. Range is 16 - 1024 seconds, with a default of 16.

5-84

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set ntp server address
Use the set ntp server address command to specify the IP address of the NTP server.
Syntax: set ntp server address {ip-addr}
Example: set ntp server address 192.168.23.56
The example will the IP address to be used to access the NTP server to
192.168.23.56.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the NTP server for unicast polling, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where
xxx is between 0-255, or 0.0.0.0 for listening to broadcasts. The default is 0.0.0.0.

set ntp timezone
Use the set ntp timezone command to specify the timezone offset to GMT for this
controller.
Syntax: set ntp timezone {hour-offset} [minute-offset]
Example: set ntp timezone -5
The example will set the time zone offset to be -5:00 from GMT (Greenwich
Mean Time), which equates to Eastern Standard Time.
{hour-offset}
Offset from GMT in hours. Range is from -12 - 12, with a default of 0.
{minute-offset}
An optional parameter which sets the offset from GMT in minutes. Range is from 0 - 59,
with a default of 0. This is used for half hour time zones.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-85

CLI Commands
set

set (ocudp) baud
Use the set (ocudp) baud command to configure the Baud Rate for OCU-DP ports.
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} baud {rate}[sw56|sw56cp]
Example: set 3:2 baud 2400
Set the baud rate on port 2 to 2400, on the OCU-DP card in slot 3
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

{rate}
2400

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 2400

4800

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 4800

9600

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 9600

19200

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 19200

38400

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 38400

56000*

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 56000 (Default)

64000

5-86

sw56

Set to switched 56 service

sw56cp

Set to switched 56 service with call progress capability. Sends
special call progress CMI codes to DSU.

Set OCU-DP baud rate to 64000

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (ocudp) loopback
Use the set (ocudp) loopback command to manually set OCU/CSU loopback tests.
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} loopback {csu|ocu} {loopdown|loopup}
Example: set 3:2 loopback csu loopdown
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

{csu|ocu}
csu
Set CSU manual loopback tests
ocu

Set OCU manual loopback tests

{loopdown|loopup}
loopdown* Stop CSU/OCU manual loopback test (Default).
loopup

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Start CSU/OCU manual loopback test

5-87

CLI Commands
set

set (ocudp) loopdetect
Use the set (ocudp) loopdetect to configure the OCU non-latching/latching loopback code
detection.
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} loopdetect {csu|dsu|ocu} {llb|nllb}
{disable|enable}
Example: set 3:2 loopdetect csu llb enable
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

{csu|dsu|ocu}
csu
Set CSU manual loop codes detection
dsu

Set DSU manual loop codes detection

ocu

Set OCU manual loop codes detection

{llb|nllb}
llb
nllb

Set up latching loopback detection
Set up non-latching loopback detection

{disable|enable}
disable
Disable loop detection
enable

5-88

Enable loop detection

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (ocudp) mvec
Use the set (ocudp) mvec to set Majority Vote Error Correction (MVEC).
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} mvec {disable|enable}
Example: set 3:2 mvec enable
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

{disable|enable}
disable*
Disable the error correct (Default).
enable

Enable the error correct

set (ocudp) secondary
Use the set (ocudp) secondary to configure the secondary channel service.
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} secondary {disable|enable}
Example: set 3:2 secondary enable
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

{disable|enable}
disable*
Disable the secondary channel service (Default).
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Enable the secondary channel service

5-89

CLI Commands
set

set (ocudp) selftest
Use the set (ocudp) selftest to initiate the OCU-DP card to perform a self test. This request will
display a message to wait 8 seconds before requesting selftest status with the status command.
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} selftest
Example: set 3:2 selftest
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

set (ocudp) up/down
Use the set (ocudp) up/down to put the OCU-DP line In or Out-of-Service.
Syntax: set {ocudp-addr} {down|up}
Example: set 3:2 up
Set the OCU-DP card in slot 3, port 2 as In-Service.
{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card you want to apply the changes to.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

{up|down}
down
Set OCU-DP port as Out-of-Service
up

5-90

Set OCU-DP port as In-Service

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set radius
set radius identifier
Use the set radius identifier command to enter an optional name that is used by the
RADIUS server to identify this controller, as per section 5.32 of RFC 2865. If configured,
the NAS0Identifier attribute is sent as part of the Access-Request.
Syntax: set radius identifier {"radius-id"}
Example: set radius identifier "Adit600-1"
The example will set the RADIUS identifier to "Adit600-1".
{radius-id}
A RADIUS identifier with a range of 0 - 63 characters, enclosed in quotes. If entered as an
empty string "", then no NAS-Identifier is sent. The default is an empty string and thus is
not sent in the Access-Request.

set radius retries
Use the set radius retries command to specify the maximum number of RADIUS request
attempts to send to each server before trying the next RADIUS server. Note: if none of the
configured RADIUS servers are able to respond the login authentication will wait a total
time of (number of servers x timeout x retries) seconds before attempting to authenticate
the login locally.
Syntax: set radius retries {number}
Example: set radius retries 2
The example will set the RADIUS retries to 2, which will try each RADIUS
server a max of 2 times.
{number}
The number of retries for each RADIUS servers. Range is 1-6, with a default of 3.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-91

CLI Commands
set

set radius server address
Use the set radius server address command to specify the IP address of the external
RADIUS server to use for RADIUS login authentication. Up to 3 different RADIUS
servers can be configured, with queries sent to each in succession until one of them sends
a reply.
Syntax: set radius server {1|2|3} address {ip-addr} [port]
Example: set radius server 1 address 192.168.23.56
The example will set the IP address of RADIUS server 1 to 192.168.23.56.
{1|2|3}
The RADIUS server entry to modify.
{ip-addr}
Set the IP address of the RADIUS server, in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a
number from 0 to 255, or 0.0.0.0 to disable this entry. The default is 0.0.0.0 (unused).
Note: all 3 RADIUS servers cannot be set to 0.0.0.0 if any login auth settings are set to
RADIUS.
[port]
This is an optional parameter. UDP port to be used to send the RADIUS queries. Default is
1812.

set radius server secret
Use the set radius server secret command to specify shared secret that the controller
RADIUS client and the RADIUS server use to authenticate the RADIUS requests and
replies.
Syntax: set radius server {1|2|3} secret {"secret"}
Example: set radius server 1 address 192.168.23.56
The example will set the IP address of RADIUS server 1 to 192.168.23.56.
{1|2|3}
The RADIUS server entry to modify.
{secret}
An ASCII string with a range of 1 - 31 characters, enclosed in quotes. Default is an empty
string "".

5-92

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set radius timeout
Use the set radius timeout command to specify the maximum number of seconds to wait
for a reply after each RADIUS request before sending the next attempt. Note: if none of the
configured RADIUS servers are able to respond the login authentication will wait a total
time of (number of servers x timeout x retries) seconds before attempting to authenticate
the login locally.
Syntax: set radius timeout {seconds}
Example: set radius timeout 2
The example will wait 2 seconds for each RADIUS reply.
{seconds}
The number of seconds to wait for a reply after each request before the next attempt. Range
is 1 - 6, with a default of 3 seconds.

set (router) autologout
Use the set (router) autologout command to set the period of time of inactivity after which the
user will be automatically logged-out of a Telnet session.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} autologout {minutes}
Example: set 3 autologout 0
The example will disable the auto-logout timer in the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{minutes}
The minutes of inactivity before auto-logout occurs. Range is 0-255. An entry of "0" will
disable the auto-logout timer.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-93

CLI Commands
set

set (router) cdr
Use the set (router) cdr command to enable or disable Call Detail Recording (CDR) for the
specified CMG card. Call Detail records can be viewed using the show (router) log command.
This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} cdr {disable|enable}
Example: set 1 cdr enable
The example will enable Call Detail Recording for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{disable|enable}
disable
enable

Disable Call Detail Recording.
Enable Call Detail Recording.

set (router) compander
Use the set (router) compander command to set the companding algorithm to use with the
PCM (G.711) voice stream to/from the TDM side of a connection. The default companding
algorithm is mu-law. The companding algorithm chosen for the CMG must match the
companding used on the associated TDM-side connected interface channel, i.e. FXS ports and/
or T1 channels. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} compander {alaw|mulaw}
Example: set 1 compander alaw
The example will set the compander algorithm to alaw on the CMG Router in
slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.
{alaw|mulaw}
alaw
mulaw

5-94

The companding algorithm used in Europe and elsewhere.
The companding algorithm used in North America.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) default
Use the set (router) default command to reset the Router card to its default configuration
settings. This command will cause the Router card to perform a reboot.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} default
Example: set 3 default
Do you really want to do this ? y
OK
The example will reset the Router in slot 3 to its defaults.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-95

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dhcp
Use the set (router) dhcp commands to configure the DHCP functions.

set (router) dhcp disable
Use the set (router) dhcp disable command to disable both DHCP server and DHCP relay
functionality for the specified Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp disable
Example: set 3 dhcp disable
The example will set the Router in slot 3 to disable DHCP.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

set (router) dhcp relay server
Use the set (router) dhcp relay server command to enable a DHCP relay and assign a
DHCP server address for the specified Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp relay server
{server-number} {ip-addr} {"profile-name"}
Example: set 3 dhcp relay server 1 134.200.3.45 "remotewan"
The example will set the Router in slot 3 to enable DHCP relay server 1 at IP
address 134.200.3.45 on WAN "remotewan".
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{server-number}
The server number (1 or 2) to specify.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the server to relay to, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is
between 0-255.
{"profile-name"}
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. This name
must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum of 11 characters.

5-96

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dhcp server dnsserver
Use the set (router) dhcp server dnsserver command to set the IP address of up to 4 DNS
servers that the DHCP server will inform the clients of.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server dnsserver {number}
{ip-addr}
Example: set 5 dhcp server dnsserver 4 122.104.33.220
The example will set the 4th DNS server address for the DHCP server on the
Router card in slot 5 to 122.104.33.220
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{number}
The DNS server entry, 1-4.
{ip-addr}
The address of the DNS server, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.

set (router) dhcp server domain
Use the set (router) dhcp server domain command to select the domain name to provide
to DHCP clients.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server domain
{"domain-name"}
Example: set 5 dhcp server domain "carrieraccess.com"
The example sets the domain name to "carrieraccess.com" in the DHCP server
on the Router in slot 5.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"domain-name"}
The domain name, with a maximum of 43 characters. Name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-97

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dhcp server duration
Use the set (router) dhcp server duration command to set the lease duration that the
DHCP server applies to client assignments.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server duration
{hours:minutes}
Example: set 5 dhcp server duration 3:45
The example set the lease duration for the DHCP server on the Router in slot 5
to 3 hours and 45 minutes.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{hours:minutes}
The lease duration in hours and minutes, in the form of HH:MM.
HH = 1-999, MM = 1-60.

set (router) dhcp server netbios nameserver
Use the set (router) dhcp server netbios nameserver command to set the NetBIOS Name
Server (NBNS - RFC 1001/1002) that the DHCP server provides to clients.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server netbios nameserver
{1|2} {ip-addr}
Example: set 5 dhcp server netbios nameserver 1 192.168.100.80
Note: DHCP server must first be enabled with the "startaddr" command. See set
(router) dhcp server startaddr on page 5-100.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{1|2}
The NetBIOS Name Server entry.
{ip-addr}
The NBNS IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

5-98

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dhcp server netbios nodetype
Use the set (router) dhcp server netbios nodetype command to set the NetBIOS node
type (see RFC 1001/1002) that the DHCP server provides to clients.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server netbios nodetype
{type-number}
Example: set 5 dhcp server netbios nodetype 1
The example will set the NetBIOS node type to B-node.
Note: DHCP server must first be enabled with the "startaddr" command. See set
(router) dhcp server startaddr on page 5-100.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{type-number}
The value is specified as a single octet that identifies the client type.
1

B-node

4

M-node

2

P-node

8

H-node

set (router) dhcp server netbios scope
Use the set (router) dhcp server netbios scope command to set the NetBIOS scope value
(see RFC 1001/1002) that the DHCP server provides to clients.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server netbios scope {scopename}
Example: set 5 dhcp server netbios scope "Accounting"
Note: DHCP server must first be enabled with the "startaddr" command. See set
(router) dhcp server startaddr on page 5-100.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{scope-name}
The Scope is a DHCP option that represents a grouping of computers on a subnet using the
same NetBIOS name. Enter up to 41 alphanumeric characters for the scope-name, enclosed
in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-99

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dhcp server startaddr
Use the set (router) dhcp server startaddr command to enable the DHCP server on the
specified Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dhcp server startaddr
{ip-addr} {count}
Example: set 4 dhcp server startaddr 134.200.3.1 254
The example will set the Router in slot 4 to enable the DHCP server with 254
address pool starting at 134.200.3.1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
The starting address of the client address pool, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is between 0-255.
{count}
The number of IP addresses in the client address pool (1-254).

5-100

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dns
Use the set (router) dns commands to set Domain Name Server (DNS) options.

set (router) dns domain
Use the set (router) dns domain command to set the default domain that the DNS resolver
will add to any name queries that are not fully qualified.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dns domain {domain-name"}
Example: set 3 dns domain "mycompany.com"
The example will set the default domain to "mycompany.com" for the Router in
slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"domain-name"}
The domain name, with a maximum of 43 characters. Name must be enclosed in quotes.

set (router) dns name
Use the set (router) dns name command to set the Router card host name.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dns name {"host-name"}
Example: set 3 dns name "Adit25"
The example will set the Router card host name to "Adit25" for the Router in
slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"host-name"}
The host name for the Router card. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum
of 15 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-101

CLI Commands
set

set (router) dns resolver
Use the set (router) dns resolver command to enable/disable use of DNS resolver to
convert domain names to IP addresses. The DNS server address must be set before the DNS
resolver can be enabled.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dns resolver {disable|enable}
Example: set 3 dns resolver disable
The example will disable the DNS resolver for the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable DNS resolver
enable

Enable DNS resolver

set (router) dns server
Use the set (router) dns server command to configure the IP address of DNS servers.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} dns server {1|2} {ip-addr}
Example: set 3 dns server 1 10.10.10.0
The example will set the IP address of the DNS server number 1 to 10.10.10.0
for the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{1|2}
Define the DNS server.
1

Setup IP address of DNS server 1

2

Setup IP address of DNS server 2

{ip-addr}
The IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

5-102

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) enhanced security
Use the set (router) enhanced security command to enable or disable enhanced login security
on the Router. When enabled the user will not receive any login prompt or other output until the
security password is typed. The security password is set via the set (router) password command.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} enhanced security
{disable|enable}
Example: set 5 enhanced security enable
The example will enable the enhanced security on the Router card in slot 5.
Note: A set 5 password security "password" command must be completed
before the enhanced security can be enabled.
See, set (router) password on page 5-129
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable enhanced login security
enable

Enable enhanced login security

set (router) hookflash
Use the set (router) hookflash command to specify the flash maximum time in milliseconds.
This is the time beyond which a disconnect, rather than a hookflash event, is declared. Flash
event processing may be turned off by setting this parameter to zero. This command applies to
the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} hookflash {milliseconds}
Example: set 5 hookflash 500
The example will set the hookflash to 500 milliseconds (half a second) on the
CMG card in slot 5.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{milliseconds}
Maximum flash length, between 500 and 1500 milliseconds, or 0. Default is 1500
milliseconds.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-103

CLI Commands
set

set (router) lmi
Use the set (router) lmi command to specify the Local Management Interface (LMI) protocol
to use for the specified Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} lmi {annexd|disable|lmi}
Example: set 5 lmi annexd
The example will configure LMI on the Router card in slot 5 to
Annex D.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{annexd|disable|lmi}
annexd
Set LMI to Annex D.
disable

Disable LMI on the Router.

lmi

Set LMI to LMI rev1 (DLCI 1023)

set (router) lmi poll
Use the set (router) lmi poll command to specify the Local Management Interface (LMI) for
the specified Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} lmi poll {counter|interval}
{value}
Example: set 5 lmi poll counter 15
The example will configure LMI poll count to 15, on the Router card in slot 5.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{counter|interval}
counter
Set the LMI count.
{value} = count of how many link status enquiries can go
un-responded before the link is declared down. Range is 0-255.
interval

5-104

Set LMI period
{value} = LMI period. Range is between 0-255 seconds.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) log
Use the set (router) log command to set whether the CMG text log will continuously add new
log entries by over-writing the oldest entries, or will stop adding new log entries after the log is
full. Entering this command will cause the log to be cleared. This command applies to the CMG
Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} log {first|last} [detail]
Example: set 5 log last detail
The example will set the log to add new entries and display the log in detail on
the Router card in slot 5.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{first|last}
first
last

Stop adding new entries when log is full (Default)
Always add new entries, overwrite old entries.

[detail]
Will display the log entries in greater detail, which will cause less entries to fit in the log.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-105

CLI Commands
set

set (router) login auth
Use the set (router) login auth command to specify how login authentication for this router
should be performed. The router supports a configuration setting for each router card to
determine how the router card logins are to be authenticated, as per one of the following choices:
authenticate router logins from the router card local database (default), authenticate router
logins by having the controller send a RADIUS access-request message to the controller’s
RADIUS servers, or authenticate router logins identically to controller logins. The last choice
will cause the router logins to be authenticated either via RADIUS or the controller’s database
of users and passwords, as configured for the controller. This configuration is done with
Controller CLI only (no menu support). This command applies to the IP Router card only.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} login auth
{controller|local|radius}
Example: set 5 login auth controller
The example will set the Router in slot 5 to have logins authenticated by the
Controller.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the IP Router card.
{controller|local|radius}
controller
Use the Controller login authentication.

5-106

local

Authenticate user logins via the router database (Default).

radius

Authenticate user logins via the Controller’s RADIUS servers.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) login prompt
Use the set (router) login prompt command to enable or disable the suppression of the Router
login prompt for a user that telnets in from the Controller CLI. The user level of the current
Controller user will be passed to the Router card at the time the telnet starts. This configuration
allows a single login and authentication at the controller to apply to Router telnet sessions as
well as the usual Controller CLI. This command applies to the IP Router card only.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} login prompt {disable|enable}
Example: set 5 login prompt disable
The example will set disable the login prompt to users that telnet to the Router
in slot 5 from the Controller CLI.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the IP Router card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Do not present a login prompt to the user that telnets to the Router via
Controller CLI.
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Present a login prompt to the user that telnets to the Router via Controller
CLI (Default).

5-107

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp
Use the set (router) mgcp command to setup Media Gateway Call Protocol (MGCP)
parameters. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.

set (router) mgcp addressformat
The set (router) mgcp addressformat is an interoperability command. It is used to remove
or put square brackets around IP Addresses in transmitted MGCP commands. The standard
convention and default setting is to have the brackets. The CMG is capable of receiving
either format regardless of this setting. This command applies to the CMG Router card
only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp addressformat
{brackets|nobrackets}
Example: set 1 mgcp addressformat nobrackets
The example will remove brackets from around IP addresses in MGCP
commands issued by the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{brackets|nobrackets}
brackets
MGCP will place brackets around IP addresses (Default)
nobrackets

5-108

MGCP will not place brackets around IP addresses

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp algorithmname
The set (router) mgcp algorithmname is an interoperability command to configure nondefault MGCP designations for voice coding algorithms supported by the CMG. MGCP
algorithm names are used in the "a:" attribute in the Local Connection Options (L:)
parameter line of a CRCX or MDCX command. The CMG will ignore the case of
characters in algorithm names received in MGCP commands from a call agent. Default
algorithm names are taken or derived from standard encoding names registered at IANA,
as specified at www.iana.org, the RTP section. This command takes effect immediately and
applies to the CMG Router card only.
The default MGCP algorithm names are given in column 2 below.
Algorithm
CMG Algorithm ID
MGCP Algorithm Name
g711 mu-law
g711mu
PCMU
g711 A-law
g711a
PCMA
g729A
g729a
G729A
g726-16 kb/s
g726_16
g726-16
g726-24 kb/s
g726_24
g726-24
g726-32 kb/s
g726_32
g726-32
g726-40 kb/s
g726_40
g726-40

NOTE: The G.729 feature is protected by a software key. Until an appropriate
key is entered to enable this feature it will not be usable. The command, however,
will still succeed to allow for pre-configuration. For additional information on how to
purchase this feature, contact Customer Service.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp algorithmname {setting}
{"algorithm-name"}
Example: set 1 mgcp algorithmname g711mu "Gxxx"
The example will set the mgcp algorithm coding to G.711 for mu-law and name
it "Gxxx", for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{setting}
Enter one of the following: g711mu, g711a, g726_16, g726_24, g726_32, g726_40, g729a.
{"algorithm-name"}
The MGCP algorithm name for the CMG card. This name must be enclosed in quotes, with
a maximum of 16 characters.
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-109

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp callagent address
Use the set (router) mgcp callagent address command to initialize the address (notified
entry) used by MGCP to send commands to the call agent. The address may be given in the
form of an IPv4 address or as a domain name. The domain name form can only be used if
DNS has been enabled. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp callagent address
{ip-addr|"domain-name"}
Example: set 1 mgcp callagent address "callagent.com"
The example will set the domain-name to be used by MGCP to access the call
agent to "callagent.com" for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{ip-addr|"domain-name"}
ip-addr
The default IP address for MGCP to send command to call agent. In
the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
domain-name

The default domain name for MGCP to send commands to call agent.
Name has a maximum of 43 characters, enclosed in quotes.

set (router) mgcp callagent filter
Use the set (router) mgcp callagent filter command to prevent the CMG from accepting
MGCP messages from call agents except those that have been explicitly configured via the
set (router) mgcp callagent address or set (router) mgcp callagent secondary address
command. This command takes effect immediately.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp callagent filter
{disable|enable}
Example: set 1 mgcp callagent filter enable
The example will set the CMG in slot 1 to ignore MGCP from non-configured
IP addresses.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Accept MGCP messages from all IP addresses.
enable

5-110

Ignore MGCP messages from IP addresses that are not those of the
configured call agents.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp callagent port
Use the set (router) mgcp callagent port command to initialize the UDP port (notified
entity port) to be used by MGCP to send commands to the call agent.
Note: the MGCP specification RFC2705 suggests a port number of 2727 for the call agent.
This is the default that the CMG uses to communicate with a call agent. However, many
MGCP implementations use the port 2427, making it the same as the usual MGCP port of
a gateway. If one is having trouble reaching the call agent, one should probably try
configuring the port to 2727. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp callagent port
{port-number}
Example: set 1 mgcp callagent port 2427
The example will set the port number to be used by MGCP to access the call
agent to 2427 for the CMG card slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{port-number}
Port number for MGCP on the call agent. Range is from 0 to 65535. Default 2727.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-111

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp callagent secondary address
Use the set (router) mgcp callagent address command for configuring a secondary call
agent address that will be tried if the primary call agent does not reply to the notifications.
The secondary call agent address will function in the same fashion as would multiple IP
addresses returned in a domain name query. See RFC 2705 for a detailed discussion of how
multiple call agents are handled by MGCP gateways. The address may be given in the form
of an IPv4 address or as a domain name. The domain name form can only be used if DNS
has been enabled. This command takes effect after the card had been reset.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp callagent secondary address
{ip-addr|"domain-name"}
Example: set 1 mgcp callagent secondary address
"callagent.carrieraccess.com"
The example will set the secondary domain-name to be used by MGCP to access
the callagent to "callagent.carrieraccess.com" for the CMG card in slot 1
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.
{ip-addr|"domain-name"}
ip-addr
The secondary call agent IP address for MGCP to send commands to.
In the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
domain-name

5-112

Secondary call agent domain-name for MGCP to send command to.
The name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp callagent secondary port
Use the set (router) mgcp callagent port command for configuring the port number for
the secondary call agent that will be tried if the primary call agent does not reply to the
notifications. This command takes effect after the card has been reset.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp callagent secondary port
{port-num}
Example: set 1 mgcp callagent secondary port 5000
The example will set the port number to be used by the MGCP to access the
secondary call agent to 5000 for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.
{port-num}
Default port number for MGCP on the secondary call agent. Range from 0 to 65535, with
a default of 2727.

set (router) mgcp default
Use the set (router) mgcp default command to set all configurable MGCP options to their
default values. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp default
Example: set 1 mgcp default
The example will set the MGCP to default values CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-113

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp dialstring format
The set (router) mgcp dialstring format is an interoperability command to specify the
reporting format of dialed digit strings in the Observed Events parameter of MGCP NTFY
messages. Either the individual digits are separated by commas or not. The default, which
is the recommended usage, is to separate digits with commas. This command applies to the
CMG Router card only. Note: The set (router) mgcp package default command also affects
the dialstring format. See description below.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp dialstring format
{commas|nocommas}
Example: set 1 mgcp dialstring format commas
The example will set the MGCP dialstring format to separate the digits with
commas, for the CMG in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{commas|nocommas}
commas
Insert commas between digit events (Default)
nocommas

5-114

Do not insert commas between digit events

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp down
Use the set (router) mgcp down command to disable MGCP processing. Incoming MGCP
messages from any call agent will be ignored, and endpoint activity will not cause any
outgoing MGCP messages to be sent, nor any events to be accumulated. This is the default
mode when the CMG is initially provisioned. If MGCP is configured as down when a reset
or power cycle occurs, the call agent will NOT be notified when the reset or power cycle is
complete.
The options for this command allow the invoker of the command to specify how the call
agent is to treat active voice channels as they go out of service. The default ("now") is an
immediate termination of service on each provisioned ("up") voice channel, whether active
(on a call) or not. The call agent will be informed of the shutdown via an RSIP message
for each voice channel with the "forced" restart method. If the "graceful" or "timeout"
option is used, the call agent will be informed of the desire to shut down each active voice
channel via an RSIP message with "graceful" restart method, and each inactive channel
with the "forced" restart method. After a call has cleared or the timeout period has expired
on an active voice channel, a final RSIP will be sent, using the "forced" restart method.This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp down [graceful|now|timeout]
[time]
Example: set 1 mgcp down graceful
The example will shut down MGCP for the CMG card in slot 1. Inform the call
agent as each channel’s call ends.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
[graceful|now|timeout]
graceful
Wait for current calls to end before placing endpoint Out-of-Service
now
Disconnect any existing calls immediately (Default)
timeout
Wait a defined time (see time below) before taking endpoint out of
service, disconnect any remaining calls. No new calls established
during waiting period
[time]
Number of seconds to wait before taking endpoints Outof-Service. Default time is 60 seconds.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-115

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp gatewayid
Use the set (router) mgcp gatewayid command to set the gateway name or IP address to
be used in MGCP command header lines and the SDP. By default, the gateway ID that will
be used is the domain name of the CMG if DNS is enabled or the IP address of the LAN or
WAN interface used to communicate with the call agent. The user may set an explicit name
or address by entering it in the command. The domain name form can only be used if DNS
has been enabled. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp gatewayid
{default|ip-addr|"domain-name"}
Example: set 1 mgcp gatewayid "gateway1.carrieraccess.com"
The example will set the gateway ID to "gateway1.carrieraccess.com" for the
CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{default|ip-addr|"domain-name"}
default
Use the DNS domain name or the IP address configured for the WAN
or LAN interface

5-116

ip-addr

Use the IP address for the gateway ID in the MGCP header. In the
form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

domain-name

Use the name for the gateway ID in the MGCP header. Name has a
maximum of 43 characters and is enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp keepalive
Use the set (router) mgcp keepalive command to configure a keep-alive timer that will
cause the CMG to resend RSIP restart messages on expiration. When enabled, this
countdown timer is reset every time an MGCP message is received from the call agent. On
expiration, the CMG will react by starting periodic transmission of a wildcard RSIP restart
MGCP message to each of the configured call agents until it is acknowledged. This
command takes effect immediately.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp keepalive {disablements}
Example: set 1 mgcp keepalive 5
The example will set the MGCP keep-alive timer to 5 minutes for the CMG in
slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{disablements}
disable
Disables the MGCP keep-alive timer. Default is disable.
minutes

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

The number of minutes for the countdown timer. Range is 0 - 255,
where 0 will also disable the timer.

5-117

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp package default
The set (router) mgcp package default is an interoperability command to set the default
signal/event package to be used for the IETF version of MGCP. The default for this default
is the DTMF (D) package. In the NCS version of MGCP, the default package is always the
Line (L) package. This parameter does not apply to the NCS version of MGCP, whose
default package is always the Line (L) package. For whichever package is made the
default, the package name is not required in the softswitch-to-gateway MGCP parameter
lines R, S, or T. In the gateway-to-softswitch O (observed events) parameter line, if the
default package is set to DTMF(D), no package name is prepended to reported dialstring or
digit events. In all other cases for observed events O, the package name is prepended (i.e.
the L and G package names are always prepended in observed events). This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp package default {d|g|l}
Example: set 1 mgcp package default g
The example will set the MGCP General package the default signal/event
package, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

5-118

{d|g|l}
d

Make the DTMF (D) package the default

g

Make the General (G) package the default

l

Make the Line (L) package the default

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp parsemode
The set (router) mgcp parsemode is an interoperability command to set the strictness with
which incoming MGCP messages are parsed. If parsemode is set to lenient, then some
incoming messages which may contain protocol errors for the configured protocol version,
or contain requests to perform unavailable functions, may not produce an error response, if
the message can be interpreted correctly, and/or if the requested unavailable function is
unimportant to the desired operation. The verbose option behaves the same as the lenient,
except that log entries are added to record the fact that it occurred. The strict option
enforces all protocol requirements and function availability by means of an error return
code. The default parse mode is lenient. This is done to account for certain softswitch
implementations which do not strictly adhere to the protocol spec, or for which certain
services would not work if a particular request for an unavailable benign function were to
be rejected. Use of "lenient" parsemode can lead to "mysterious" problems if there is a
serious protocol mismatch between the call agent and CMG. It is recommended that the
parsemode be set to "strict" or "verbose" when one is attempting to determine why
softswitch-CMG communications do not seem to allow CMG voice calls to be made or
services to be activated. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp parsemode
{lenient|strict|verbose}
Example: set 1 mgcp parsemode strict
The example will set the MGCP parsemode for incoming messages to strict, for
the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{lenient|strict|verbose}
lenient
Do not return an error response in benign situations (Default)
strict

Return an error response for all protocol errors or requests for unavailable
functions

verbose

Do not return an error response in benign situations, but log the event

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-119

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp piggyback
The set (router) mgcp piggyback is a interoperability command to set allow or disallow
of the sending of more than one MGCP command in the same message. Some call agents
support piggybacking, and some do not. The gateway will always support the processing
of received piggybacked commands. The default, for greatest interoperability is to disable
the sending of piggybacked commands. Enabling of piggybacking can improve MGCP
throughput and provide simpler processing when an endpoint is in the quarantine state. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp piggyback {disable|enable}
Example: set 1 mgcp piggyback enable
The example will enable the sending of piggybacked commands in one MCGP
message packet, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disallow sending of piggyback commands (Default)
enable

Allow sending of piggybacked commands

set (router) mgcp port
Use the set (router) mgcp port command to set the gateway’s UDP port for receiving
MGCP commands. The default port is 2427. The port number may be set to any 16-bit
number, but must not interfere with standard port numbers of other TCP or UDP
applications.This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp port {port-number}
Example: set 1 mgcp port 5000
The example will set the local UDP port number for MGCP to 5000, for the
CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{port-number}
The port number range is from 1025 to 65535.

5-120

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp protocolid
Use the set (router) mgcp protocolid command to configure a global protocol ID string
which will override the default protocol ID string used in MGCP command lines. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp protocolid {default|
"id-name"}
Example: set 1 mgcp protocolid "MGCP 1.0 CACS"
The example will set the protocol ID string to "MGCP 1.0 CACS".
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.
{default|"id-name"}
default
Use the default protocol ID string
"id-name" Override the default protocol ID string with this string. Identifier of up to
20 characters, enclosed in quotes.

If the protocol ID setting is set to "default" or the null string (""), then the following default
strings will be used depending on the configured MGCP version.
MGCP Version

Default Protocol ID

ietf10

MGCP 1.0

ietf01

MGCP 0.1

ncs

MGCP 0.1 NCS 1.0

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-121

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp quarantine
The set (router) mgcp quarantine is a interoperability command to specify the default
quarantine handling method that the CMG will employ if the call agent has not sent an
explicit quarantine handling value in the last Request Notify message. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp quarantine {loop|step}
{discard|process}
Example: set 1 mgcp quarantine loop process
The example sets the default quarantine method for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{loop|step}
loop
Can generate multiple notifications to a request notify
step
Generate at most one notification to a request notify (Default)
{discard|process}
discard
Discard events that are in the quarantine buffer
process
Process events that are in the quarantine buffer (Default)

set (router) mgcp report hookswitch
The set (router) mgcp report hookswitch is a interoperability command to specify wether
the hookswitch events (offhook, onhook and flashhook) will always be reported to the call
agent when they occur ("persistent event"), or whether an event request must be made by
the call agent first. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp report hookswitch
{always|onrequest}
Example: set 1 mgcp report hookswitch onrequest
The example will set the MCGP hookswitch reporting mode to wait for a request
from the call agent, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{always|onrequest}
always
Always report hookswitch events (Default)
onrequest Wait for a request from the call agent before reporting hookswitch events

5-122

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp retries
Use the set (router) mgcp retries command to specify the number of times an MGCP
command is retransmitted if there is no response from a call agent. After the last retry, if
another message timeout occurs, the endpoint will enter a disconnected mode.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp retries {value}
Example: set 1 mgcp retries 4
The example sets the MCGP number of retries, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{value}
The value range is 0 - 10.

set (router) mgcp rsipwildcard
The set (router) mgcp rsipwildcard command to configure whether the CMG should send
a single wildcard RSIP or individual RSIPs for each endpoint, at those times when all
endpoints are transitioning. The CMG will default to individual RSIPs. If the wildcard
RSIP setting is enabled, the CMG will send an RSIP with the wildcard endpoint ID when
it transitions all of the endpoints. The call agent can then use AUEPs to determine
individual endpoint status. The CMG transitions all of the endpoints when it sets MGCP up
or down or when it is about to reboot or has just finished booting. Individual RSIPs will
always be sent when an endpoint is going to transition up or down independent from the
other endpoints, such as when a CLI command sets an endpoint up or down, or when the
disconnected state has occurred. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp rsipwildcard
{disable|enable}
Example: set 1 mgcp rispwildcard enable
The example will enable use of RSIP wildcard, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Send individual RSIPs (Default).
enable
Send wildcard RSIP.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-123

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp sdpmode
The set (router) mgcp spdmode is a interoperability command to specify the content in
transmitted Session Description Protocol (SDP) message sections.This option is included
to account for call agents or remote gateways that cannot handle full content (default). This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp sdpmode {full|minimal}
Example: set 1 mgcp sdpmode minimal
The example will set the SDP mode to send only minimal content, for the CMG
card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{full|minimal}
full
SDP sections contain all mandatory lines (v, o, s, c, t, M)
minimal

SDP sections contain only necessary lines (v, c, m) plus a. Which are the
only lines really used for setting VoIP media stream parameters.

set (router) mgcp timeout
Use the set (router) mgcp timeout command specify the maximum bound on MGCP
retransmission. The time between retries will exponentially climb from a minimum of
about 200 ms up to the value entered here +200 ms. The value entered bounds the
maximum number of milliseconds that MGCP should wait for a response to a command
sent to the call agent, before retrying the command. This command applies to the CMG
Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp timeout {milliseconds}
Example: set 1 mgcp timeout 5000
The example will set the timeout to 5 seconds, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{milliseconds}
Milliseconds range: 0 and 65535. Default is 3000 milliseconds (3 seconds).

5-124

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp tos
Use the set (router) mgcp tos command to configure the IP TOS byte value to be sent in
each transmitted MGCP packet. This command takes effect immediately.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp tos {value}
Example: set 1 mgcp tos 0x28
The example will set the IP TOS value to 0x28 on the CMG in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{value}
IP TOS byte value, in the format of 0x (2 hex digits). Default setting is 0.
The following table contains the appropriate TOS value for various IP precedence and
Diffuser Code points:
IP Precedence

TOS

Diffuser Codepoint

TOS

IP Precedence = 0

0x00

EF

= 101110

0xB8

IP Precedence = 1

0x20

AF11 = 001010

0x28

IP Precedence = 2

0x40

AF12 = 001100

0x30

IP Precedence = 3

0x60

AF13 = 001110

0x38

IP Precedence = 4

0x80

AF21 = 010010

0x48

IP Precedence = 5

0xA0

AF22 = 010100

0x50

IP Precedence = 6

0xC0

AF23 = 010110

0x58

IP Precedence = 7

0xE0

AF31 = 011010

0x68

AF32 = 011100

0x70

AF33 = 011110

0x78

AF31 = 100010

0x88

AF32 = 100100

0x90

AF33 = 100110

0x98

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-125

CLI Commands
set

set (router) mgcp up
Use the set (router) mgcp up command to start MGCP processing of incoming messages
and endpoint events. MGCP must be up for the Customer Media Gateway to properly
interact with an external call agent. The CMG notifies the call agent by means of one or
more Restart in Progress (RSIP) commands with the Restart Method parameter set to
"restart". An RSIP is sent for each voice channel which is configured as "up", after an initial
random delay of not more than 30 seconds. If MGCP is configured as up when a CMG
board reset or power cycle occurs, RSIP commands will be sent to the call agent when the
board is ready for MGCP operation. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp up
Example: set 1 mgcp up
The example will start MGCP processing, with call agent with call agent
notification, for the CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

set (router) mgcp version
The set (router) mgcp version is an interoperability command to specify the version of the
MGCP protocol which is running on the Customer Media Gateway. This version must be
compatible with the version of MGCP running on the call agent. This command applies to
the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} mgcp version {ietf01|ietf10|ncs}
Example: set 1 mgcp version ietf01
The example will set the MCGP protocol version to IETF version 0.1, for the
CMG card in slot 1.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{ietf01|ietf10|ncs}
ietf01
IETF MGCP version 0.1, as specified in an IETF MGCP Internet draft

5-126

ietf10

IETF MGCP version 1.0, as specified in IETF RFC 2705 (Default)

ncs

PacketCable MGCP version NCS 1.0

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ntp
Use the set (router) ntp command to setup Network Time Protocol (NTP) parameters.

set (router) ntp enable/disable
Use the set (router) ntp enable/disable command to enable/disable NTP processing.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ntp {enable|disable}
Example: set 1 ntp enable
The example will enable NTP processing on the Router card in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains a Router (IP or CMG) card.
{enable|disable}
enable
disable

Enable NTP processing
Disable NTP processing

set (router) ntp poll
Use the set (router) ntp poll command to specify polling of the NTP server every defined
number of seconds.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ntp poll {seconds}
Example: set 1 ntp poll 120
The example will Poll the Network Time Protocol server every 2 minutes, for
the Router card in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{seconds}
The number of seconds between polls. Seconds range is 16 to 1024. Default is 16.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-127

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ntp server
Use the set (router) ntp server command to specify the IP address of the NTP server.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ntp server {ip-addr}
Example: set 1 ntp server 10.10.10.0
The example will set the address to be used to access the NTP server to
10.10.10.0, on the Router in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
The IP address of the NTP server, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255. Setting the NTP server value to 0.0.0.0 will cause the router to listen to and

process NTP broadcasts.

set (router) ntp timezone
Use the set (router) ntp timezone command to specify the timezone offset relative to GMT
for this Router.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ntp timezone {hour-offset}
[minute-offset]
Example: set 1 ntp timezone -5
The example will specify the gateway time to be 5 hours from GMT (Greenwich
Mean Time), which equates to Eastern Standard time, for the router in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{hour-offset}
Used to calculate gateway time from GMT. The hour-offset range is -12 to 12.
[minute-offset]
Used to calculate gateway time from GMT. The minute-offset range is 0 to 60.

5-128

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) password
Use the set (router) password command to manage password access on the Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} password {setting} {"password"}
Example: set 5 password view "Fred"
The example sets the View password to "Fred" on the Router card in slot 5.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{setting}
admin

Set Administration level password on the Router.

config

Set Configuration level password on the Router.

security

Set Security level password on the Router.

view

Set View level password on the Router.

{"password"}
A password with a maximum of 15 characters. Password must be enclosed in quotes, and
is case-sensitive.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-129

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ppp auth
Use the set (router) ppp auth command to configure the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol)
authentication on the specified Router card.

set (router) ppp auth byremote protocol
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp auth byremote protocol
{chap|none|pap}
Example: set 5 ppp auth byremote protocol none
The example will set the Router in slot 5 to not allow PPP authentication of this
Adit by the remote PPP device.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{chap|none|pap}
chap
Set to the CHAP protocol.
none

The remote PPP device cannot authenticate this Adit (Default).

pap

Set to the PAP protocol.

set (router) ppp auth byremote secret
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp auth byremote secret
{"password"}
Example: set 5 ppp auth byremote secret "public"
The example will set the PPP authentication secret/password for the Router in
slot 5 to "public"
Note: A set (router) ppp auth by remote protocol command must be
completed before this command can be implemented.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"password"}
A password with a maximum of 15 characters. Password must be enclosed in quotes.

5-130

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ppp auth byremote user
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp auth byremote user
{profilename|"protocol-name"}
Example: set 5 ppp auth byremote user profilename
The example will set the PPP authentication user name for the Router in slot 5
to equal the profile name.
Note: A set (router) ppp auth byremote protocol command must be
completed before this command can be implemented.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{profilename|"protocol-name"}
profilename
Use the profile name as the CHAP or PAP user name.
"protocol-name"

The CHAP or PAP user name. A maximum of 16 characters,
enclosed in quotes.

set (router) ppp auth ofremote protocol
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp auth ofremote protocol
{chap|none|pap}
Example: set 5 ppp auth ofremote protocol none
The example will set the Router in slot 5 to not allow PPP authentication of this
Adit by the router.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{chap|none|pap}
chap
Set to the CHAP protocol.
none

The remote PPP device cannot authenticate this Adit (Default).

pap

Set to the PAP protocol.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-131

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ppp security
Use the set (router) ppp security command to set up the local external security server, that the
Router will use to authenticate remote PPP devices.

set (router) ppp security address
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp security address
{ip-addr}
Example: set 5 ppp security address 10.1.1.1
The example will set external security server address to 10.1.1.1, for the Router
in slot 5.
Note: A set (router) ppp security server command must be completed before
this command can be implemented.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
The IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

set (router) ppp security password
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp security password {"password"}
Example: set 5 ppp security password "public"
The example will set the password to a local external security server to "public",
for the Router in slot 5.
Note: A set (router) ppp auth by remote protocol command must be
completed before this command can be set.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"password"}
A password with a maximum of 15 characters. Password must be enclosed in quotes.

5-132

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ppp security server
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} ppp security server
{none|radius|tacacs}
Example: set 5 ppp security server none
The example will set the Router in slot 5 to not use an external security server
to authenticate remote PPP devices.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{none|radius|tacacs}
none
Do not use an external security server to authenticate remote PPP devices
(Default).
radius

Will set the server to use the RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-In
Service) protocol. RADIUS is a client/server-based authentication
software system.

tacacs

Will set the server to use the TACACS+ (Terminal Access Controller
Access Control System) protocol. TACACS+ provides services of
authentication, authorization and accounting independently.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-133

CLI Commands
set

set (router) priority tos
Use the set (router) priority tos command to configure parameters that will be used to
recognize routed voice packets which will be handled with higher priority over other routed
data.
For each IP datagram to be routed, the TOS byte from the IP header will be logically AND’d
with the configured TOS mask and compared to the TOS match value. If they match, the
datagram will be handled with a greater priority than other routed data but with lower priority
than its own VoIP data. This command takes effect immediately.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} priority tos {disable|mask-value
match-value}
Example: set 5 priority tos oxfc oxb8.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.
{disable|mask-value match-value}
disable
Disable (default), will result in no priority handling of routed voice
packets
mask-value
Mask to be applied to the TOS byte in the IP header. In the format of
0x (2 hex digits)
match-value
TOS byte match value. In the format of 0x (2 hex digits).
The following table contains the appropriate TOS mask and match for various IP precedence
and DiffServ code points:
IP Precedence
IP Precedence = 0
IP Precedence = 1
IP Precedence = 2
IP Precedence = 3
IP Precedence = 4
IP Precedence = 5
IP Precedence = 6
IP Precedence = 7

5-134

Mask
0xE0
0xE0
0xE0
0xE0
0xE0
0xE0
0xE0
0xE0

TOS
0x00
0x20
0x40
0x60
0x80
0xA0
0xC0
0xE0

DiffServ Codepoint
EF
= 101110
AF11 = 001010
AF12 = 001100
AF13 = 001110
AF21 = 010010
AF22 = 010100
AF23 = 010110
AF31 = 011010
AF32 = 011100
AF33 = 011110
AF31 = 100010
AF32 = 100100
AF33 = 100110

Mask
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC
0xFC

TOS
0xB8
0x28
0x30
0x38
0x48
0x50
0x58
0x68
0x70
0x78
0x88
0x90
0x98

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) proxy
Use the set (router) proxy command to enable/disable proxy ARP mode on the Router. This
command will add an IP interface between the Controller and the Router over the backplane. In
this way the Controller can be accessed by IP hosts over the Router’s LAN/WAN interfaces
without using the Controller’s physical Ethernet interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} proxy {disable|enable} [ip-addr]
[mask|bits]
Example: set ethernet ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
set 3:1 ip address 192.168.100.1/24
set 3 proxy enable 192.168.100.80/24
set ip gateway 192.168.100.80
Set a Router card port to proxy ARP for the Compact T1, where the Router card
is located in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{disable|enable}
When proxy ARP is enabled the Router will allow both the Router and Controller to be
accessed from the Router LAN and WAN interfaces.
If an IP address is provided that is in the same subnet as one of the Router IP subnets and
is not in the same subnet as the Controller Ethernet IP address then the Controller will be
able to initiate IP connections through the Router, initiate IP connections through the
Router, and be able to use the Router as its default gateway. It is highly recommended for
optimum connectability, that the Controller’s proxy IP address be a unique host address in
one of the Router subnets.
NOTE: If no IP address is provided in the set (router) proxy enable command or
the IP address is in the same subnet as the Controller Ethernet IP address, then
the Controller will not be able to initiate connections through the Router, such as
TFTP and PING. It will only be able to reply to connections initiated from the
outside.
{ip-addr}
Set the IP address for the proxy interface on the Compact T1, using the form
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
[mask|bits]
mask
Set the subnet mask, using the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a number
from 0 to 255. This is an optional setting.
bits
Use this field to identify the number of bits, from left to right that will be used
to match the IP Address field within the data packet. Range is between 1-32.
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-135

CLI Commands
set

set (router) reboot
Use the set (router) reboot command to set automatic reboot after an upload of code or
configuration file.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} reboot {code|config}
{disable|enable}
Example: set 5 reboot both disable
Disable automatic reboot after upload for the Router in slot 5.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{code|config}
code
Automatic reboot after code upload
config
Automatic reboot after configuration upload
{disable|enable}
disable
Will disable automatic reboot
enable
Will enable the automatic reboot after upload of a file

set (router) rip
Use the set (router) rip command to specify RIP packets to transmit and receive.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} rip {recv|send} {v1|v1and2|v2}
Example: set 3 rip recv v1
The example will configure receive RIP on the Router card in slot 3 to V1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{recv|send}
recv
send

Set RIP receive version
Set RIP send version

{v1|v1and2|v2}
v1
Set RIP to version 1
v1and2
Set RIP to version 1 and version 2
v2
Set RIP to version 2

5-136

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) snmp
Use the set (router) snmp command to set the SNMP contact, location and name on the
specified Router card.

set (router) snmp contact
Use the set (router) snmp contact command to set the value of sysContact on the specified
Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} snmp contact
{"contact-name"}
Example: set 1 snmp contact "John Doe"
The example will set the value of sysContact on the Router card in slot 1 to "John
Doe".
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"contact-name"}
The value of sysContact, with a maximum of 64 ASCII characters. Name must be enclosed
in quotes.

set (router) snmp location
Use the set (router) snmp location command to set the value of sysLocation on the
specified Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} snmp location
{"location-name"}
Example: set 1 snmp location "Newark"
The example will set the value of sysLocation on the Router card in slot 1 to
"Newark".
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"location-name"}
The value of sysLocation, with a maximum of 64 ASCII characters. Name must be
enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-137

CLI Commands
set

set (router) snmp name
Use the set (router) snmp name command to set the value of sysName on the specified
Router card.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} snmp name {"system-name"}
Example: set 1 snmp name "AditRouters"
The example will set the value of sysName on the Router card in slot 1 to
"AditRouters".
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"system-name"}
The value of sysName, with a maximum of 64 ASCII characters. Name must be enclosed
in quotes.

5-138

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) stp
Use the set (router) stp commands to configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on the Router.
Note: Enter {slot} only. If {slot:port} is entered the command will be directed to the Router
LAN and not the Router Card.

set (router) stp bridge forwarddelay
Use the set (router) stp bridge forwarddelay command to configure Spanning Tree
bridge forward delay value for the bridge. The bridge forward delay is the time spent by a
Port in the Listening or Learning States before the transitioning to the Learning or
Forwarding State, respectively.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} stp bridge forwarddelay {value}
Example: set 3 stp bridge forwarddelay 15
The example will set the Spanning Tree bridge forward delay time to 15
seconds, on the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{value}
The value can range from 4 to 30 seconds, with a default of 15.

set (router) stp bridge hellotime
Use the set (router) stp bridge hellotime command to configure Spanning Tree bridge
hello time value for the bridge.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} stp hellotime {value}
Example: set 3 stp bridge hellotime 3
The example will set the Spanning Tree bridge hello time to 3 seconds, on the
Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{value}
The value can range from 1 to 10 seconds, with a default of 2.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-139

CLI Commands
set

set (router) stp bridge maxage
Use the set (router) stp bridge maxage command to configure Spanning Tree maximum
age value for the bridge. The bridge max age value specifies the maximum age of received
protocol information before it is discarded.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} stp bridge maxage {value}
Example: set 3 stp bridge maxage 15
The example will set the Spanning Tree bridge max age to 15 seconds, on the
Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{value}
The value can range from 6 to 40 seconds, with a default of 20.

set (router) stp bridge priority
Use the set (router) stp bridge priority command to configure Spanning Tree priority
value for the bridge.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} stp priority {value}
Example: set 3 stp bridge priority 32768
The example will set the Spanning Tree bridge priority to 32768, on the Router
in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{value}
The value can range from 0 to 65535, with a default of 32768.

5-140

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) stp enable/disable
Use the set (router) stp enable/disable command to enable and disable Spanning Tree
Protocol on the Router.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} stp {disable|enable}
Example: set 3 stp enable
The example will enable Spanning Tree on the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
Note: Enter {slot} only. If {slot:port} is entered the command will be directed to the
Router LAN and not the Router Card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable Spanning Tree protocol
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Enable Spanning Tree protocol

5-141

CLI Commands
set

set (router) syslog
Use the set (router) syslog commands to configure the Router to send alarm and event
messages to a Syslog server.

set (router) syslog enable/disable
Use the set (router) syslog enable/disable command to enable and disable sending alarm
and event messages to an external SysLog server from the Router.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} syslog {disable|enable}
Example: set 3 syslog enable
The example will enable alarms and event messages to the external SysLog
server, on the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable SysLog protocol
enable

Enable SysLog protocol

set (router) syslog facility
Use the set (router) syslog facility command to set the Syslog facility value that the Router
card will report to a syslog server in each message.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} syslog facility {value}
Example: set 3 syslog facility 16
The example will set the Syslog facility value to 16, on the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{value}
The range of valid facility values is from 0 to 23, with a default of 16 (local use 0).

5-142

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) syslog level
Use the set (router) syslog level command to set the Syslog severity level. Events of all
severity levels lower in number (more severe) will be sent to the Syslog server.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} syslog level {severity}
Example: set 3 syslog level 4
The example will set the Syslog severity level to 4, on the Router in
slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{severity}
The severity threshold level can range from 0 to 7.

set (router) syslog server
Use the set (router) syslog server command to set the IP address of an external Syslog
server.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} syslog server {ip-addr}
Example: set 3 syslog server 10.0.0.1
The example will set the external Syslog server IP address to 10.0.0.1, on the
Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{ip-addr}
Set the IP address for the external Syslog server, using the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where
xxx is a number from 0 to 255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-143

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip
Use the set (router) voip commands to set Voice over IP (VoIP) parameters. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.

set (router) voip default
Use the set (router) voip default command to set all VoIP options to their default values.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip default
Example: set 3 voip default
The example will set the VoIP options to their default settings, on the CMG card
in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

set (router) voip dtmf edge
Use the set (router) voip dtmf edge command to configure the CMG to notify DTMF
digits on the leading or trailing edge. Setting this configuration item to leading edge shall
cause the CMG to act on DTMF digits, for collection or notification purposes, at the time
the key is pressed. Setting this configuration item to trailing edge shall cause the CMG to
act on DTMF digits at the time the key is released. This command takes effect immediately.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip dtmf edge {leading|trailing}
Example: set 3 voip dtmf edge trailing
The example will set the CMG in slot 3 to notify the call agent of digits when
the key is released.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{leading|trailing}
leading
Will cause the CMG to act on DTMF digits, for collection or notification
purposes, at the time the key is pressed.
trailing

5-144

Will cause the CMG to act on DTMF digits at the time the key is
released.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip g729a
Use the set (router) voip g729a command to enable or disable the G.729 codec in the
CMG. This command takes effect after the card has been reset.

NOTE: The G.729 feature is protected by a software key. Until an appropriate
key is entered to enable this feature it will not be usable. The command, however,
will still succeed to allow for pre-configuration. For additional information on how to
purchase this feature, contact Customer Service.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip g729a {disable|enable}
Example: set 3 voip g729a enable
The example will enable G.729 on the CMG card in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{disable|enable}
disable
Will prevent the use of the G.729 codec.
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Will allow the use of the G.729 codec. Enable is the default.

5-145

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip jitterbuffer
Use the set (router) voip jitterbuffer command to specify dynamic delay adjustment to
minimize delay through the jitter buffer, or maintain a static average delay through the jitter
buffer.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip jitterbuffer
{dynamic|static}
Example: set 3 voip jitterbuffer static
The example will specify no dynamic delay adjustment for the jitter buffer, for
the CMG card in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{dynamic|static}
dynamic
Perform dynamic delay adjustment to minimize delay
static

Maintain a static average delay, equal to two times the packet time
(Default)

set (router) voip osi
Use the set (router) voip osi command to adjust the time of the Open Switch Interval (OSI)
signal.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip osi {milliseconds}
Example: set 3 voip osi 1000
The example will set the OSI to 1 second, on the CMG card in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG router card.
{milliseconds}
Range is from 500 to 2500 ms, default is 900 ms.

5-146

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip packing
Use the set (router) voip packing command to configure the packing order for g726 voice
coding algorithms. The new default packing order for each voice coding algorithm is Big
Endian. Note that when upgrading from CMG version 1.0 the packing order for G.726-32
will be Little Endian until changed by the user to load defaults is issued.This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax:

set {cmg_card-addr} voip packing
{g726_40|g726_32|g726_24|g726_16}
{bigendian|littleendian}

Example: set 3 voip packing g726_32 bigendian
Use big-endian packing for the g726_32 codec.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG router card.
{g726_40|g726_32|g726_24|g726_16}
Voice coding algorithm to configure.
{bigendian|littleendian}
bigendian
Use big-endian packing for this codec
littleendian

Use little-endian packing for this codec

set (router) voip payload type
Use the set (router) voip payload type command to configure whether or not the CMG
will process RTP packets with invalid payload types in the RTP header. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip payload type {lenient|strict}
Example: set 3 voip payload type lenient
The example will set the CMG card to process packets with invalid payload type
values.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{algorithm}
lenient
strict

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Process packets with invalid payload type
Do not process packets with invalid payload type (Default)

5-147

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip ptime
Use the set (router) voip ptime command to specify the default packetization time for the
specified algorithm. The packetization time determines the frequency at which RTP
packets are transmitted. The MGCP call agent may override the new default set by this
command on a call-by-call basis. At the end of a call, the configured default is back in force.
This command takes effect immediately.

NOTE: The G.729 feature is protected by a software key. Until an appropriate
key is entered to enable this feature is will not be usable. The command, however,
will still succeed to allow for pre-configuration. For additional information on how to
purchase this feature, contact Customer Service.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip ptime {algorithm} {time}
Example: set 3 voip ptime g711mu 20
The example will specify a 20 millisecond default packetization time for G.711,
on the CMG card in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{algorithm}
g711a
g711mu
g726_16
g726_24
g726_32
g726_40
g729a
all

Set packetization time for G.711 A-law
Set packetization time for G.711 mu-law
Set packetization time for G.726 16 Kbps
Set packetization time for G.726 24 Kbps
Set packetization time for G.726 32 Kbps
Set packetization time for G.726 40 Kbps
Set packetization time for G.729 8 Kbps
Set packetization time for all algorithms

{time}
Default packetization time in milliseconds. Valid values are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, or
80 milliseconds. Where 40 through 80 are only valid for g729a.

5-148

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip rtcp cname
Use the set (router) voip rtcp cname command to specify the name to be used for the
CNAME field of Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP) packets.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip rtcp cname {gatewayid|"name"}
Example: set 3 voip rtcp cname gatewayid
The example will set the VoIP RTCP CNAME to the same as gateway ID, on
the CMG card in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{gatewayid|"name"}
Default is gatewayid.
gatewayid

Use the gateway ID in the CNAME.

name

Identifying the gateway, maximum 64 characters, enclosed in quotes.

set (router) voip rtcp interval
Use the set (router) voip rtcp interval command to specify the time interval between
RTCP reports.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip rtcp interval {seconds}
Example: set 3 voip rtcp interval 0
The example will turn off RTCP reporting for the CMG card in slot 3.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{seconds}
Interval time is in seconds, range is 0 to 255. If zero, RTCP reporting is turned off. Default
is 5 seconds.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-149

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip rtp baseport
Use the set (router) voip rtp baseport command to specify the base UDP port to be used
when allocating ports for transmitting or receiving RTP packet streams in VoIP calls. All
ports allocated for RTP, including the base port, must be even-numbered. Each allocated
RTP port number will be equal to the base port plus some even offset. The odd port number
just above each allocated RTP port will be used for sending or receiving RTCP packets,
which contain reports of packet and performance statistics for the associated RTP. The
CMG will reserve a block of 288 consecutive ports starting at this port for RTP and RTCP.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip rtp baseport {port-number}
Example: set 5 voip rtp baseport 10000
The example will set the RTP base port to 10000, on the CMG card in slot 5.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{port-number}
The port number range is from 0 to 65535. Default is 30000.

5-150

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip rtpmap
Use the set (router) voip rtpmap command to specify the dynamic payload type and name
to be used for a specific algorithm in the Session Description Protocol (SDP) part of MGCP
connection commands. This command takes effect immediately.
The defaults are:
Algorithm
Payload Type
SDP Name
G.726-16 kb/s
96
G726-16
G.726-24 kb/s
97
G726-24
G.726-40 kb/s
98
G726-40
G.729A
18
G729A
NOTE: In accordance with current IANA assignments (www.iana.org, RTP
section), G.726-32 kb/s is assigned a (non-dynamic) payload type of 2, G.711 mulaw is assigned payload type 0, and G.711 A-law is assigned payload type 8. (One
may also assign a dynamic payload type to G.726-32 by means of the above
command, in case there is a conflict with the use of payload type 2, which was
formerly assigned to G.721, in RFC 1890.) Only one payload type and DSP name
may be assigned per algorithm.
NOTE: The G.729 feature is protected by a software key. Until an appropriate key
is entered to enable this feature is will not be usable. The command, however, will
still succeed to allow for pre-configuration. For additional information on how to
purchase this feature, contact Customer Service.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip rtpmap {algorithm} {type}
{"name"}
Example: set 3 voip rtpmap g726_16 96 "G.726-16"
The example will specify the payload type 96 to refer to G.726-16 kb/s with SDP
name G.26-16.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{algorithm}
Enter one of g711mu, g711a, g726_16, g726_24, g726_32, g726_40, g729a
{type}
RTP dynamic payload type, 96 - 127.
{"name"}
Identifier up to 16 characters, enclosed in quotes.
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-151

CLI Commands
set

set (router) voip sdpaddress
Use the set (router) voip sdpaddress command to set the address value to be used for the
origin and connection lines in the SDP.
Syntax: set {cmg_card-addr} voip sdpaddress
{gatewayid|domain-name|ip|ip-addr}
Example: set 3 voip sdpaddress domainname
The example will configure the SDP address value to match the DNS domain
name.
{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
{domainname|gatewayid|ip|ip-addr}
domainname Use the DNS domain name if DNS is enabled or DMG IP address if
DNS is disabled.
gatewayid
Use the MGCP gateway ID.
ip
Use the CMG IP address.
ip-addr
Use this IP address, in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a
number from 0 - 255.

5-152

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) collision
Use the set (router-lan) collision commands to configure collision alarms.

set (router-lan) collision interval
Use the set (router-lan) collision interval command to specify the time interval over
which excessive collision alarms are calculated.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} collision interval {seconds}
Example: set 3:1 collision interval 0
The example will set the local LAN interface on slot 3 to disable collision
alarms.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name" The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.
{seconds}
Range from 0 to 65535. With a value of 0 collision alarms will be disabled.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-153

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) collision threshold
Use the set (router-lan) collision threshold command to specify the thresholds used to
determine excessive collision alarm state.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} collision threshold {high|low}
{count}
Example: set 3 "Adit50" collision threshold high 500
The example will set the high alarm threshold to 500, for the local LAN interface
on slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{high|low}
high
low

The number of collisions in the collision interval time period above
which an excess collision alarm is raised.
The number of collisions in the collision interval time period below
which a standing excess collision alarm is cleared.

{count}
The number of collisions in the collision interval time period. Range is 0 - 65536.

5-154

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) filter forward
Use the set (router-lan) filter forward command to specify the forwarding mode for Layer 2
filters on the LAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} filter forward
{matching|nontmatching}
Example: set 3:1 filter forward notmatching
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{matching|nontmatching}
matching
Only those frames matching a rule will be forwarded.
notmatching

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Only those frames NOT matching a rule will be forwarded.

5-155

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) framing
Use the set (router-lan) framing command to specify which ethernet frame types are supported
on the LAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} framing {ipx|other}
{ieee8022|ieee8023|ethii|snap} {disable|enable}
Example: set 3:1 framing ipx ieee8022 enable
The example will enable the 802.2 frame type for IPX packets on the LAN of
the Router card in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{ipx|other}
ipx
other

Enable or disable a frame type for the IPX protocol
Enable or disable a frame type for protocols other than IP and IPX

{ethii|ieee8022|ieee8023|snap}
ethii
Ethernet II framing
ieee8022

IEEE 802.2 framing

ieee8023

IEEE 802.3 framing

snap

LLC/SNAP framing

{disable|enable}
disable
enable

5-156

Disable the frame type
Enable the frame type

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) gateway
Use the set (router-lan) gateway command to specify a default IP gateway for the specified
LAN interface. If there is no static network entry to 0.0.0.0, then this address is used as the
default gateway for packets with no explicit route.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} gateway {ip-addr}
Example: set 3:1 gateway 192.168.201.144
The example will set the local LAN interface on slot 3 to use a default gateway
at IP address 192.168.201.144.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{ip-addr}
The IP address of the gateway, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-157

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) ip address
Use the set (router-lan) ip address command to specify an IP address for the specified LAN
interface. When first installed the Router card’s LAN interface has a default IP address of
10.0.0.1 with subnet mask of 255.0.0.0.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} ip address {ip-addr} [mask]
Example: set 3:1 ip address 192.168.202.244 255.255.255.0
The example will set the local LAN interface on slot 3 to IP address
192.168.202.244, with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{ip-addr}
The Router IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
[mask]
The subnet mask, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.

5-158

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) ipx network
Use the set (router-lan) ipx network command to specify IPX network numbers for the four
IPX LAN frame types. This enables the Adit to Router IPX to Remote (WAN) networks, even
if an IPX server does not exist on the local LAN. Typically, the Adit will learn its external
network number. However, if the local LAN does not have a server or if the IPX RIP setting is
set to , and you wish to Router IPX to Remote (WAN) networks, the external network
number must be defined.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} ipx network
{ieee8022|ieee8023|ethii|snap} {network}
Example: set 3:1 ipx network ieee8022 000000fl
The example will set the local LAN interface on slot 3 to IP address
192.168.202.244, with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{ethii|ieee8022|ieee8023|snap}
ethii
Ethernet II framing
ieee8022

IEEE 802.2 framing

ieee8023

IEEE 802.3 framing

snap

LLC/SNAP framing

{network}
External IPX network, specified as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-159

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) phy
Use the set (router-lan) phy command to specify the ethernet PHY (physical specifications)
speed and mode.

NOTE: It is highly recommended that this setting be left at autonegotiation. Connecting ethernet devices with incompatible setting can
lead to severe network performance degradation, increased collisions, late
collisions, CRC errors, and undetected data corruption.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} phy {setting}
Example: set 3:1 phy full100
The example will force the Ethernet PHY to 100 MHz full-duplex on the Router
in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{setting}
auto

5-160

Auto-negotiate (highly recommended).

full10

10 MHz full-duplex.

full100

100 MHz full-duplex.

half10

10 MHz half-duplex.

half100

100 MHz half-duplex.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) rip
Use the set (router-lan) rip commands to specify RIP for the specified LAN interface.

set (router-lan) rip ip
Use the set (router-lan) rip ip command to specify the IP RIP for the specified LAN
interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} rip ip {both|neither|recv|send}
Example: set 2:1 rip ip send
The example will set RIP on the local LAN interface on slot 2 to send.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{both|neither|recv|send}
both
Enable IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) in both directions.
neither

Shut IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) off completely.

recv

Enable IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) in the receive direction only.

send

Enable IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) in the send direction.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-161

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) rip ipx
Use the set (router-lan) rip ipx command to specify the IPX RIP and SAP for the specified
LAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} rip ipx {both|neither|recv|send}
Example: set 2:1 rip ipx send
The example will set RIP and SAP on the local LAN interface on slot 2 to send.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{both|neither|recv|send}
both
Enable IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) in both directions.

5-162

neither

Shut IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) off completely.

recv

Enable IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) in the receive direction only.

send

Enable IP RIP (or IPX RIP and SAP) in the send direction.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) stp
Use the set (router-lan) stp commands to configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on this
interface.

set (router-lan) stp enable/disable
Use the set (router-lan) stp enable/disable command to enable/disable Spanning Tree
Protocol on this interface. To enable STP on an interface it must be enabled globally with
the set (router) stp enable command.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} stp {disable|enable}
Example: set 3:1 stp enable
The example will enable Spanning Tree on the LAN for this interface.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name" The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable Spanning Tree on this interface.
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Enable Spanning Tree on this interface.

5-163

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) stp port cost
Use the set (router-lan) stp port cost command to configure Spanning Tree path cost
value for this bridge port.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} stp port cost {port-cost-value}
Example: set 3:1 stp port cost 100
Sets the Spanning Tree port cost value at 100, on the Router in slot 3.
{rt_lanr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{port-cost-value}
The value can range from 1 to 65535, higher values represent slower data paths. For a 100
Mb LAN a value of 19 is recommended. For a 10 Mb LAN a value of 100 is recommended.

set (router-lan) stp port priority
Use the set (router-lan) stp port priority command to configure Spanning Tree priority
value for this bridge port.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} port priority
{port-priority-value}
Example: set 3:1 stp port priority 128
The example will set the STP port priority to 128, on the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name" The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed in
quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.
{port-priority-value}
Spanning Tree port priority for this bridge port. Range from 0 to 255, with a default of 128.

5-164

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-lan) up/down
Use the set (router-lan) up/down command to set the specified LAN interface up or down.
When the Router port is set down, a link failure will not cause an alarm. This can be used to
eliminate alarms from Router ports that are not in-use. When the Router port is set up, a link
failure on the ethernet port will cause an alarm to be reported to the Compact T1.
Syntax: set {rtr_lan-addr} {down|up}
Example: set 2:1 down
The example will set the local LAN interface on slot 2 down.
{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface. Name must be enclosed
in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

{down|up}
down
up

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Set the Router as Out-of-Service. This command turns off the LED
and disables alarm reporting for the Router specified.
Set the Router as In-Service. This command turns on the LED and
enables alarm reporting for the Router specified.

5-165

CLI Commands
set

set (router-trunk) encapsulation
Use the set (router-trunk) encapsulation command to specify the encapsulation to use on the
Router interface.
Syntax: set {rtr-trunk-addr} encapsulation {setting}
Example: set 2:1:5 encapsulation pppofr
The example will configure encapsulation on the Router card in slot 2, port 1,
trunk 5 to PPP over Frame Relay.
{rtr-trunk-addr}
slot
Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card
port
Port number of the Router is 1
trunk
Trunk number for this port, 1-24
{setting}
fr

Frame Relay as per RFC 2427

ppp

Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) as per RFC 1661 and 1662

pppofr

PPP over Frame Relay as per RFC 1973

set (router-trunk) multilink group
Use the set (router-trunk) multilink group command to specify a router trunk to be part of a
multilink PPP group. Note: It is recommended, for performance, that all of the individual links
in the multilink group have approximately the same bandwidth.
Syntax: set {rtr-trunk-addr} multilink group {number}
Example: set 3:1:1-2 multilink group 1
The example will form a multilink PPP group that combines trunk 1 and 2.
set 3:1:3 multilink group
The example will add a third trunk to the multilink PPP group from above.
{rtr-trunk-addr}
slot
Slot number (1-6) of the Adit that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card
port
Port number of the Router is 1
trunk
Trunk number for this port, 1-24
{number}
The multilink group number.

5-166

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-trunk) up/down
Use the set (router-trunk) up/down command to set the WAN trunk up or down. When the
Router trunk is set down a link failure will not cause an alarm. This can be used to eliminate
alarms from Router trunks that are not in-use. When the Router trunk is set up, a link failure on
the WAN trunk will cause an alarm to be reported to the Adit.
Syntax: set {rtr-trunk-addr} {down|up}
Example: set 2:1:1 down
The example will set the first Router trunk interface on slot 2 down.
{rtr-trunk-addr}
In the form {slot:port:trunk}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) of the Adit that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

trunk

Trunk number for this port, 1-24.

{up|down}
down
Set the WAN down.
up

Set the WAN up.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-167

CLI Commands
set

set (router-trunk) voice bandwidth limit
Use the set (router-trunk) voice bandwidth limit command to specify the maximum
percentage of bandwidth on this trunk that voice calls are allowed to consume. The remaining
percentage of the bandwidth on a CMG trunk to be reserved for routed or bridged data. Routed
or bridged data is allowed to use any available bandwidth, but it is carried at a lower priority
than the voice. If the bandwidth required to carry an additional VoIP call will put the total
bandwidth used by VoIP calls above that allowed for voice on the trunk, then the call will be
denied and the caller will hear the all-circuits-busy tone. This command applies to the CMG
Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg-trunk-addr} voice bandwidth limit {percent}
Example: set 2:1:1 voice bandwidth limit 90
The example will limit voice calls to 90% of the bandwidth on trunk 1 of the
CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg-trunk-addr}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
port

Port number of the Router is 1.

trunk

Trunk number for this port, 1-24.

{percent}
The maximum percentage of VoIP bandwidth. Range is 0 - 100.

5-168

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) algorithm preference
Use the set (router-voice) algorithm preference command to specify the list of voice coding
algorithms which will be supported for VoIP calls, on the specified voice channel(s). More than
one algorithm can be listed, and they should be in order of preference. The default algorithm
preference list contains all supported codecs in the order shown below. This command takes
effect immediately, and applies to the CMG Router card only.

NOTE: The G.729 feature is protected by a software key. Until an
appropriate key is entered to enable this codec will not appear in the
available codec list used in the MGCP and DSP messages and negotiation.
The command, however, will still succeed to allow for pre-configuration.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} algorithm preference
{alg-choice1} [alg-choice2] [alg-choice3]...
Example: set 2:1:1:1-24 algorithm preference g726_32 g711mu
The example will set the algorithm preference G.726-32 with a second choice as
G711 mu-law for voice channels 1 through 24 on the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

{alg-choice1}
g711a
g711mu
g729a
g726_40
g726_32
g726_24
g726_16

G.711 A-law PCM - 64 kb/s
G.711 mu-law PCM - 56 or 64 kb/s
G.729 CS-ACELP - 8 kb/s
G.726 ADPCM - 40 kb/s
G.726 ADPCM - 32 kb/s
G.726 ADPCM - 24 kb/s
G.726 ADPCM - 16 kb/s

[alg-choice2] through [alg-choice6]
These optional fields should be listed in order of preference. Algorithms are used from the
list above and are only listed once.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-169

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) cpd
Use the set (router-voice) cpd command for configuring how calling party disconnect should
be signaled to an endpoint. Calling party disconnect is signaled to a voice endpoint by
generating an Open Switch Interval (OSI) ABCD signaling bit pattern. On analog POTS lines
this causes the loop to be opened for this interval. The duration of this OSI signal is configurable
via the set (router) voip osi command. When set to "disabled" the CMG will never sent the OSI
signal to the endpoint. This is appropriate for normal POTS telephones with no automated
devices attached. When set to "osi" the CMG will issue the OSI signal to the endpoint only when
an L/osi signal request is received from the call agent. This is appropriate when working with a
call agent that requests L/osi, but only for endpoints that have automated equipment attached,
such as voice mail systems, auto-answering modems, or fax machines. When set to "enabled"
the CMG will issue the OSI signal to the endpoint when an L/osi signal request is received from
the call agent or after the last connection on that endpoint is deleted. This is appropriate when
working with a call agent that does not request L/osi, but only for endpoints that have automated
equipment attached, such as voice mail systems, auto-answering modems, or fax machines. This
command take effect immediately and applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} cpd {disable|enable|osi}
Example: set 2:1:1:1-4 cpd enable
The example will enable automatic playing of CPD on endpoint after the last
connection is deleted or when OSI is signaled.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

{disable|enable|osi}
disabled Do not play CPD on endpoint. Disable is the default.

5-170

enable

Play CPD on the OSI signal or after the last connection is deleted on endpoint.

osi

Play CPD on the OSI signal only.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) default
Use the set (router-voice) default command to reset all CLI accessible options for one or more
CMG voice channels to their defaults. Defaults are set for algorithm preference, compander,
echo cancellation, echo tail, endpoint prefix, endpoint suffix, silence suppression and TOS. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} default
Example: set 2:1:1:1-4 default
The example will reset voice channel provisioning to defaults for voice
channels 1-4 on the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-171

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) down
Use the set (router-voice) down command to take a CMG voice channel out-of-service. Once
out-of-service, the call agent cannot access the endpoint ID associated with this voice channel.
Also, the phone, fax, or data user connected to this channel from an FXS port or T12 channel
cannot make or receive calls. The options for this command allow the invoker of the command
to specify how the call agent is to treat the voice channel as it goes out-of-service. The default
option ("now") causes an immediate termination of any active call, with an RSIP with "forced"
restart method sent to the call agent. Use of the "graceful" or "timeout" option provides for
keeping an active call up, either for its duration or for a particular timeout period, before the
channel is taken out-of-service. In this case, an RSIP with "graceful" restart method is sent
initially to the call agent. After the call is disconnected or the timeout period expires, the
channel is taken out-of service, and a final RSIP is sent with the "forced" restart method.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} down {graceful|now|timeout}
[seconds]
Example: set 2:1:1:9 down now
The example will take voice channel 9 out-of-service immediately, on the CMG
card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

{graceful|now|timeout}
graceful
Wait for current calls to end before placing endpoint Out-of-Service
now

Disconnect any existing calls immediately (Default)

timeout

Wait a defined time (see time below), then disconnect calls

[seconds]
When timeout is selected, this field defines the number of seconds to wait before taking
endpoints Out-of-Service. Default time is 60 seconds.

5-172

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) dtmfrelay
Use the set (router-voice) dtmfrelay command to enable or disable the relay of DTMF packets
as per RFC 2833. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} dtmfrelay {disable|enable}
Example: set 2:1:1:7 dtmfrelay enable
Enables DTMF relay on voice channel 7 on the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable DTMF relay as the default for voice calls (Default)
enable
Enable DTMF relay as the default for voice calls

set (router-voice) echo cancellation
Use the set (router-voice) echo cancellation command to enable/disable echo cancellation as
the default for voice calls for one or more voice channels. The new default set by this command
may be overridden on a call-by-call basis by the MGCP call agent. At the end of a call, the
configured default is back in-force. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} echo cancellation
{disable|enable}
Example: set 2:1:1:7 echo cancellation disable
Disables echo cancellation as the default for calls on voice channel 7, on the
CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel
Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable echo cancellation as the default for voice calls
enable
Enable echo cancellation as the default for voice calls (Default)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-173

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) echo tail
Use the set (router-voice) echo tail command to set the maximum round-trip delay expected
in the voice path between the CMG and the phone, including acoustical delay at the phone. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} echo tail {milliseconds}
Example: set 2:1:1:all echo tail 8
The example will set the echo tail to 8 milliseconds for all voice channels on the
CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

{milliseconds}
Valid values: 8, 16, 24, 32 and 64. Default is 16 milliseconds.

5-174

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) endpoint prefix
Use the set (router-voice) endpoint prefix command to set the common part of the MGCP
endpoint name for one or more voice channels. The default prefix is "aaln". Note the endpoint
prefix is combined with the endpoint suffix to form a complete MGCP endpoint name in the
form "prefix/suffix" (the slash is added) for each voice channel. These names are used by a call
agent to address the channel. The intent of the prefix part of the name is to indicate the type of
voice channel. For example, "aaln" refers to analog (FXS) lines, while "ds0" could refer to the
channels of a T1 line. However, unless a call agent demands it, there is no restriction on the
prefix name. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} endpoint prefix {"prefix"}
Example: set 2:1:1:all endpoint prefix "ds0"
The example will set endpoint prefix to "ds0" on all the voice channels on the
CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{"prefix"}
An identifier with a maximum of 16 characters, enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-175

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) endpoint suffix
Use the set (router-voice) endpoint suffix command to set the variable part of the MGCP
endpoint name for one or more voice channels. The default suffix is the voice channel number.
Note: the endpoint prefix is combined with the endpoint suffix to form a complete MGCP
endpoint name for each voice channel. If the defaults are used, the endpoint names are "aaln/1",
aaln/2", "aaln/3", etc. These names are used by a call agent to address the channel. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} endpoint suffix {"suffix"}
Example: set 2:1:1:3 endpoint suffix "bob"
The example will set endpoint name suffix to "bob" for voice channel 3 on the
CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{"suffix"}
An identifier with a maximum of 16 characters, enclosed in quotes.

5-176

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) log start
Use the set (router-voice) log start command to start logging events to the CMG text log, for
the particular voice channels specified. Events are currently of two types, errors and MGCP.
This command does not clear the log before enabling new events. The events to be logged are
defined separately for each voice channel. (ie: one may start error logging for all channels, then
set error plus MGCP logging for one specific channel). This command applies to the CMG
Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} log start {both|errors|mgcp}
Example: set 2:1:1:8 log start both
The example will start logging errors MGCP for channel 8 on the CMG card in
slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel
Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{both|errors|mgcp}
both
Record MGCP protocol events and errors
errors
Record protocol and other errors only
mgcp
Record MGCP protocol events only

set (router-voice) log stop
Use the set (router-voice) log stop command to stop logging events to the CMG text log, for
the particular voice channel(s) specified. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} log stop
Example: set 2:1:1:8 log stop
The example will stop logging for channel 8 on the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
Definition is same as above.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-177

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) rxgain
Use the set (router-voice) rxgain command to set gain on the receive side (packet-to-TDM)
voice path for the specified voice channel(s). This gain setting can be overridden by the call
agent on a call-by-call basis. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} rxgain {gain}
Example: set 2:1:1:10 rxgain -3
The example will set the receive-side gain to -3 dB for the voice channel 10 on
the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{gain}
Gain range is -14 to 14 dB. Default gain is 0 dB.

5-178

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) silence
Use the set (router-voice) silence command to enable or disable silence suppression as the
default for voice calls for one or more voice channels. The new default set by this command
may be overridden on a call-by-call basis by the MGCP call agent. At the end of a call, the
configured default is back in-force. Silence suppression may not apply to certain voice
compression algorithm types. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} silence {disable|enable}
Example: set 2:1:1:all silence enable
The example will enable silence suppression as the default for all voice calls for
all voice channels on the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{disable|enable}
disable
Do not use silence suppression unless overridden by the call agent (Default)
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Use silence suppression if possible and not overridden by the call agent

5-179

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) slash
Use the set (router-voice) slash command for configuring a CMG endpoint so that the implied
slash, "/", between the endpoint prefix and suffix can be suppressed. This command applies to
the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} slash {disable|enable}
Example: set 2:1:1:all slash disable
The example will disable use of slash between endpoint prefix and suffix.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{disable|enable}
disable
Suppress the use of a slash between the endpoint prefix and suffix.
enable
Insert a slash between the endpoint prefix and suffix. (Default)

set (router-voice) tos
Use the set (router-voice) tos command to set the default value for the Type of Service (TOS)
byte in the IP header of outgoing VoIP packets for the specified channel(s). This value may be
overridden by the call agent on a call-by-call basis. This command applies to the CMG Router
card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} tos {2-hex-digits}
Example: set 2:1:1:all tos 0xA0
The example will set the default priority 5 (in the original classification scheme)
for VoIP packets for all voice channels of the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{2-hex-digits}
Specified bits to be sent in TOS byte. The first (leftmost) 3 bits represent the "precedence"
or priority. Bit 4 (from the left) indicates optimize for delay. Bit 5 indicates optimize for
throughput. Bit 6 indicates optimize for reliability.
5-180

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-voice) txgain
Use the set (router-voice) txgain command to set the gain on the transmit side (TDM-topacket) voice path for the specified voice channel(s). This gain setting can be overridden by the
call agent on a call-by-call basis. Note: DTMF detection can be gain sensitive, some adjustment
may be necessary. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} txgain {gain}
Example: set 2:1:1:9 txgain 6
The example sets the transmit-side gain to 6 dB for the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all
{gain}
Gain range is -14 to 14 dB. Default is 0 dB.

set (router-voice) up
Use the set (router-voice) up command to bring a voice channel back into service. This will
cause an RSIP message to be sent to the call agent, with the "restart" value for the Restart
Method parameter. It will also enable the processing of TDM-side events (eg: offhook) which
are either requested by the call agent or are defined as persistent events see set (router) mgcp
report hookswitch. Note: The RSIP message is not sent immediately when the "up" command
is given. It is sent after a random delay of not more than about 30 seconds. It is best if calls to
or from the channel are not attempted until about 30 seconds after the "up" command is given.
This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: set {cmg_voice-addr} up
Example: set 2:1:1:2 up
The example will set channel 2 back in-service on the CMG card in slot 2.
{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
voip
To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.
channel
Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-181

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) dlci
Use the set (router-wan) dlci command to set the DLCI (Data Link Connection Identifier) for
a specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} dlci {value}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" dlci 16
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to use DLCI value 16.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{value}
DLCI value to use, 16-1022

5-182

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) gre
Use the set (router-wan) gre command to configure Generic Routing Encapsulation tunneling
for a specified WAN interface.

set (router-wan) gre address
Use the set (router-wan) gre address command to configure the IP addresses for GRE
tunneling for a specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} gre address
{local_ip-addr} [remote-ip-addr] ["tunnel-name"]
Example: set 3 "LosAngeles" gre address 10.0.0.0 20.0.0.0
"LATunnel"
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" to the IP
addresses to be 10.0.0.0 and 20.0.0.0.
Note: A set 3 "LosAngeles" gre ip all command is required before this
command.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{local-ip-addr}
The IP Address of the local end of the tunnel, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is between 0-255.
[remote-ip-addr]
The IP Address of the far end of the tunnel, required if GRE tunneling is set to All,
prohibited if GRE tunneling is set to By Network. In the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where
xxx is between 0-255.
["tunnel-name"]
A symbolic name to give to this tunnel, required if GRE tunneling is set to All, prohibited
if GRE tunneling is set to By Network. Up to 12 characters, enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-183

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) gre ip
Use the set (router-wan) gre ip command to configure the GRE tunneling of the IP
protocol for a specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} gre ip
{all|bynetwork|disable}
Example: set 3 "LosAngeles" gre ip all
The example will set the WAN interface "LosAngeles" in slot 3, to pass all
packets through a GRE tunnel.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{all|bynetwork|disable}
all
Tunnel all packets on this interface to the tunnel destination address.
bynetwork Tunnel packets based on their destination address by matching GRE
network entries, see add (router-wan) gre network command.
disable
Disable GRE tunneling.

set (router-wan) gre ipx
Use the set (router-wan) gre ipx command to configure the GRE tunneling of the IPX
protocol for a specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} gre ipx {all|disable}
Example: set 3 "LosAngeles" gre ipx all
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" in slot 3, to pass
all IPX packets through a GRE tunnel.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{all|disable}
all
Tunnel all packets on this interface to the tunnel destination address.
disable
Disable GRE tunneling.

5-184

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) ip
Use the set (router-wan) ip command to set the IP traffic handling on the WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ip
{block|bridge|route}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" ip route
Sets the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in slot 1 to route IP.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{block|bridge|route}
block
Set the WAN to block IP.
bridge
Set the WAN to bridge IP.
route
Set the WAN to route IP.

set (router-wan) ip address
Use the set (router-wan) ip address command to set the IP address for a WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ip address
{ip-addr} [mask]|unnumbered}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" ip address 100.2.2.2 255.255.255.0
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to the IP address 100.2.2.2, with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{ip-addr}
The Router IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between
0-255.
[mask]
The subnet mask, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is between 0-255.
{unnumbered}
Treat this as an un-numbered interface, as per RFC 1812.
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-185

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) ipx
Use the set (router-wan) ipx command to set the IPX traffic handling on the WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ipx {setting}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" ipx bridge
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" in slot 1, to
bridge IPX.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{setting}
block

Set the WAN to block IPX.

bridge

Set the WAN to bridge IPX with optimized local advertising IPX servers
and networks.

optimize

Set the WAN to bridge IPX with optimized local advertising of IPX
servers and networks.
Setting to optimize enables the Adit to use a custom network optimization
feature, which ensures that only necessary data is transmitted over the
WAN connection. The Adit will initiate IPX learning mode. Learning
mode is effective for optimizing bandwidth usage for IPX RIP, SAP,
serialization and watchdog (IPX and SPX) packets. If you choose this
option, the Adit will initiate learning mode in order to gain knowledge of
local and remote networks and services. Once it knows of remote networks
and services, it can advertise the information on the local LAN on behalf
of the remote networks and servers.

5-186

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) nat
Use the set (router-wan) nat commands to configure Network Address Translation (NAT) on
a specified WAN interface.

set (router-wan) nat address
Use the set (router-wan) nat address command to configure Network Address
Translation (NAT) public addresses for a specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} nat address
{assigned|ip-addr} [count]
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" nat address 201.17.172.11 8
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to perform NAT translation to one of 8 public address from 201.17.172.11
to 201.17.172.19.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{assigned|ip-addr}
assigned
The NAT address assigned by remote.
ip-addr

The Router IP address, in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx
is between 0-255.

[count]
An optional field defining the number of public addresses in the NAT pool. Default is 1

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-187

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) nat enable/disable
Use the set (router-wan) nat command to enable and disable Network Address Translation
(NAT) on a specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} nat {disable|enable}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" nat enable
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to enable NAT mapping.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable NAT mapping.
enable

Enable NAT mapping.

set (router-wan) nat ports
Use the set (router-wan) nat ports command to configure Network Address Translation
(NAT) to dynamically map ports or preserve them. This field should only be set to
"preserved" if an application that you are using requires a specific port number.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} nat ports
{dynamic|preserved}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" nat ports dynamic
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to enable dynamic NAT port mapping.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{dynamic|preserved}
dynamic
Set NAT port mapping to be dynamic.
preserved

5-188

Preserve original port.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) other
Use the set (router-wan) other command to set the traffic handling of protocols other than IP
or IPX on the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} other {block|bridge}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" other bridge
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" in slot 1, to
bridge other protocols.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{block|bridge}
block
bridge

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Set the WAN to block protocols other than IP or IPX.
Set the WAN to bridge protocols other than IP or IPX.

5-189

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) ppp
Use the set (router) ppp command to configure the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) on the
specified Router card.

set (router) ppp auth ofremote user
Use the set (router) ppp auth ofremote user command to set the CHAP or PAP name by
which a remote PPP device is authenticated by this Adit.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ppp auth ofremote
user {profilename|"protocol-name"}
Example: set 5 "LosAngeles" ppp auth ofremote user profilename
The example will set the PPP authentication user name for the WAN interface
named "LosAngeles" tin slot 1 to equal the profile name.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{profilename|"protocol-name"}
profilename
Use the profile name as the CHAP or PAP user name.
"protocol-name"

5-190

The CHAP or PAP user name. A maximum of 16 characters,
enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router) ppp compression
Use the set (router) ppp compression command to configure the PPP compression with
the remote PPP device.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ppp compression
{setting}
Example: set 5 "LosAngeles" ppp compression enable
The example will set PPP to attempt to negotiate PPP compression on the WAN
interface named "LosAngeles" in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{setting}
disable

Disable PPP compression negotiation (Default).

easy

Typical data on this interface is easy to compress, such as text files (Default).

enable

Enable PPP compression negotiation.

hard

Typical data on this interface is hard to compress, such as binary files.

set (router) ppp security server
Use the set (router) ppp security server command to set the security server with the
remote PPP device.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ppp security server
{external|local}
Example: set 5 "LosAngeles" ppp security server local
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{external|local}
external
PPP External Security Server
local

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

PPP Local Security Server

5-191

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) rip
Use the set (router-wan) rip command to set the type of RIP updates on the specified interface.

set (router-wan) rip ip updates
Use the set (router-wan) rip ip updates command to set the type of RIP updates on the
specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} rip ip updates
{never|periodic|triggered}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" rip ip updates never
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to not sent RIP updates.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{setting}
never
periodic
triggered

Set the WAN to not send RIP updates.
Set the WAN to send periodic RIP updates.
Set the WAN to send triggered RIP updates.

set (router-wan) rip ipx updates
Use the set (router-wan) rip ipx updates command to set the type of IPX RIP updates on
the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} rip ipx updates
{never|periodic|triggered}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" rip ipx updates never
Sets the WAN interface "LosAngeles" to not sent RIP updates.
{rtr_card-addr} The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"} The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{setting}
never
periodic
triggered

5-192

Set the WAN to not send RIP updates.
Set the WAN to send periodic RIP updates.
Set the WAN to send triggered RIP updates.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) stp
Use the set (router-wan) stp commands to configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on the
specified WAN interface.

set (router-wan) stp enable/disable
Use the set (router-wan) stp enable/disable command to enable and disable Spanning
Tree Protocol on this interface. To enable Spanning Tree on an interface it must first be
enabled globally with the set (router) stp enable command and the WAN must be set to
bridge the IP protocol.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} stp {disable|enable}
Example: set 3 stp enable
The example will enable Spanning Tree on this interface.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{disable|enable}
disable
Disable Spanning Tree on this interface.
enable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Enable Spanning Tree on this interface.

5-193

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) stp port cost
Use the set (router-wan) stp port cost command to configure Spanning Tree path cost
value for this bridge port.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} stp port cost
{port-cost-value}
Example: set 3 stp port cost 650
The example sets the Spanning Tree port cost value at 650, on the Router in
slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{port-cost-value}
The value can range from 1 to 65535, with higher values representing slower data paths. A
value of 15625/# of DS0s is recommended.

set (router-wan) stp port priority
Use the set (router-wan) stp port priority command to configure Spanning Tree priority
value for this bridge port.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} port priority
{port-priority-value}
Example: set 3 stp port priority 128
The example sets the Spanning Tree port priority to 128, on the Router in slot 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{port-priority-value}
The value can range from 0 to 255 seconds, with a default of 128.

5-194

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set (router-wan) trunk
Use the set (router-wan) trunk command to configure the trunk port or multilink group for a
specified WAN interface. If the trunk encapsulation is subsequently changed, this trunk
assignment is reset to 0.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} trunk
[multilink-group] {number}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" trunk 3
The example will set the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router in
slot 1 to be mapped to trunk 3.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
[multilink-group]
Indicates that the number is the multilink group to use, else the number is the trunk number
to use.
{number}
Trunk or multilink group to use, range is 1-24.

set (router-wan) up/down
Use the set (router-wan) up/down command to set the specified WAN interface up or down.
Syntax: set {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} {down|up}
Example: set 1 "LosAngeles" up
The example will enable the WAN interface named "LosAngeles" on the Router
in slot 1.
{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.
{down|up}
down
up

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Set the Router WAN to disabled.
Set the Router WAN to enabled.

5-195

CLI Commands
set

set screen
Use the set screen command to set the height of the scrolling output screen, in number of lines.
For example, if the screen height is set to 40 lines, the Command Line Interface (CLI) will print
the maximum of 40 lines of a long output before pausing. To set the screen to scroll without
pausing, set the screen height to 0.
Syntax: set screen {screen-height|off}
Where screen-height is the number of lines in the scrolling output screen.

5-196

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set snmp
Use the set snmp command to set the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) MIB-II
System Group objects.
Syntax: set snmp {setting} {string}
Where {setting} is as below, and {string} is its value.
Example: set snmp name "ADIT 1"
To set the SNMP system name to "ADIT 1"
Example: set snmp nms 2 192.168.3.50
Set the second SNMP NMS IP address to 192.168.3.50
{setting}
Set the values for any of the following SNMP MIB-II System Group object
contact {string}

SysContact. 1 - 255 characters, enclosed in quotes

getcom {string}

SNMP Get-Community. 1 - 32 characters, enclosed in quotes

location {string}

SysLocation. 1 - 255 characters, enclosed in quotes

name {string}

Set the value of the SysName (name enclosed by quotes).

nms {n} {ip-addr}

Set the IP address of the SNMP manager where the SNMP agent
will send traps (up to 3 NMS addresses). The {n} is a number
from 1 to 3, to differentiate your NMS addresses.

setcom {string}

Set the value of the SNMP Set-Community string.

trapauth
{disable|enable}

Enable or disable authentication traps.

trapcom {string}

Set the value for the SNMP Trap-Community string. 1 - 32
characters, enclosed in quotes

trapevent {setting}

Set minimum severity level for (enterprise) event trap generation.

trapvers {1|2}

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

all

Set event trap severity limit to ’all’.

critical

Set event trap severity limit to ’critical’.

major

Set event trap severity limit to ’major’.

minor

Set event trap severity limit to ’minor’.

warning

Set event trap severity limit to ’warning’.

none

Set event trap severity limit to ’none’.

Set SNMP trap version number, 1 or 2.
Example: set snmp trapvers 1
5-197

CLI Commands
set

set syslog
Use the set syslog commands to configure the Syslog client features.

set syslog disable
Use the set syslog disable command to disable sending alarm and event messages to
external syslog servers. The initial default setting is disabled.
Syntax: set syslog disable
Example: set syslog disable
The example will disable syslog on the Controller.

set syslog enable
Use the set syslog enable command to enable sending alarm and event messages to external
syslog servers. The command will fail if there is not at least one syslog server configured,
see set syslog server. The initial default setting is disabled.
Syntax: set syslog enable
Example: set syslog enable
The example will enable syslog on the Controller.

set syslog server all facility
Use the set syslog server all facility command to specify the syslog facility value that the
controller will report to the syslog server in each message.
Syntax: set syslog server all facility {value}
Example: set syslog server 2 facility 18
The example will set the facility value in the syslog messages sent to syslog
server 2 to 18 (local use 2).
{value}
The facility value to report in the syslog messages sent to the server. Range is 0 - 23, with
a default of 16.

5-198

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set syslog server all level
Use the set syslog server all level command to set the syslog severity level threshold.
Events of all severity levels will be sent to the syslog server.
Syntax: set syslog level all facility {severity}
Example: set syslog server all level 4
The example will set the threshold for sending syslog messages to include
critical, major and minor alarms only, for all three syslog servers.
{severity}
The syslog severity level threshold. Range 0 - 7, with a default of 3.
0
1
2
Only critical alarms will be sent
3
Only critical and major alarms will be sent
4
Only critical, major and minor alarms will be sent
5
Only critical, major, minor alarms and alert events will be sent
6
Only critical, major, minor alarms, alert and informational events will be sent
7

set syslog server address
Use the set syslog server address command to specify the IP address of the external syslog
servers. Up to three different syslog servers can be configured, with all messages sent to all
configured servers, based on server threshold level.
Syntax: set syslog server {1|2|3} address {ip-addr}
Example: set syslog server 2 address 192.168.23.56
The example will set the IP address to be used to access syslog server 2 to
192.168.23.56.
{1|2|3}
The syslog server entry to modify.
{ip-addr}
Set the IP address of the syslog server, in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a number
from 0 to 255, or 0.0.0.0 for none. The default is 0.0.0.0. Note: all 3 servers cannot be set
to 0.0.0.0 if the syslog enable setting is enabled.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-199

CLI Commands
set

set syslog server facility
Use the set syslog server facility command to set the system log facility value.
Syntax: set syslog server {1|2|3} facility {value}
Example: set syslog server 2 address 192.168.23.56
The example will set the IP address to be used to access syslog server 2 to
192.168.23.56.
{1|2|3}
The syslog server entry to modify.
{value}
Facility message 0-23, default is 16.

set syslog server level
Use the set syslog server level command to set the system log facility value.
Syntax: set syslog server {1|2|3} level {severity}
Example: set syslog server 2 address 192.168.23.56
The example will set the IP address to be used to access syslog server 2 to
192.168.23.56.
{1|2|3}
The syslog server entry to modify.
{severity}
Severity threshold level, range 0-7.

set time
Use the set time command to set the time.
Syntax: set time {hh:mm:ss}
Example: set time 12:00:00
The example will set the time to 12 noon.
{hh:mm:ss}
Where hh:mm:ss is the time in hours, minutes, and seconds, using a 24-hour clock.

5-200

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

set user
Use the set user command to modify attributes for a specific user that have been created with
the add user command.

set user level
Use the set user level command to set the user access level.
Syntax: set user {"user-name"} level {1|2|3}
Example: set user "paul" level 2
{"user-name"}
The user-name is a user ID to add to the system. Text is a single word, with no blank spaces
and must be enclosed in quotes.
{1| 2| 3}
Sets the level of access.
Level 1

Manager has full access to ALL commands. Typically, there is only one
designated user at this level

Level 2

Operator has access to all commands except for the add user and set user
commands

Level 3

Monitor (read only) has access to commands that display reports and status

set user password
Use the set user password to set the password for this user.
Syntax: set user {"user-name"} password
Example: set user "john" password
New Password: **
New Password again: **

{"user-name"}
The user-name is an existing user ID in the system. Text is a single word, with no blank
spaces and must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-201

CLI Commands
set

set (v35)
Use the set (v35) command to setup V.35 ports. The command specifies the range of channels
within that card, and the setting to apply.
Syntax: set {v35-addr} {setting}
Example: set 6:1 rxclk normal
To set port 1 (v.35) on slot 6 to no inversion on the receive clock
{v35-addr}
In the form of {slot:port}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) of the Compact T1 where the V.35 card is located

port

Port number or range.

{setting}
Setting to apply one of the following:
clock

cts

data

equipment

line

5-202

Set the clock source to one of the following:
source

to the internal Stratum 4E oscillator

external

to the external source

Set the Clear To Send operation mode to one of the following:
cd

follow CD

high

force CTS high

low

force CTS low

rts

follow RTS

Set the data mode to one of the following:
invert

invert the receive and transmit data

normal

do not invert receive and transmit data

Sets the V.35 port to equipment loopback, which loops the transmit V.35
signal back toward the V.35 receive (toward the T1)
loopdown

disable equipment loopback

loopup

enable equipment loopback

Sets the V.35 port to line loopback, which loops the received V.35 signal
back toward the V.35 signal toward the V.35 transmit (away from T1)
loopdown

disable line loopback

loopup

enable line loopback
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

rxclkinv

speed

txclkinv

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Set the receive clock invert mode to one of the following:
invert

invert the receive clock

normal

do not invert the receive clock

Set the data rate for each DS0 to which a V.35 is crossconnected
56

56K data rate

64

64K data rate

Set the transmit clock invert mode to one of the following:
invert

invert the transmit clock

normal

do not invert the transmit clock

5-203

CLI Commands
set

set (v54)
Use the set (v54) command to setup V.54 Loopback Test Parameters. The command specifies
the range of channels within that card, and the setting to apply.
Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 {setting} [off|on] [n] [nnn]
Example: set 6:1 v54 equipment clear
The example will clear the loop test counter on the V.54 card in slot 6, port 1.
{v54-addr}
In the form of {slot:port}.
slot

Slot number (1 - 6) for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

{setting}
equipment
address

Set the V.54 Equipment (Tx) parameters:
Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 equipment address {nnn}

Set V.54 loop test address [nnn]
Set the address to be tested.
[nnn] {nnn} must be one of the following:
0 - 255.1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15,17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 37, 39,
43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 59, 61, 63, 85, 87, 91, 95, 111, 119, 127, 255
(255 disables). See chart below.
clear

Syntax: set{v54-addr} v54 equipment clear

Clear the bit error rate counters during BER test
ignoreack

Syntax: set{v54-addr} v54 equipment ignoreack
{off|on}

Ignore V.54 ACK check [off|on]
Ignore acknowledge from remote equipment. This allows potential
testing with non-compliant equipment by ignoring the acknowledge
phase. WARNING: When choosing this option, the V.35 card
will no longer be compliant with the V.54 specification. Use for
debug purposes only.
loopdown

Syntax: set{v54-addr} v54 equipment loopdown

Stop the test sequence
loopup

Syntax: set{v54-addr} v54 equipment loopup

Start the test sequence

5-204

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
set

pattern

Syntax: set{v54-addr} v54 equipment pattern {n}

Set V.54 test pattern n is from the following:
0 = QRSS pattern (Default)
1 = 2047 pattern
2 = 215 -1 pattern
3 = 220 -1 pattern (QRSS with no bit stuffing)
prepcnt

Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 equipment prepcnt {nnn}

Set V.54 Rx prep-pattern count {nnn}
nnn = the number of times that the preparatory pattern must be
received to be recognized.
network
address

Set the V.54 Network loop address.
Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 network address {nnn}

Set the address of the port to {nnn}.
{nnn} must be one of the following:
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15,17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 37, 39, 43, 45,
47, 51, 53, 55, 59, 61, 63, 85, 87, 91, 95, 111, 119, 127, 255 (255
disables). See chart below.
disable

Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 network disable

Disable V.54 loop test
enable

Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 network enable

Enable V.54 loop test
prepcnt

Syntax: set {v54-addr} v54 network prepcnt {nnn}

Sets the preparatory pattern response count.
nnn = the number of times that the preparatory pattern must be
received to be recognized.

0x01 - 1

[nnn] chart
0x0F - 15

0x1D - 29

0x33 - 51

0x57 - 87

0x03 - 3

0x11 - 17

0x1F - 31

0x35 - 53

0x5B - 91

0x05 - 5

0x13 - 19

0x25 - 37

0x37 - 55

0x5F - 95

0x07 - 7

0x15 - 21

0x27 - 39

0x3B - 59

0x6F - 111

0x09 - 9

0x17 - 23

0x2B - 43

0x3D - 61

0x77 - 119

0x0B - 11

0x19 - 25

0x2D - 45

0x3F - 63

0x7F - 127

0x0D - 14

0x1B - 27

0x2F - 47

0x55 - 85

0xFF - 255*

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-205

CLI Commands
set

set verification
Use the set verification command to enable or disable verification prompts.
Syntax: set verification {off|on}
Example: set verification off
The example will cause yes/no verification messages to be suppressed.
{off|on}
off
on

5-206

Turn yes/no verification prompts off.
Turn yes/no verification prompts on.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show
The following show commands are linked to a detailed description of each command.

show autoexit
show (bri)
show clock
show connect
show date
show (ds0)
show (ds1)
show ethernet
show (fxo)
show (fxs5G)
show impedance
show id
show ip
show ipds0
show local
show login
show ntp
show (ocudp)
show radius
show (router)
show (router) dhcp
show (router) dns proxy
show (router) lmi
show (router) log
show (router) mgcp
show (router) mgcp algorithmname
show (router) ntp
show (router) ppp
show (router) rip
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

show (router) snmp
show (router) stp
show (router) syslog
show (router) uploaduser
show (router) voip
show (router-lan)
show (router-lan) collision
show (router-lan) filter
show (router-lan) static
show (router-lan) stp
show (router-voice)
show (router-wan)
show (router-wan) firewall
show (router-wan) nat bypass
show (router-wan) ppp
show (router-wan) static ip address
show (router-wan) static ip network
show (router-wan) static ipx network
show (router-wan) static mac address
show (router-wan) stp
show (router-wan) trunk
show screen
show snmp
show syslog
show time
show users
show (v35)
show (v54)
show (wan)
5-207

CLI Commands
show

show autoexit
Use the show autoexit to display whether autoexit is on or off. If on, the time-out period is
displayed.
Syntax: show autoexit
Example: show autoexit
> show autoexit
Autoexit is off.

show (bri)
Use the show (bri) to display settings for BRIs.
Syntax: show {bri-addr}
Example: show 3:1
The example will display the settings for port 1 (BRI) on slot 3.
> show 3:1
SLOT 3:
Settings for BRI Port 1:
Mode:
Up/Down:
CRV:
Performance Sync Source:
Auto Activate:
Performance Threshold Settings

LT4TO1TDM
UP
31
ADIT
OFF

errored seconds:
severely errored seconds:

1 hour
-----40
10

1 day
-----100
25

{bri-addr}
The BRI address is in the form {slot:port}. Where {slot} displays connections for an entire
slot, {slot:port} for a port within a given slot.

5-208

slot

Slot number (1-6) where the BRI card is located

port

Port number, range or all.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show clock
The show clock command displays the primary and secondary clocks.
Syntax: show clock
Example: show clock
In the following example, the primary clock source is in slot A
(Controller card), DS1 2; and the secondary clock source is in
slot 6 (BRI card), DS1 1.
> show clock
Primary Master Transmit Clock Source:

Slot A DS1

2

Secondary Master Transmit Clock Source:

Slot 6 BRI

1

show connect
The show connect command displays the static connections for channels and ports.
Syntax: show connect {slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel}
Example: show connect a:1:1-4
> show connect a:1:1-4
From
Desc
-------- ------------A:01:01
LS VOICE DS0
A:01:02
LS VOICE DS0
A:01:03
LS VOICE DS0
A:01:04
LS VOICE DS0

<-->
<-->
<-->
<-->

Desc
To
------------- -------FXS VOICE
GS
01:01
FXS VOICE
GS
01:02
FXS VOICE
GS
01:03
FXS VOICE
GS
01:04

{slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel}
slot
Slot number A is the Controller card or 1-6 for service cards.
port

Port number, range or all.

channel

Channel number, range or all.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-209

CLI Commands
show

show date
The show date command displays the date in dd/mm/yyyy format.
Example: show date
> show date
date: 08/10/2002

show (ds0)
The show (ds0) command displays settings for DS0s.
Syntax: show {ds0-addr}
Example: show a:2:1-2
In the following example, the show (ds0) command has queried slot A
(Controller card), port 2, channels 1 through 2.
>show a:2:1-2
SLOT A:
Settings for DS1
Type:
SLOT A:
Settings for DS1
Type:

2:

channel
DATA

1:

2:

channel
DATA

2:

{ds0-addr}
In the form {slot:port:channel}.

5-210

slot

A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

channel

Channel number, range or all.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (ds1)
The show (ds1) command displays settings for DS1s.
Syntax: show {ds1-addr}
Example: show a:1
In the following example, the query show a:1 has returned the following DS1
settings for slot A (the controller card), port 1.
> show a:1
SLOT A:
Settings for DS1 1:
Circuit ID:
DS1# A:1
Up/Down:
DOWN
Framing:
ESF
Line Coding:
B8ZS
Line Build Out:
DSX-1 EQUALIZATION FOR 0-133 ft.(CSU 0dB)
Loop Code Detection:
ON
Loopback:
OFF
FDL Type:
None
Performance Threshold Settings
unavailable seconds:
severely errored seconds:
errored seconds:
sev. errored frame seconds:
line errored seconds:
controlled slip seconds:
bursty errored seconds:
degraded minutes:
total linecode violations:

15 min.
--------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

total pathcode violations:

0

1 day
---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

{ds1-addr}
In the form {slot:port}
slot

A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-211

CLI Commands
show

show ethernet
The show ethernet command displays ethernet and IP settings.
Example: show ethernet
> show ethernet
IP Address and Mask:
IP Address of the Gateway:
MAC Address:

198.162.3.196 255.255.255.0
192.168.3.202
00:E0:97:00:A9:33

show (fxo)
The show (fxo) command displays the settings for FXOs.
Syntax: show {fxo-addr}
Example: show 1:1
The example shows the port 1, FXO settings for the card in slot 1.
> show 1:1
SLOT 1:
Settings for FXS:
Type:
Signaling:
RxGain:
TxGain:
LineLength:

channel 1:
VOICE
LS
-6
dB
-3
dB
SHORT

{fxo-addr}
In the form of {slot:port}.

5-212

slot

Location of the FXO card, slot 1 - 6

port

Port number, range or "all".

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (fxs5G)
The show (fxs5G) command displays the settings for the FXS 5G card.
Syntax: show {fxs5G-addr}
Example: show 6:1
This command will display the settings for the FXS channel 1 for the FXS 5G
card located in Slot 6.
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for FXS:
Type:
Signaling:
RxGain:
TxGain:
Impedance:

channel 1:
VOICE
LS
-6
dB
-3
dB
900 Ohms + 2.16uF

Example: show 4:1
SLOT 4:
Settings for FXS:
Type:
Signaling:
RxGain:
TxGain:
Impedance:
Wink time:

channel 1:
VOICE
GSW
-6
dB
-3
dB
900 Ohms + 2.16uF
135 ms

Note: Wink time displays only when signaling is set to GSW or GSWRB.
{fxs5G-addr}
In the form of {slot} or {slot:port}. Note if only slot is listed, all ports will be displayed.
slot

Location of the FXS 5G card, slot 1 - 6

port

Port number, range or "all".

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-213

CLI Commands
show

show impedance
The show impedance command displays the impedance settings for FXS 5G card.
Syntax: show impedance
Example: show impedance

Index
----1
2
3
4
5
6

Impedance
------------------------------120 Ohms + (.110µF || 820 Ohms)
150 Ohms + (.047µF || 510 Ohms)
150 Ohms + (.072µF || 830 Ohms)
200 Ohms + (.100µF || 680 Ohms)
215 Ohms + (.137µF || 1k Ohms)
220 Ohms + (.115µF || 820 Ohms)

CODEX
----A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

220
270
300
370
400
400
600

Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms

+
+
+
+
+
+

A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law
A-law

14
15
16
17
18
19

600
600
600
800
900
900

Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms

+ 1.00µF
+ 1.50µF
+ 2.16µF

(.120µF
(.120µF
(.220µF
(.310µF
(.033µF
(.050µF

+ 2.16µF

||
||
||
||
||
||

820
910
1k
620
500
500

Ohms)
Ohms)
Ohms)
Ohms)
Ohms)
Ohms)

µ-law
A-law
µ-law
A-law
A-law
µ-law

Country
------------------Norway
Malaysia
Belgium
China
France
Austria, Germany,
Mexico, Switzerland
Australia
Finland
United Kingdom
New Zealand
Denmark
Greece
Korea, Indonesia,
Italy, Poland,
Russia, Spain,
Thailand, China
Japan
Saudi Arabia
Korea
Netherlands
Brazil
USA, Taiwan

Note: In general, µ-Law settings are used for T1 applications, A-Law settings are used for
E1 applications.

5-214

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show id
The show id command displays the system ID for the Compact T1.
Syntax: show id
Example: show id
The example shows the ID of a Compact T1 labeled "Compact T11"
Compact T11> show id
ID: Compact T11

show ip
The show ip command displays the IP Address information for the Compact T1.
Syntax: show ip
Example: show ip
> show ip
IP Address and Mask:
IP Address of the Gateway:

192.168.3.193
192.168.3.202

255.255.255.0

OK

show ipds0
The show ipds0 command displays the settings for the DS0 management channel.
Syntax: show ipds0
Example: show ipsd0
> show ipds0
Administrative state:
DS0 Selected:
IP Address and Mask:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

DOWN
a:1:1
192.168.210.1

255.255.255.0

5-215

CLI Commands
show

show local
The show local command shows whether the Compact T1 is in local mode.
Syntax: show local
Example: show local
> show local
LOCAL:

ON

show login
The show login command displays the RADIUS login authentication configuration settings for
the Controller.
Syntax: show login
Example: show login
> show login
Login Authentication Parameters:
Authentication Type: local
Support Logins: enabled

show ntp
The show ntp command displays the configuration settings for the Controller NTP client.
Syntax: show ntp
Example: show ntp
> show ntp
NTP Settings:
NTP:
Disabled
NTP Server Address:
0.0.0.0
NTP Polling Interval (seconds): 16
NTP Timezone (offset from GMT): 0 hours 0 minutes

5-216

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (ocudp)
Use the show (ocudp) to display baud, loopdetect, error correction, switched and enhanced
switched service and secondary channel provisioning.
Syntax: show {ocudp-addr}
Example: show 2:1
SLOT 2:
Settings for OCUDP Port 1:
Up/Down:
Baudrate:
Loopdetect Types Enabled:

Error Correction:
Secondary Channel:

UP
56000
CSU Non-Latching
DSU Non-Latching
OCU Non-Latching
DISABLE
DISABLE

{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card to display.
slot

Slot number (1-6) of the chassis where the OCU-DP is located. If no port
is specified, all ports will be displayed.

port

Port number or range.

show radius
The show radius command displays the RADIUS configuration settings for the Controller.
Syntax: show radius
Example: show radius
RADIUS Configuration Parameters:
Authentication: enabled for
Slot 4
Slot 5
NAS Identifier:
Retry count:
3
Timeout (sec): 3
Server(1) :
UNUSED
Server(2) :
UNUSED
Server(3) :
UNUSED

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-217

CLI Commands
show

show (router)
The show (router) command displays the settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr}
Example: show 5
> show 5
SLOT 5:
Login Settings for Router:
Authentication: Local
Login Prompt:
Enabled
LMI Settings for Router:
LMI:
Disabled
RIP Setting for Router:
RIP Mode Receive:
RIP Mode Send:

RIP1
RIP1

PPP Authentication/Security Settings for Router:
Authentication by Remote:
Protocol:
None
User ID:
Local Profile Name
Authentication of Remote:
Protocol:
None
Local Security Server:
Type:
None
PPP Statistics for Slot-5:
Up/Down
Remote Name State Time
RemoteAdit
DOWN 1h27m16s
SNMP Settings for Router:
SNMP Communities:
Address
Name
public
0.0.0.0

5-218

Rx
Packets
0

Rx
Octets
0

Tx
Packets
0

Tx
Octets
0

Access
Read

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show
SNMP Trap Destinations:
Address
Name
public
0.0.0.0
Name:
Contact:
Location:

Location
Local LAN

unknown
unknown
unknown

DHCP Server/BOOTP Relay Agent Settings for Router:
DHCP:
Disabled
DNS Proxy Settings for Router:
Total: 0
Spanning Tree Protocol Settings for Router:
Spanning Tree:
Enabled
Bridge Hello Time:
2 seconds
Bridge Max Age:
20 seconds
Bridge Forward Delay: 15 seconds
Bridge Priority:
32768
Syslog Settings for Router:
Syslog:
Disabled
TFTP Upload/Download User Settings for Router:
Reboot After Code is Loaded:
Yes
Reboot After Configuration is Loaded:
Yes

IP Address
Total: 0

Client Site

Upload/Download
Code
Config

LAN Profile Name for Router:
LocalAdit
192.168.3.195
WAN Profile Name(s) for Router:
RemoteAdit
Unnumbered

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-219

CLI Commands
show

show (router) dhcp
The show (router) dhcp command displays the current DHCP settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} dhcp
Example: show 5 dhcp
The example shows the DHCP settings for the Router card in slot 5.
> show 5 dhcp
SLOT 5:
DHCP Server/BOOTP Relay Agent Settings for Router:
DHCP: Disabled

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

show (router) dns
The show (router) dns command displays the current DNS setup for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} dns
Example: show 3 dns
> show 5 dns
SLOT 5:
DNS Settings:
DNS Resolver:
DNS Server 1 IP Address:
DNS Server 2 IP Address:
DNS Host Name:
DNS Default Domain:

Disabled
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0

DNS Static Host List:
Total: 0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

5-220

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router) dns proxy
The show (router) dns proxy command displays the current DNS Proxy setup for the Router
card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} dns proxy
Example: show 5 dns proxy
> show 5 dns proxy
SLOT 5:
DNS Proxy Settings for Router:
Total: 0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

show (router) lmi
The show (router) lmi command displays the current Local Management Interface (LMI)
settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} lmi
Example: show 5 lmi
The example shows the LMI settings for the Router card in slot 5.
> show 5 lmi
SLOT 5:
LMI Settings for Router:
LMI: Disabled

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-221

CLI Commands
show

show (router) log
The show (router) log command displays the logging configuration of the CMG card. This
command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: show {cmg_card-addr} log
Example: show 4 log
The example shows the logging configuration for the CMG card in slot 4.
> show 4 log
SLOT 4:
Log Settings for CMG:
Logging Mode:
First
Log Details:
No
Call Detail Records (CDR): Disabled
Total Ports Logging: 0

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

5-222

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router) mgcp
The show (router) mgcp command to display all options set through set (router) mgcp
commands. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: show {cmg_card-addr} mgcp
Example: show 4 mgcp
SLOT 4:
MGCP Settings for CMG:
Activation, Addressing, and Transactions:
MGCP State:
Down
Call Agent IP Address:
0.0.0.0
Call Agent Domain Name:
(not applicable)
Call Agent MGCP Port:
2727
Gateway MGCP Port:
2427
MGCP Gateway ID:
Default
Response Timeout (ms):
3000
Max Retries:
3
Interoperability Settings:
Version:
Hookswitch Reporting:
Default IETF Event Package:
Piggybacking:
Address Format:
Dialstring Format:
SDP Mode:
Parse Mode:
Quarantine:

IETF 1.0
Always
D
Disabled
Brackets
Commas
Full
Lenient
Step Process

Voice Algorithm Names for Local Connection Options (LCO):
CMG Algorithm ID
g711mu
g711a
g726_16
g726_24
g726_32
g726_40

MGCP LCO Name

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-223

CLI Commands
show

show (router) mgcp algorithmname
The show (router) mgcp algorithmname command to display all MGCP designations for
voice coding algorithms supported by the CMG. This displays the CLI defined name, if any, and
the default for each algorithm. MGCP algorithm names are used in the "a:" attribute in the Local
Connection Options (L:) parameter line of a CRCX or MDCX command. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: show {cmg_card-addr} mgcp algorithmname
Example: show 4 mgcp algorithmname
The example will show all MGCP names of voice coding algorithms supported
by the CMG card in slot 4.
> show 4 mgcp algorithmname
SLOT 4:
MGCP Voice Algorithm Names for CMG Local Connection Options
(LCO):
CMG Algorithm ID
g711mu
g711a
g726_16
g726_24
g726_32
g726_40

MGCP LCO Name

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

5-224

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router) ntp
The show (router) ntp command displays settings for NTP options.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} ntp
Example: show 4 ntp
The example shows the NTP options for the Router card in slot 4.
> show 4 ntp
SLOT 4:
NTP Settings for CMG:
NTP:
Disabled
NTP Server:
0.0.0.0
NTP Interval (seconds):120
NTP Timezone (offset from GMT):0 hours 0 minutes

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-225

CLI Commands
show

show (router) ppp
The show (router) ppp command displays the current Local PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol)
authentication and security settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} ppp
Example: show 5 ppp
> show 5 ppp
SLOT 5:
PPP Authentication/Security Settings for Router:
Authentication by Remote:
Protocol:
CHAP
Secret:
public
User ID:
Local Profile Name
Authentication of Remote:
Protocol:
CHAP
Local Security Server:
Type:
Radius
IP Address:
168.0.0.100
Password:
test
PPP Statistics for Slot-4:
Up/Down
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Remote Name State Time
Packets
Octets
Packets
Octets
----------- ----- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ----RemoteAdit
DOWN 26m36s
0
0
0
0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

5-226

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router) rip
The show (router) rip command displays the current RIP settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} rip
Example: show 5 rip
> show 5 rip
SLOT 5:
RIP Settings for Router:
RIP Mode Receive:
RIP2
RIP Mode Send:
Rip2

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

show (router) snmp
The show (router) snmp command displays the current SNMP settings for the specified Router
card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} snmp
Example: show 5 snmp
> show 5 snmp
SLOT 5:
SNMP Settings for Router:
SNMP Communities:
Address
Name
public
0.0.0.0

Access
Read

SNMP Trap Destinations:
Address
Name
public
0.0.0.0

Location
Local LAN

Statistics Averaging Interval:

1 min.

Name:
Contact:
Location:

unknown
unknown
unknown

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-227

CLI Commands
show

show (router) stp
The show (router) stp command displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for the
specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} stp
Example: show 5 stp
> show 5 stp
SLOT 5:
Spanning Tree Protocol Settings for Router:
Spanning Tree:
Enabled
Bridge Hello Time:
2 seconds
Bridge Max Age:
20 seconds
Bridge Forward Delay: 15 seconds
Bridge Priority:
32768

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

show (router) syslog
The show (router) syslog command displays the current Syslog setup for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} syslog
Example: show 5 syslog
> show 5 syslog
SLOT 5:
Syslog Settings for Router:
Syslog:
Enabled
Facility:
20
Level:
3
Server IP Address:
192.168.3.3

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

5-228

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router) uploaduser
The show uploaduser command displays the current list of users allowed to upload and
download configuration and code files.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} uploaduser
Example: show 5 uploaduser
> show 5 uploaduser
SLOT 5:
TFTP Upload/Download User Settings for Router:
Reboot After Code is Loaded:
Yes
Reboot After Configuration is Loaded:
Yes

IP Address
--------------Any
Total: 1

Client Site
----------Adit1

Upload/Download
Code
Config
--------X
X

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-229

CLI Commands
show

show (router) voip
The show voip command displays the current settings for all VoIP parameters. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: show {cmg_card-addr} voip
Example: show 4 voip
> show 4 voip
SLOT 4:
VoIP Settings for CMG:
VoIP Configuration:
RTP Baseport:
RTCP CNAME:
RTCP Interval (seconds):
Jitterbuffer Mode:
Flash Timeout (milliseconds):
Compander:
Call Detail Records:

30000
Default Gateway ID
5
Static
1500
A-Law
Disabled

Voice Algorithm SDP Identification and Ptimes:

CMG ID
------------g711mu
g711a
g726_16
g726_24
g726_32
g726_40
dtmf_relay

SDP Name
--------------pcmu
pcma
g726-16
g726-24
g726-32
g726-40
telephone-event

RTP
Payload Type
-------------0
8
96
98
2
99
97

RTP
Ptime
-------------20
20
20
20
20
20
20

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

5-230

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-lan)
The show (router-lan) command displays the settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr}
Example: show 4:1
> show 4:1
SLOT 4:
Settings for RTR LAN 1:
Profile Name:
Up/Down:
Proxy:
Physical link:
MAC Address:
IP Settings:
IP Address and Mask:
Default Router:
Enabled Frame Types:
RIP Direction:
Secondary IP Addresses

LocalAdit
UP
Disabled
Automatic
00:E0:97:01:E3:A2

192.168.3.193
192.168.3.202
Ethernet II
Send
and Masks:
192.168.1.1

IPX Settings:
Enabled Frame Types:
RIP Direction:
802.2 Ext. Network:
Eth II Ext. Network:
SNAP
Ext. Network:
802.3 Ext. Network:

None
Send
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000

Other Settings:
Enabled Frame Types:

None

255.255.255.0

255.255.255.0

LAN Collision Threshold Settings for LocalAdit:
Sample Interval:
10
Collision High Threshold: 500
Collision Low Threshold: 10
LAN Spanning Tree Protocol Settings for LocalAdit:
Spanning Tree:
Disabled
Static IP Network Settings for LocalAdit:
Total: 0

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-231

CLI Commands
show
Static IPX Network Settings for LocalAdit:
Total: 0
Static IP Address Settings for LocalAdit:
Total: 0
Static MAC Address Settings for LocalAdit:
Total: 0
LAN Filters Enabled for LocalAdit:
Forward Mode: Forward ALL Frames NOT Matching Filters
Filter Type
----------Total: 0

Source/Dest
-----------

Filter Name
-----------

LAN MAC Address Filters Defined for LocalAdit:
Total: 0

LAN Protocol Filters Defined for LocalAdit:
Total: 0

LAN Custom Filters Enabled Defined for LocalAdit:
Total: 0

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.

5-232

slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this
destination. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum
length of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-lan) collision
The show (router-lan) collision command displays the current LAN collision alarm settings
for the specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} collision
Example: show 5 "Adit50" collision
> show 5 "Adit50" collision
SLOT 5:
LAN Collision Threshold Settings for Adit50:
Sample Interval:
15
Collision High Threshold: 500
Collision Low Threshold: 10

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this
destination. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum
length of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-233

CLI Commands
show

show (router-lan) filter
The show (router-lan) filter command displays the current LAN Layer 2 data filters applied to
the LAN on the specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} filter [address|all|custom|protocol]
Example: show 5:1 filter
> show 5:1 filter
SLOT 5:
LAN Filters Enabled for Adit50:
Forward Mode: Forward ALL Frames NOT Matching Filters
Filter Type
----------Protocol
Protocol
Total: 2

Source/Dest
-----------

Filter Name
----------XNSrule
XNSrule

Example: show 5:1 filter all
> show 5:1 filter all
SLOT 5:
LAN MAC Address Filters Defined for Adit50:
Total: 0

LAN Protocol Filters Defined for Adit50:
Protocol Name
------------SPANTRE
XNSrule
XNSrule
Total: 3

Ethernet Value
-------------0
807
807

IEEE Value
---------42
0
0

LAN Custom Filters Enabled Defined for Adit50:
Total: 0

5-234

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show
{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this
destination. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum
length of 11 characters.

[address|custom|protocol|all]
This setting will display the defined filter types of the specified filters.
address

Display Address filters only.

custom

Display Custom filters only.

protocol

Display Protocol filters only.

all

Display all the defined filters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-235

CLI Commands
show

show (router-lan) static
The show (router-lan) static commands to display the current list of static entries for the LAN
on the specified Router card.

show (router-lan) static ip address
The show (router-lan) static ip address command displays the current list of static IP
address entries for the LAN on the specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} static ip address
Example: show 5:1 static ip address
> show 5:1 static ip address
SLOT 5:
Static IP Address Settings for Adit50:
Device Name
----------Adit122
Total: 1

IP Address
--------------120.0.0.10

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.

5-236

slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this
destination. Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum
length of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-lan) static ip network
The show (router-lan) static ip network command displays the current list of static IP
network entries for the LAN on the specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} static ip network
Example: show 5:1 static ip network
SLOT 5:
Static IP Network Settings for Adit50:
Network
100.0.0.0
Total: 1

Subnet Mask
255.0.0.0

Metric
1

Next Gateway
192.136.43.52

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot
Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.
port
Port number of the Router is 1.
"profile-name" Profile name for the Router interface used to reach this destination.
Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum of 11 characters.

show (router-lan) static ipx network
The show (router-lan) static ipx network command displays the current list of static IPX
network entries for the LAN on the specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} static ipx network
Example: show 5:1 static ipx network
SLOT 5:
Static IPX Network Settings for Adit50:
Total: 0

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot
Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.
port
Port number of the Router is 1.
"profile-name" Profile name for the Router interface used to reach this destination.
Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-237

CLI Commands
show

show (router-lan) static mac address
The show (router-lan) static mac address command displays the current list of static
MAC address entries for the LAN on the specified Router card.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} static mac address
Example: show 5:1 static mac address
SLOT 5:
Static MAC Address Settings for Adit50:
Device Name
Adit 66
Total: 1

MAC Address
00:E0:97:00:E9:CD

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

Profile name for the Router interface used to reach this destination.
Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum of 11 characters.

show (router-lan) stp
The show (router-lan) stp command displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for
the specified LAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr-addr} stp
Example: show 5:1 stp
SLOT 5:
LAN Spanning Tree Protocol Settings for Adit1:
Spanning Tree:
Disabled

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port} or {slot "profile-name"}.

5-238

slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

"profile-name"

Profile name for the Router interface used to reach this destination.
Name must be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-voice)
The show (router-voice) command displays the CMG voice line provisioning. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: show {cmg_voice-addr}
Example: show 4:1:1:1
SLOT 4:
Voice Channel Settings for CMG:
Voice Channel:
MGCP Endpoint ID:
Channel Status:
Echo Cancellation:
Echo Tail (milliseconds):
Receive Gain (dB):
Transmit Gain (dB):
VoIP Algorithm Pref. Order:
Silence Suppression:
Type of Service (TOS) Byte:
Channel Use for Fax Relay:

1
aaln/1
Up
Enabled
16
-1
-1
g711mu
Disabled
5
Nonreserved

{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:port}
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-239

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan)
The show (router-wan) command displays the current configuration settings for the specified
WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"}
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles"
SLOT 5:
Settings for RTR WAN LosAngeles:
State:
Enabled
IP Settings:
Mode:
Route
WAN Network Updates: Never
GRE Tunneling:
Disabled
IPX Settings:
Mode:

Blocked

Other Settings:
Mode:

Blocked

NAT Gateway:
NAT Port Numbers:
NAT Address:

Enabled
Dynamic
Assigned by Remote

WAN PPP Authentication/Security Settings for LosAngeles:
Authentication of Remote User:
User ID:
Remote Profile Name: LosAngeles
Security Server:
Local
Compression:
Typical Data:

Disabled
Easy to Compress

WAN Trunk Setting for LosAngeles:
WAN Port Number:
1
Connection Type:
PPP
WAN Spanning Tree Protocol Settings for LosAngeles:
Spanning Tree:
Disabled
WAN Static IP Network Settings for LosAngeles:
Total: 0

5-240

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show
WAN Static IPX Network Settings for LosAngeles:
Network
Hops
Ticks
Next IPX Router
------------------------------WAN Static IP Address Settings for LosAngeles:
Total: 0
WAN Static MAC Address Settings for LosAngeles:
Total: 0
WAN Static NAT Address Settings for LosAngeles:
Total: 0
WAN Firewall Settings for LosAngeles:

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-241

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan) firewall
The show (router-wan) firewall command displays the current firewall filter settings for the
specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} firewall
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" firewall
SLOT 5:
WAN Firewall Settings for LosAngeles:
Service(s)
1. SMTP
2. Telnet
Last ! Any

LAN Device(s)
WAN Device(s)
192.0.0.0/8
==> 192.0.0.0/8
100.0.0.0/24
==> 200.0.0.0/24
*
<== ==> *

Lo
Log
Alm

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

show (router-wan) nat bypass
Use the show (router-wan) nat bypass command to see the current list of NAT bypass entries
for the WAN interface on the specified Router card. This command applies to the IP Router
only.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} nat bypass
Example: show 2 "RemoteUnit" nat bypass
SLOT 2:
WAN NAT Bypass Address Settings for RemoteAdit:
IP Address
156.65.0.0
201.23.16.0
Total: 2

Netmask
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the IP Router card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

5-242

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan) ppp
The show (router-wan) ppp command displays the current PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol)
settings for the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} ppp
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" ppp
> show 5 "LosAngeles" ppp
SLOT 5:
WAN PPP Authentication/Security Settings for LosAngeles:
Authentication of Remote User:
User ID:
Remote Profile Name: LosAngeles
Security Server:
Local
Compression:
Typical Data:
PPP Statistics for Slot-4:

Remote Name
RemoteAdit

Up/Down
State Time
DOWN 26m36s

Disabled
Easy to Compress

Rx
Packets
0

Rx
Octets
0

Tx
Packets
0

Tx
Octets
0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-243

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan) static ip address
The show (router-wan) static ip address command displays the current list of static IP address
entries for the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ip address
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" static ip address
> show 5 "LosAngeles" static ip address
SLOT 5:
WAN Static IP Address Settings for LosAngeles:
Total: 0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

show (router-wan) static ip network
The show (router-wan) static ip network command displays the current list of static IP
network entries for the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ip network
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" static ip network
> show 5 "LosAngeles" static ip network
SLOT 5:
WAN Static IP Network Settings for LosAngeles:
Network
200.1.1.0
Total: 1

Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0

Metric
1

Remote Tunnel Addr

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

5-244

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan) static ipx network
The show (router-wan) static ipx network command displays the current list of static IPX
network entries for the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static ipx network
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" static ipx network
SLOT 5:
WAN Static IPX Network Settings for LosAngeles:
Network
00000011
Total: 1

Hops
2

Ticks
4

Next IPX Router
00:00:00:00:00:00

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

show (router-wan) static mac address
The show (router-wan) static mac address command displays the current list of static IP MAC
address entries for the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static mac address
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" static mac address
SLOT 5:
WAN Static MAC Address Settings for LosAngeles:
Device Name
Adit32
Total: 1

MAC Address
00:E0:97:00:E9:CD

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-245

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan) static nat address
The show (router-wan) static nat address command displays the current static NAT address
entries for the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} static nat address
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" static nat address
> show 5 "RemoteUnit" static nat address
SLOT 5:
WAN Static NAT Address Settings for RemoteUnit:
Total: 0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

show (router-wan) stp
The show (router-wan) stp command displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for
the specified WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} stp
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" stp
> show 5 "LosAngeles" stp
SLOT 5:
WAN Spanning Tree Protocol Settings for LosAngeles:
Spanning Tree:
Enabled
Port Cost:
651
seconds
Port Priority:
128 seconds

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

5-246

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (router-wan) trunk
The show (router-wan) trunk command displays the current trunk assignment for the specified
WAN interface.
Syntax: show {rtr_card-addr} {"wan-name"} trunk
Example: show 5 "LosAngeles" trunk
> show 5 "LosAngeles" trunk
SLOT 5:
WAN Trunk Setting for LosAngeles:
WAN Port Number:
1
Connection Type:
PPP

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
{"wan-name"}
The WAN interface to modify. The name must be enclosed in quotes.

show screen
The show screen command displays the screen settings.
Example: show screen
>show screen
Screen Height = 23

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-247

CLI Commands
show

show snmp
The show snmp command displays the SNMP settings.
Example: show snmp
SNMP Settings:
System Name:
System Location:
System Contact:
GET Community:
SET Community:
TRAP Community:
Trap version:
Authentication TRAP
Event TRAP
NMS 1:
NMS 2:
NMS 3:

public
desktop
public
0
disabled
none

show syslog
The show syslog command displays the configuration settings for the Controller syslog client.
Syntax: show syslog
Example: show syslog
Syslog Settings:
Syslog: Disabled
Server
1
2
3

5-248

IP Address
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0

Facility
16
16
16
3

Threshold Level
3
3

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show time
The show time command displays the system time, in 24 hour hh:mm:ss format.
Example: show time
time:

00:22:51

show users
The show users command displays a list of all users and their settings, and if they are logged
on at the time (0=not logged on, 1=logged on).
Syntax: show users
Example: > show users
User
---* jack

Level
----1

Last Login
---------00:00:13 01/01/1999

Logged In
--------1

* indicates self

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-249

CLI Commands
show

show (v35)
Use the show (v35) to display current settings for V.35 card.
Syntax: show {v35-addr}
Example: show 2:1
The example shows settings for port 1 (V.35) on slot 2.
> show 2:1
SLOT 2:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
Loopback:

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
None

{v35-addr}
In the form {slot|slot:port}.

5-250

slot

slot (1-6) location of a V.35 card.

port

Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
show

show (v54)
Use the show (v54) to display current settings for V.54 card.
Syntax: show {v54-addr}
Example: show 3:1
The example shows settings for port 1 (V.54) on slot 3.
SLOT 3:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
V.54 Rx LB:
V.54 Rx Addr:
V.54 Test Addr:
V.54 Tx Prep count:
V.54 Rx Prep count:
V.54 Test Pattern:
V.54 Ignore ACK:
Loopback:

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
disabled
0
0
15
15
QRSS
OFF
None

{v54-addr}
In the form {slot|slot:port}.
slot

slot (1 - 8) location of a V.35/54 card.

port

Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-251

CLI Commands
show

show (wan)
The show wan command displays current WAN settings for the Router card.
Syntax: show {wan-addr}
Example: show 5:1:1
The example displays the settings of WAN 1 for the Router card on slot 5.
> show 5:1:1
SLOT 5:
Settings for RTR 1 WAN 1:
Up/Down:
UP

{wan-addr}
In the form {slot|slot:port:wan}.

5-252

slot

slot (1-6) location of a Router (IP or CMG) card.

port

Port number or range.

wan

WAN number, 1-24.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status
Use the status command to see the status of the system clocks, DS0s, DS1s, equipment, and the
DS0 Management Channel.

status (bri)

status (router) ip address table

status clock

status (router) ip network table

status (ds0)

status (router) ipx network table

status (ds1)

status (router) ipx server table

status equipment

status (router) log

status (fxo)

status (router) mac address table

status (fxs5G)

status (router) mgcp

status ipds0

status (router) performance

status (ocudp)

status (router) stp

status (ocudp) performance

status (router-lan)

status (ocudp) performance history

status (router-trunk)

status (router)

status (router-voice)

status (router) alarms

status sessions

status (router) channels

status (v35)

status (router) dns

status (v54)

status (router) events

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-253

CLI Commands
status

status (bri)
Use the status (bri) to display the status/performance statistics for the specified BRI.
Syntax: status {bri-addr} [performance] [history]
Example: status 3:1
The example displays status of port 1 (BRI) on slot 3.
> status 3:1
SLOT 3:
Status for BRI Port 1:
Loopback:
Corrupt CRC:

NONE
NONE

Example: status 3:1 performance
The example displays statistics of port 1 (BRI) on slot 3.
> status 3:1 performance
SLOT 3:
Performance Statistics for BRI Port 1:
current
1 hour
errored seconds:
0
severely errored seconds:
0
block errors:
0

previous
1 hour
0
0
0

current
day
0
0

previous
day
0
0

elapsed time in current 1-hour interval: 00:38:00
completed 1-hour intervals in data:
0

Example: status 3:1 performance history
The example displays statistics of port 1 (BRI) on slot 3.
> status 3:1 performance history
SLOT 3:
Performance Statistics for BRI Port 1:
HES
HSES
BE
current interval
0
0
0
totals:
0
0
0
elapsed time in current 1-hour interval: 00:41:48
completed 1-hour intervals in data:
0

5-254

DES
0
0

DSES
0
0

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status
{bri-addr}
The BRI address, in the form {slot:port}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the BRI card

port

Port number, range or "all"

[performance]
Displays the current performance statistics for specified BRI.
[history]
Displays historical performance statistics for specified BRI.

status clock
Use the status clock command to display the current status of both the selected primary and
secondary clocks.
Syntax: status clock
Example: status clock
Active Clock Source: Secondary
Primary:
Clock Source:
Clock Status:
Secondary:
Clock Source:
Clock Status:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Slot A DS1 1
Out of Service
Internal
In Service

5-255

CLI Commands
status

status (ds0)
Use the status (ds0) command to display the current status of the specified DS0.
Syntax: status {ds0-addr}
Example: status a:1:1
Displays the current status of the DS0s on port 1 on slot A
(controller card), port 1, channel 1.
> status a:1:1
DS0
--A:1:1

Rx AB
----11

Tx AB
----01

Signal
-----EMW

T1
--------Traffic

TP
-N

Display Descriptions
Rx AB - AB bits received by the FXS or FXO port
Tx AB -

AB bits transmitted by the FXS or FXO port

Signal -

Signaling mode for which the port is configured

T1 TP -

T1 Status
Trunk Processing

{ds0-addr}
In the form of {slot:port:channel}.

5-256

slot

A for the controller card, or 1-6 for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

channel

Channel number or range, for T1 ports.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (ds1)
Use the status (ds1) command to display the current status of the specified DS1.
Syntax: status {ds1-addr} [performance] [history]
Where you can either specify a {slot:port} address to display an individual port
or range of ports.
Example: > status a:1
SLOT A:
Status for DS1
Receive:
Transmit:
Loopback:

1:
Traffic
Traffic
OFF

{ds1-addr}
In the form of {slot:port}.
slot

A for the controller card, or 1-6 for service cards.

port

Port number or range.

[performance]
Display current performance statistics for the specified port or ports.
[history]
Display historical performance statistics for the specified port or ports.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-257

CLI Commands
status

status equipment
Use the status equipment command to display current equipment information of the Compact
T1.
Syntax: status equipment [slot]
Example: status equipment
> status equipment
BootCode Version:

SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT

A
1
2
3
4
5
6

CardType
-------T1x2
FXOx8
FXSx8
FXOx8
RTRx1
T1x4
V35x2

1.19
Status
-----Present
Present
Present
Present
Present
Present
Present

SW Vers
------3.1.0
1.12
1.09
1.12
1.31
1.73
2.01

CLEI
---SIC3DH0CAA
SIIXPV0DAA
SIC3GJ0CAA
SIIXPV0DAA
NOT AVAIL
SIIXFWBDAA
SIC3HK0CAA

Example: status equipment a
> status equipment a
SLOT A
CardType:
T1x2
Compact T1 TDM
Status:
Present
BootCode Version:
1.19
SW Revision:
3.1.0 (build: 9)
CLEI:
SIC3DH0CAA
LOCAL:
OFF
Switch Settings:
Alarms Contacts Enabled
FOR DS1 #1
B8ZS Linecode
Loopback Off
ESF framing with Loop Start or Ground Start signaling
FOR DS1 #2
B8ZS Linecode
Loopback Off
ESF framing with Loop Start or Ground Start signaling

5-258

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status
Example: status equipment 4
The example with display the status of the card in slot 4. In this example a Router
card is in this slot.
> status equipment 4
SLOT 4
CardType:
RTRx1
Status:
Present
SW Revision:
1.31B
BootCode Version:
1.72
FPGA Revision:
1.08
CLEI:
NOT AVAIL
LOCAL:
OFF

[slot]
If a slot number is not entered, the status of the all slots will be displayed.
slot

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

A for the controller card, or 1 - 6 for service cards.

5-259

CLI Commands
status

status (fxo)
Use the status (fxo) to display the current near-end line status of the specified FXO.
Syntax: status {fxo-addr}
Example: status 5:2
The example displays status of port 2 (FXO) on slot 5.
> status 5:2
FXO
--5:2

Rx AB
----01

Tx AB
----10

Signal=>T1 sig
-------------GS=>GS

T1
----------------Traffic

TP
-N

See Display Descriptions on page 5-256 for definitions of column headings.
{fxo-addr}
slot
port

5-260

The slot number (1-6) that contains the FXO card
Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (fxs5G)
Use the status (fxs5G) to display the current near-end line status of the specified FXS 5G card.
Syntax: status {fxs5G-addr}
Example: status 4:1
The example displays status of port 1 (FXS 5G) on slot 4.

> status 4:1
FXS
--4:1

Rx AB
----01

Tx AB
----01

Signal=>T1 Sig T1
TP
-------------- ----------------- -LS => LS
Traffic
N

{fxs5G-addr}
slot
The slot number (1-6) that contains the FXS 5G card
port

Port number or range.

Display Descriptions
DS0 -

Identifies location of DS0

Rx AB - AB bits received by the FXS or FXO port (real-time)
Tx AB -

AB bits transmitted by the FXS or FXO port (real-time)

Signal -

Signaling mode for which the FXS or FXO port is configured

T1 TP -

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

gs

Set to Ground Start signaling

gsrb

Set to Ground Start signaling with reverse battery

gsw

Set to Ground Start Wink signaling

gswb

Set to Ground Start Wink signalling with reverse battery

ls

Set to Loop Start signaling

lsrb

Set to Loop Start signaling with reverse battery

Status of the T1 (Traffic, Loss of Signal, Loss of Framing, Loopback)
Trunk Processing (Y = yes, N = no)

5-261

CLI Commands
status

status ipds0
Use the status ipds0 command to display the current status of the DS0 management channel.
Syntax: status ipds0
Example: status ipds0
> status ipds0
Operational state:

DOWN

status (ocudp)
Use the status (ocudp) command to displaystatus for selftest and loopbacks.
Syntax: status {ocudp-addr}
Example: status 2:1
SLOT 2:
Status for OCUDP Port 1:
Selftest:
Results as of 23:25:48 01/07/2001
Datapath:
PASS
FPGA:
PASS
OCU:
PASS
OCU Manual Loopback:
CSU Manual Loopback:

NONE
NONE

OCU NonLatching Loopback:
DSU NonLatching Loopback:
CSU NonLatching Loopback:

NONE
NONE
NONE

OCU Latching Loopback:
DSU Latching Loopback:
CSU Latching Loopback:

NONE
NONE
NONE

{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card to display.

5-262

slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (ocudp) performance
Use the status (ocudp) performance command to display performance statistics for the current
15 minute interval, previous 15 minute interval, previous 1 hour interval, and for the previous
day.
Syntax: status {ocudp-addr} performance
Example: status 2:1 performance
> status 2:1 performance
SLOT 2:
Performance Statistics for OCUDP Port 1:
current
previous
15 min.
15 min.
1 hour
1 day
----------- ----------- ----------- ---------out of service seconds:
775
0
0
0
loss of frame seconds:
0
0
0
0
loss of signal seconds:
784
0
0
0
bipolar violations seconds:
0
0
0
0
elapsed time in current 15 min. interval: 13:27
valid 15 min. intervals in hour:
0
valid 15 min. intervals in Day:
0

{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card to display.
slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-263

CLI Commands
status

status (ocudp) performance history
Use the status (ocudp) performance history command to display performance statistics for the
current 15 minute interval and all previous 15 minute intervals (up to a total of 96).
Syntax: status {ocudp-addr} performance
Example: status 2:1 performance
> status 2:1 performance history
SLOT 2:
Performance Statistics for OCUDP Port 1:

curr. interval:
prev. intvl 1:
prev. intvl 2:
totals:

OOS
----248
899
886
=====
2033

BPV
----0
0
0
=====
0

LOF
----0
0
0
=====
0

LOS
----248
900
896
=====
2044

elapsed time in current 15 min. interval:
valid 15 min. intervals in data:

4:14
2

{ocudp-addr}
The {slot:port} address of the OCU-DP card to display.

5-264

slot

Slot number (1-6) where the OCU-DP is located

port

Port number or range.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router)
Use the status (router) command to display the current Router status information.
Syntax: status {rtr-addr}
Example: status 5:1
The example displays status of the Router card in slot 5.
SLOT 5:
Status for RTR Port 1:
Run Status:
Collision Alarm:
Link Alarm:
Alarm LED:
10/100 LED:
Link LED:
Collision LED:
Transmit LED:
Receive LED:

Running
NO
NO
Red
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

{rtr-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port}.
slot

Slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number of the Router is 1.

status (router) alarms
Use the status (router) alarms command to display the current alarm log from the specified
Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} alarms
Example: status 5 alarms
ROUTER BLADE ALARM LOG REPORT Slot-5
Message
Count

Time
Jan

4 22:26:47.0 Ethernet Link 5:1 Down.

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-265

CLI Commands
status

status (router) channels
Use the status (router) channels command to display a condensed status report of all voice
channel endpoints. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: status {cmg_card-addr} channels
Example: status 3 channels
CMG VoIP Channel Status - Slot 3
MGCP: Down Call Agent: 0.0.0.0/2727 Endpoint Prefix: aaln/
# STATUS SIG CONN
# STATUS SIG CONN
# STATUS SIG CONN
1-Down
FXSL ....... 17-Down
FXSL ....... 33-Down
FXSL .......
2-Down
FXSL ....... 18-Down
FXSL ....... 34-Down
FXSL .......
3-Down
FXSL ....... 19-Down
FXSL ....... 35-Down
FXSL .......
4-Down
FXSL ....... 20-Down
FXSL ....... 36-Down
FXSL .......
5-Down
FXSL ....... 21-Down
FXSL ....... 37-Down
FXSL .......
6-Down
FXSL ....... 22-Down
FXSL ....... 38-Down
FXSL .......
7-Down
FXSL ....... 23-Down
FXSL ....... 39-Down
FXSL .......
8-Down
FXSL ....... 24-Down
FXSL ....... 40-Down
FXSL .......
9-Down
FXSL ....... 25-Down
FXSL ....... 41-Down
FXSL .......
10-Down
FXSL ....... 26-Down
FXSL ....... 42-Down
FXSL .......
11-Down
FXSL ....... 27-Down
FXSL ....... 43-Down
FXSL .......
12-Down
FXSL ....... 28-Down
FXSL ....... 44-Down
FXSL .......
13-Down
FXSL ....... 29-Down
FXSL ....... 45-Down
FXSL .......
14-Down
FXSL ....... 30-Down
FXSL ....... 46-Down
FXSL .......
15-Down
FXSL ....... 31-Down
FXSL ....... 47-Down
FXSL .......
16-Down
FXSL ....... 32-Down
FXSL ....... 48-Down
FXSL .......

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG Router card.

5-266

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router) dns
Use the status (router) dns command to display the current state of DNS resolver and the
entries in the DNS cache.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} dns
Example: status 4 dns
> status 4 dns
ROUTER BLADE DNS RESOLVER REPORT Slot-4
DNS RESOLVER IS ENABLED
My DNS Ip Address 10. 0. 0.
My DNS Hostname
Adit25.test
Primary
DNS Server
Secondary DNS Server

1

10. 10. 10.
0. 0. 0.

0
0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-267

CLI Commands
status

status (router) events
Use the status (router) events command to display the current event log from the specified
Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} events
Example: status 5 events
ROUTER BLADE EVENTS LOG REPORT Slot-5
Time
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan

Message

Count

10 0:56:44.8 Download EVE.RPT by Controller
10 0:54:27.4 Download complete in 0.0 secs [17440
10 0:54:27.4 Download ALM.RPT by Controller
10 0:14:23.5 ADMIN login terminated
10 0:14:21.8 Download complete in 0.1 secs [61600
10 0:14:21.7 Download config.cfg by Controller
10 0:14:21.6 Send CFG Change Notice to Controller
10 0:14:20.7 NVRAM Flash Task Wakeup Event Sent
10 0:10:56.5 Login accepted at ADMIN level
10 0:03:29.9 ADMIN login terminated
10 0:03:28.5 Download complete in 0.1 secs [60880
10 0:03:28.4 Download config.cfg by Controller
10 0:03:28.3 Send CFG Change Notice to Controller
10 0:03:27.4 NVRAM Flash Task Wakeup Event Sent
10 0:02:48.7 Login accepted at ADMIN level
9 23:29:34.5 Download complete in 0.1 secs [60160
9 23:29:34.3 Download config.cfg by Controller
9 23:29:34.3 Send CFG Change Notice to Controller
9 23:29:33.4 NVRAM Flash Task Wakeup Event Sent
9 23:28:35.7 Download complete in 0.1 secs [60000
9 23:28:35.5 Download config.cfg by Controller

bps]

bps]
- PASS

bps]
- PASS

bps]
- PASS
bps]

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

5-268

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router) ip address table
Use the status (router) ip address table command to display the current IP address table for
the specified Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} ip address table
["profile-name"]
Example: status 5 ip address table
>

status 5 ip address table
ROUTER BLADE IP ADDRESSES REPORT Slot-5

Adit50 has learned 2 IP Addresses from 1 Port.
Display: 
Learned From: 

IP Address

MAC Address

120.0.0.10
192.168.3.196

00E09701E574

Example: status 5 ip address table "Adit50"
> status 5 ip address table "Adit50"
ROUTER BLADE IP ADDRESSES REPORT Slot-5
Adit50 has learned 2 IP Addresses
Display: 
Learned From: 

1.
2.

Static
Direct

IP Address

MAC Address

120.0.0.10
192.168.3.196

00E09701E574

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-269

CLI Commands
status

status (router) ip network table
Use the status (router) ip network table command to display the current table of learned IP
Networks for the specified interface on the Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} ip network table
["profile-name"]
Example: status 5 ip network table
> status 5 ip network table
ROUTER BLADE IP NETWORKS REPORT Slot-5
Total Entries-3 on 2 Ports
Display:  Learned From: 

Subnet Mask
Metric Next Gateway
Port Name
255.255.255.0
1
LosAngeles
255.0.0.0
1
192.136.43.52
Local LAN
255.255.255.0
1
192.168.3.196
Local LAN

Example: status 5 ip network table "Adit50"
> status 5 ip network table "Adit50"
ROUTER BLADE IP NETWORKS REPORT Slot-5
Total Entries-2 on Local LAN
Display:  Learned From: 
Network
1. Static 100.0.0.0
2. Direct 192.168.3.0

Subnet Mask
255.0.0.0
255.255.255.0

Metric Next Gateway
Frame
1
192.136.43.52
Eth II
1
192.168.3.196
Eth II

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

5-270

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router) ipx network table
Use the status (router) ipx network table command to display the current table of learned IPX
Networks for the specified interface on the Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} ipx network table
["profile-name"]
Example: status 5 ipx network table
> status 5 ipx network table
ROUTER BLADE IPX NETWORKS REPORT Slot-5
Total Entries-4 on 1 Ports
Display:  Learned From: 

Port Name Frame Type
LosAngeles
802.3
LosAngeles
802.2
LosAngeles
SNAP
LosAngeles Eth II

Example: status 5 ipx network table "Adit50"
> status 5 ipx network table "Adit50"
ROUTER BLADE IPX NETWORKS REPORT Slot-5
Total Entries-0 on Local LAN
Display:  Learned From: 
Network Hops Ticks
No Records to Display...

Next IPX Router

Frame Type

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-271

CLI Commands
status

status (router) ipx server table
Use the status (router) ipx server table command to display the current table of learned IPX
Servers for the specified interface on the Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} ipx server table
["profile-name"]
Example: status 4 ipx server table
> status 4 ipx server table
ROUTER BLADE IPX SERVERS REPORT Slot-4
Total Entries-0 on 0 Ports
Display:  Learned From: 
Frame Type

No Records to Display...

Example: status 5 ipx server table "Adit50"
> status 5 ipx server table "Adit50"
ROUTER BLADE IPX SERVERS REPORT Slot-5
Total Entries-0 on Local LAN
Display:  Learned From: 
Network

Hops Type Name

Frame Type

No Records to Display...

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

5-272

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router) log
Use the status (router) log command to display the log of all CMG events. This command
applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: status {cmg_card-addr} log
["profile-name"]
Example: status 5 log
> status 4 log
CMG LOG REPORT Slot-4
Date
Time
Event Type Trans ID Chan Event Description
------ ----------- ---------- --------- ---- ------------------

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.
["profile-name"]
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-273

CLI Commands
status

status (router) mac address table
Use the status (router) mac address table command to display the current table of learned
MAC Addresses for the specified interface on the Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} mac address table
["profile-name"]
Example: status 5 mac address table
> status 5 mac address table
ROUTER BLADE MAC ADDRESSES REPORT Slot-5
Adit50 has learned 2 MAC Addresses from 1 Port.
Display: 
Learned From: 

MAC Address
Direct 00E09701E574
Static 00E09700E9CD

Example: status 5 mac address table "Adit50"
> status 5 mac address table "Adit50"
ROUTER BLADE MAC ADDRESSES REPORT Slot-5
Adit50 has learned 2 MAC Addresses
Display: 
Learned From: 

1.
2.

MAC Address
Direct 00E09701E574
Static 00E09700E9CD

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.
["profile-name"]
The profile name for the Router interface that is used to reach this destination. Name must
be enclosed in quotes, with a maximum length of 11 characters.

5-274

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router) mgcp
Use the status (router) mgcp command to display counts of all MGCP sent and received return
codes, internal errors and other statistics. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: status {cmg_card-addr} mgcp
Example: status 4 mgcp
> status 4 mgcp
CMG MGCP REPORT Slot-4
MGCP Status and Statistics
Call Agent Communications State:
Statistics:
Item
------------------MGCP:
Tot Msgs Sent
Tot Msgs Rcvd
Tot ACKs Sent
Tot ACKs Rcvd

Connected

Count
-----

Item
Count
------------------- -----

0
0
0
0

Sent Msgs not ACKed
Errored Msgs Rcvd
Prot Err ACKs Sent
Negative ACKs Rcvd
Msg Retries

Total Protocol Errors:

0
0
0
0
0

0

Return Codes Sent Rcvd Description
------------ ----- ----- ----------------------------------None

{cmg_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-275

CLI Commands
status

status (router) performance
Use the status (router) performance command to display the current runtime statistics from
the specified Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} performance
Example: status 5 performance
> status 5 performance
ROUTER BLADE PERFORMANCE REPORT Slot-5
Run-time Statistics for Adit50.
LAN Packet Totals:
WAN Packet Totals:
Remote’s
Name
LosAngeles

Received 0
Received 0

Forwarded
to WAN
0 pps

Transmitted 0
Transmitted 0

Errors 0
Errors 0

Throughput
Comp. Ratio
to/from WAN
to/from WAN
0 /0
bps
/

Remote
conns.
0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

5-276

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router) stp
Use the status (router) stp command to display the current Spanning Tree state from the
specified Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_card-addr} stp
Example: status 5 stp
> status 5 stp
ROUTER BLADE SPANNING TREE PROTOCOL REPORT Slot-5
STP Stats
No Enabled STP Ports Detected.
STP View
Bridge Priority: 32768 Address:00E09701E574
Root Priority: 32768 Address:00E09701E574
Root Port: 0 Path Cost 0

{rtr_card-addr}
The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router (IP or CMG) card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-277

CLI Commands
status

status (router-lan)
Use the status (router-lan) command to display the current Router status information.
Syntax: status {rtr_lan-addr}
Example: status 5:1
The example displays status of the Router card in slot 5.
> status 5:1
SLOT 5:
Status for RTR Port 1:
Run Status:
Collision Alarm:
Link Alarm:
Alarm LED:
10/100 LED:
Link LED:
Collision LED:
Transmit LED:
Receive LED:

Running
NO
YES
Red
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

{rtr_lan-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) address is in the form {slot:port|slot "profile-name"}.

5-278

slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

profile-name

Existing WAN identifier, enclosed in quotes.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (router-trunk)
Use the status (router-trunk) command to display the current status information for the
specified Trunk on the Router card.
Syntax: status {rtr_trunk-addr}
Example: status 5:1:1-4
> status 5:1:1-4
SLOT 5:
Status for RTR 1
Link Alarm:
SLOT 5:
Status for RTR 1
Link Alarm:
SLOT 5:
Status for RTR 1
Link Alarm:
SLOT 5:
Status for RTR 1
Link Alarm:

Trunk 1:
NO
Trunk 2:
NO
Trunk 3:
NO
Trunk 4:
NO

{rtr_trunk-addr}
The Router (IP or CMG) trunk address is in the form {slot:port:trunk}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the Router card.

port

Port number.

trunk

Trunk number, a range or "all" can be used here. Port numbers are 1-24.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-279

CLI Commands
status

status (router-voice)
Use the status (router-voice) command to display the status of service, calls, signaling,
connections, call agent communications and telephony statistics for a CMG router voice
channel. This command applies to the CMG Router card only.
Syntax: status {cmg_voice-addr}
Example: status 5:1:1:3
CMG VoIP CHANNEL REPORT Slot-5
VoIP Channel 3:
Endpoint ID:
Admin State:
Oper State:
Call State:
Call Direction:

aaln/3
Normal
Normal
Call In Progress
Incoming

Signaling Status:
Hookswitch State:
Off Hook
Last Events Requested: L/hd(N)
Current Digit Map:
x.[#T]
Call/Connection Status for Connection ID 1:
Leg # In Conference: 0
Call ID:
1
Caller ID Number:
Caller ID Name:
RTP Payload Type:
0
Connection Mode:
Receive Only
Local RTP Socket:
192.168.24.193:30000
Remote RTP Socket:
0.0.0.0:0
Algorithm In Use:
None
Rx Gain
0 dB
Tx Gain
0 dB
Connection Statistics
Packets Sent:
0
Packets Rcvd:
0
Payld Octets Sent: 0
Payld Octets Rcvd: 0
Dropped Packets:
0
Jitter:
0

5-280

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status
Delay:

0

Call Agent Communications Status for this Endpoint:
Notified Entity:
[192.168.24.228]:2427
Comm State:
Up
Last Cmd Rcvd:
CRCX
From:
192.168.24.228:2427
Last Cmd Sent:
NTFY
Telephony Statistics
Item
-------------Offhooks
Onhooks
Seizures
Tone Digits
Pulse Digits

Count
----1
0
2
0
0

{cmg_voice-addr}
In the form {slot:voip:channel}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the CMG card.

voip

To designate VoIP 1:1 is used.

channel

Channel number for the router is 1-48, range or all

status sessions
Use the status sessions command to display the current status of all active CLI sessions.
Syntax: status sessions
Example: status sessions
> status sessions
Session
User
Login Port
------------------* CLI
paul
RS-232
* indicates current session

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

5-281

CLI Commands
status

status (v35)
Use the status (v35) to display the current near-end line status of the V.35 card.
Syntax: status {v35-addr}
Example: status 2:1
The example displays status of port 1 (V.35) on slot 2
> status 2:1
SLOT 2:
Status for V35 PORT 1:
DCD:
Low
CTS
Low
DSR:
Low
RTS:
Low
DTR:
Low

{v35-addr}
In the form of {slot|slot:port}.
slot

The slot number (1-6) that contains the V.35 card

port

Port number or range.

Display Descriptions
DCD CTS DSR RTS DTR -

5-282

Data Carrier Detect indicates port is receiving a carrier signal
Clear to Send indicates port is ready to receive data
Data Set Ready indicates port is ready to send data
Request to Send
Data Terminal Ready

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
status

status (v54)
Use the status (v54) to display the current near-end line status of the V.54 card.
Syntax: status {v54-addr}
Example: status 3:all
The example displays status of all ports (V.54) on slot 3.
> status 3:all
SLOT 3:
Status for V35 PORT 1:
DCD:
Low
CTS:
Low
DSR:
Low
RTS:
Low
DTR:
Low
BERT:
N/A
SLOT 3:
Status for V35 PORT 2:
DCD:
Low
CTS:
Low
DSR:
Low
RTS:
Low
DTR:
Low
BERT:
N/A

{v54-addr}
slot
port

The slot number (1-6) that contains the V.54 card
Port number or range.

Display Descriptions
DCD CTS DSR RTS DTR BERT -

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Data Carrier Detect indicates port is receiving a carrier signal
Clear to Send indicates port is ready to receive data
Data Set Ready indicates port is ready to send data
Request to Send
Data Terminal Ready
Bit Error Rate Test

5-283

CLI Commands
store

store
The store command is used to upload a software file from a defined slot to a defined location
on a PC, via TFTP. Currently uploads for general use are only permitted for the Controller and
Router card configuration files.
Syntax: store {number} tftp {ip-addr} {"file-name"}
Example: store 5 tftp 192.168.2.35 "d:\AditBackup\file.cfg"
Filename: d:\AditBackup\file.cfg
Source IP Address: 198.162.3.196
Target IP Address: 192.168.43.52
Source Card Slot:
5
Source Card Type:
RTRx1
’store tftp’ will be executed with the above parameters.
A TFTP server must be running on the host system.
Do you really want to do this? y
Card software download in progress. Please be patient...
Software transfer command completed.

{number}
Slot number (1 to 6) that you are uploading the software from.
{ip-addr}
Host IP address in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a number from 1 to 255. If
not supplied, the host IP address from the database will be used.
{"file-name"}
This will name the configuration file that you are storing. File must be a .cfg file and
enclosed in quotes.

5-284

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CLI Commands
telnet

telnet
telnet (router)
Use the telnet (router) command to establish a Telnet session from the Compact T1 CLI to the
Router card menu-driven user interface.
Syntax: telnet {rtr-addr}
Example: telnet 1
The example will Telnet into a Router in Slot 1.
> telnet 3
Connected.
Escape character is ’^]’.
Attempting Router connection...
Router [Wed Apr 24, 2002 13:00:15] ( to login)
Password >******
Select a terminal type...
( or  to toggle,  to accept)
Terminal: 

{rtr-addr}
The Router address is in the form {slot|slot:port}.
slot
Slot location (1 - 6) of a Router (IP or CMG) card.
port

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Port number of a Router is 1. Note: only required on IP Router when
release 1.1 or earlier.

5-285

CLI Commands
telnet

5-286

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
T1 Controller Card

In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Configuration

-

CLI Commands
DIP Switch Settings

n

LEDs

n

DS0 Management (IP over DS0)

n

TR-08 Mode 1

T1 Controller Card
Overview

Overview
The Compact T1 with the Dual T1 Controller Card offers a cost-effective, compact
solution that delivers a wide range of services from both wireline and wireless access
networks. The T1 Controller Card includes two T1 ports with integrated CSUs and a
built-in 1/0 cross-connect matrix providing full, non-blocking connectivity between the
T1 Controller Card and any of the six service card slots. The total T1 capacity can be
increased to 18 network access trunks or drop-and-insert user connections by adding a
full complement of Quad T1 Service Cards.
The Compact T1 offers a modular design that includes the T1 Controller Card
(required) and an array of available service cards. This flexibility allows the Compact
T1 to function in a variety of applications, including:
l 1 to 18 T1 multi-service digital cross-connect system
l 48 FXS/FXO/DPT channel bank
l 24 FXS Voice over IP (VoIP) Customer Media Gateway (CMG)
l 40 ISDN BRI shelf
l 6 Ethernet IP Router/WAN nest
l 2 to 12 V.35 or synchronous RS-232 port drop-and-insert CSU/DSU
l 1 to 24 OCU-DP digital data service (DDS) delivery device

The modular Compact T1 platform also allows service providers to scale across service
types, network architectures, and bandwidth requirements to fit a dynamic service
delivery environment. Service cards provide the physical, electrical, and logical
connections for either customer service demarcations or network access. Any service
card can be placed in any service card slot. In addition, the (CMG) Service Card
enables the Compact T1 to provide a cost-effective migration path to packet-based
softswitching infrastructures using the MGCP protocol for both existing TDM-based
infrastructures and Greenfield VoIP applications.
The T1 Controller Card has several local and remote management options available.
The card can be configured and managed locally using the front-panel DIP switches or
the Command Line Interface (CLI). Front-panel LEDs quickly communicate alarm
and T1 line status, as well as mode of operation. Remote management is accomplished
directly either over an in-band DS0 management channel or via a separate SNMP
Ethernet connection.

6-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

T1 Controller Card
Features

Features
l Allows any service connection or network access line to be deployed in any slot
l Provides integrated 18 T1 port digital cross-connect for service grooming and
l
l

l
l

restoration
Supplies integrated dual T1 CSU/DSUs and SNMP management on the
Controller
Support for VoIP services through the Customer Media Gateway (CMG) Service
Card (Note: CMG configuration assumes 5 CMG + 1 QT1, 24 channels per CMG
Card using G.711 @ 20 ms and 48 channels per CMG Card using over
subscription)
Enables remote SNMP and Telnet provisioning, monitoring, and testing of
services and network conditions
D4 PLAR to loop start conversion

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

6-3

T1 Controller Card
Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Product Includes
l 18 T1 port built-in, non-blocking 1/0 Digital Cross-connect System
l Robbed-bit (voice) and clear channel (data) signaling on the same T1
l TR-08 signaling configured as either AB, BB, A or B
l Integral dual T1 ports that support drop-and-insert applications
l T1.231 performance monitoring statistics: Ninety-six 15 minute segments

(24 hour period)
l Performance Report Messages
l PBX trunk signaling, E&M to loop start and ground start conversion
l Analog voice signaling, CLASS features such as Call Waiting, Call Forwarding,

Calling Party Disconnect and DNIS/DID
l Front-panel LED indicators for T1 status, major and minor alarms, remote/local

management mode, and Alarm Cut-Off status
l Controller support for IP router card code download through its Ethernet

management port
l Configurations automatically stored in non-volatile memory
l D4 PLAR to loop start conversion
l SNMP agent, supporting MIB objects:
- RFC 1213 (MIB-II)
- RFC 1659 (V.35)
- RFC 1907 (SNMPv2-MIB)
- RFC 2011 (IP-MIB)
- RFC 2233 (IF-MIB)

- RFC 2493
- RFC 2494 (DS0-MIB)
- RFC 2495 (DS1-MIB)
- RFC 2571 (SNMP)

Advanced Features
l RADIUS Login Authentication
l Syslog
l NTP

6-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

T1 Controller Card
Technical Specifications

Management
l Local

- Simple setup using front panel DIP switches for channel bank applications
- RS-232 craft port interface drives up to 50 ft. (15.24 m) cable, and provides a
Command Line Interface (CLI) using ASCII terminal or PC with terminal
emulation software, modem using XMODEM or PPP sessions
l Remote
- 10Base-T Ethernet management port provides
• Local IP management connectivity
• RJ-45 connector mounted on rear panel of chassis
• 10Base-T link LED status indicator
• IP management over a dedicated DS0 bearer channel
l Integrated TFTP client for remote download of controller software upgrades
l CLI offers three levels of password controlled security

Network T1 Interface
l Selectable single or dual T1 ports operating at 1.544 Mbps ±50 bps
l Expansion to 18 T1s in a single chassis using Quad T1 Service cards
l SF (D4) and ESF framing
l AMI or B8ZS line coding
l Short or long-haul loop settings
l Integrated CSU function
l Line build out (DSX-1): 655 feet
l Receive sensitive (DS1): 0 to -22.5 dB
l Jitter and wander ITU-T B.824 (3/93)
l Channel status LEDs
l Two RJ-48C connectors on rear panel of chassis
l Solid-state (fuseless) overvoltage and overcurrent T1 line protection meets

Telcordia GR-1089-CORE intra-building lightning/power cross limits
l CAS signaling options

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

6-5

T1 Controller Card
Technical Specifications

Service Interfaces Supported
l IP Router card (supports up to 24 WAN connections per card)
l Customer Media Gateway (CMG) Service card (to support VoIP)
l FXO/DPT 8-channel Voice Service card
l FXS 8-channel Voice Service card
l ISDN BRI 2, 4 and 8-channel Service cards
l Dual V.35 and Dual V.35/V.54 Service cards
l Quad T1 Network Access/Drop-and-Insert Service card
l OCU-DP Single and 4 port Service cards

Network Standards
l AT&T Pub 54016, TR 62411
l ANSI T1-403, T1.102, T1.231

Clocking
l Loop-timed from any T1
l Revertive clock switching provides automatic backup to secondary T1 should the

primary T1 fail
l Operates as a Stratum 4E device

Alarms
l One major and one minor alarm output
l One alarm input
l Alarm contacts accessible from external alarm connector
l All alarms are logged in an event log
l Loss of AC power triggers minor alarm
l Generates SNMP traps for alarming (MIB objects)

6-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

T1 Controller Card
Technical Specifications

Testing and Diagnostics
l Standard T1 line and payload loopbacks
l T1.231 performance history

Power Consumption
l 4 W maximum

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l FCC Part 68
l NEBS Level 3 certified

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A
l CS-03

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 1 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 2.5 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 5.7 oz. (.16 kg)
For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

6-7

T1 Controller Card
Configuration

Configuration
Options on the Controller card are set by the DIP switches or the Command Line
Interface (CLI).

NOTE: The default IP address for the Controller is 10.0.0.10.

CLI Commands
The following commands are used to configure the Controller card. For detailed
information on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.
l
l
l
l
l

l
l

l
l
l

6-8

connect
Creates two-way connections between channels
disconnect
Removes a connection created by the connect command
set clock
Sets the primary and secondary transmit clock
set date
Sets the date for the system
set (ds1)
Sets up the DS1 interfaces (up, down, bpviolation, fdl, framing, id string,
lbo, line loopup, linecode, loopdetect, payload, threshold)
set ipds0
Sets up the DS0 management channel (assign, disable, down, IP address, up)
show (ds1)
Displays current settings for DS1 (circuit ID, up, down, framing, line
coding, clock source, line build out, loop code detection, loop back, fdl type)
show ipds0
Displays the settings for the DS0 management channel
status (ds1)
Displays the status of the DS1 (receive, transmit, loopback)
status ipds0
Display the status of the DS0 management channel

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

T1 Controller Card
Configuration

DIP Switch Settings
On the front of the TDM Controller card are DIP switches you can use to configure the
unit locally.
Switch

Function

Description

ACO

Alarm Cut
Off

0 = Alarm contacts enabled (close when alarm occurs).
Default.
1 = Alarm contacts disabled (open).

ST

Self Test

0 = Normal operation. Default.
1 = Perform Self Test.

OPT

Spare

RST

Reset

0 = User-configured operation. Default.
1 = Reset configuration to factory defaults, and reset CLI
password.

T1-1
T2-1

Line Coding

0 = B8ZS. Default.
1 = AMI

T1-2
T2-2

Line
Loopback

0 = Loopback off. Default.
1 = Loopback on

T1 3-4
T2 3-4

Framing

0 = ESF (Extended Superframe). Default.
1 = D4

T1 5 - 6
T2 5 - 6

Signaling

Switch 3

Switch 4

Switch 5

Switch 6

0

1

1

1

TR-08 A-Shelf with FDL, 16-bit Alarm frame

1

0

0

0

TR-08 A-Shelf with FDL, 13-bit Alarm frame

1

0

0

1

TR-08 A-Shelf with FDL disabled

1

0

1

0

TR-08 B-Shelf

0

0

0

0

Loop Start/Ground Start. Default.

0

0

0

1

E&M Immediate Start with ringback. (used for D3 PLAR
and DPT)

0

0

1

0

E&M Immediate Start with ringback and Calling Party
Disconnect (CPD)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Setting

6-9

T1 Controller Card
LEDs

LEDs
The T1 Controller has a set of six LEDs you can use to troubleshoot your Compact T1.
The table below describes each LED.
LED

State

Description

MAJOR

Off

No major alarms present

Red

Major alarm present

Off

No minor alarms present

Yellow

Minor alarms present

Off

Remote mode (DIP switches disabled)

Green

Local mode (DIP switches enabled)

Off

Normal mode. No alarms are being
suppressed.

Yellow

Alarm cutoff active. One or more active
alarms suppressed.

Off

Off line

Green

Normal

Red

Loss of Signal (LOS) detected

Yellow

Bipolar Violation (BPV) detected

Flashing Green

Loopback active

Flashing Red

Loss of Frame (LOF) or Alarm Indication
Signal (AIS) detected

Flashing Yellow

Yellow alarm (Remote Alarm Indication)
detected.

MINOR

LOCAL

ACO

T1-1 and
T1-2

0 (Off) 1 (On)

6-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

T1 Controller Card
DS0 Management (IP over DS0)

DS0 Management (IP over DS0)
The DS0 Management Channel provides SNMP management and remote access. The
IPDS0 feature allows for full Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP) connectivity to remote Compact T1 and can be used for Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) trap reporting and configuration, Trivial File Transfer
Protocol (TFTP) upgrades of Controllers and Service cards, and remote telnet access.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

6-11

T1 Controller Card
TR-08 Mode 1

TR-08 Mode 1
The Compact T1 TR-08 will provide Mode 1 non-concentrated integrated service to the
Compact T1 platform. The TR-08/SLC-96 interface will allow a direct T1 physical
connection to a TR-08 capable digital switch, eliminating the need for an exchange
office end platform.
Each TR-08 provisioned T1 will handle the signaling throughput for 24 DS0 voice
channels. With T1-1 provisioned as an A shelf and T1-2 provisioned as a B shelf, the
Compact T1 will provide 48 DS0 voice channels with alarm reporting capability for
both shelves.
The TR-08 options can be provisioned either through CLI or controller front panel DIP
switches. When a T1 is provisioned to be TR-08, it’s respective set of service card slots
(T1-1 slots 1-3, T1-2 slots 4-6) will be nailed-up to the T1’s DS0s per TR-08 Mode 1.
Each T1 can be configured to be an A shelf or B shelf. The A shelf will carry alarm
information over FDL for the A and B shelf cards. The following combinations can be
set up:
l Single A shelf
l Two A shelves
l A and B shelf
l TR-08 provisioned T1 and a ESF provisioned T1

The A shelf can be set for FDL or no FDL and either alarm frame format 13 or 16 can
be selected. This selection can be done either by CLI (see set (ds1) in Chapter 5) or for
DIP switch settings (see DIP Switch Settings on page 6-9).

6-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

T1 Controller Card
TR-08 Mode 1

Compact
T1 TR-08
Adit 600 TDM TR-08
Power Supply

Customer
Premise
Equipment
(CPE)

Linecard
T1-1

Digital
Switch

Linecard
Linecard

T1-2

Linecard
Linecard
Linecard
TDM Controller

Compact T1 TR-08 Configuration

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

6-13

T1 Controller Card
TR-08 Mode 1

6-14

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
FXO Voice Card

In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

-

CLI Commands
DIP Switch Settings

n

LEDs

n

Channel Associated Signaling (CAS)
Conversions

FXO Voice Card
Overview

Overview
The FXO Voice Service card provides high-density provisioning of reliable Foreign
Exchange Office (FXO) or Direct Inward Dialing (DID) telephone services. Eight FXO
or Dial Pulse Terminate (DPT) telephone line channels can be deployed on each FXO
Service card. These cards can be inserted into any slot of the Compact T1 six-slot
chassis, and up to 96 lines in two side-by-side chassis occupying just two rack units of
space.
The FXO function sinks battery current and detects ringing voltage originating from
the central office or PBX line, enabling the transport of dial tone and calling features
to remote locations. When configured as a DPT interface, the channels sink and detect
forward and reverse line current, emulating the functions of a central office DID line.
DID service provides the necessary dialed digits to ring a telephone extension directly
through a PBX, without requiring attendant intervention. DPT and FXO functions are
also used with Automatic Call Distributor (ACD), voice mail, and Computer
Telephony Integration (CTI) applications.
A unique range of software-controlled signaling capabilities connects virtually any
type of 20 wire battery-sink telephone line service. Supported features include caller
ID, calling party disconnect, distinctive ringing, ground start, and E&M signaling
conversion. Automatic impedance balancing provides echo-free service connections
across a wide range of customer equipment and line conditions. V.90 transmission
ensures optimal dial-up modem performance.
As a component of the Compact T1 platform, the FX0 Service card as several local and
remote management options available through the Compact T1 Controller. The card
can be locally configured and managed using the front-panel DIP switches or the
Command Line Interface (CLI). Front-panel LEDs indicate call progress and channel
status.

7-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXO Voice Card
Features

Features
l Delivers FXO or DID telephone services from T1 access circuits
l Supports CLASS services including Caller ID, Calling Party Disconnect and

Distinctive Ringing
l Provides up to 48 FXO or DPT voice lines in one chassis, or up to 96 lines in two
side-by-side Compact T1s occupying just two rack units of equipment space (19
inch rack)
l Complies with NEBS Level 3 standards for loop range and ringing protection for
end office and customer premises
l Offers fuseless overvoltage and overcurrent protection to minimize service calls
from lightning and power cross incidents

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 1.2.2 or higher is required

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

7-3

FXO Voice Card
Technical Specifications

FXO Transmission Performance
l Return Loss: ERL > 26 dB, SRL > 18 dB with respect to 900Ω

+ 2.16µF
l Transhybrid Loss: ERL > 26 dB, SRL > 18 dB with respect to 900Ω + 2.16µF
l Idle Noise: A/D < 16 dBrnC0, D/A, 12 dBrnC0
l Crosstalk Coupling: < 70 dB at 0 dBrn0
l Signal/Distortion: > 35 dB with 1004 Hz, 0 dBm0 input
l Overload: +3.0 dBm/900Ω

l Frequency Response: +0.3 dB -1.0 dB from 300 to 3400 Hz
l Encoding: µ-law 255 for U.S. and Canada as defined in CCITT G.711 and G.712
l Terminating Impedance: 900Ω + 2.16µF
l Transmit Gain/Loss: +7 to -9 dB, switch selectable per card
l Receive Gain/Loss: +7 to -9 dB, switch selectable per card
l Modem Support: Full compatibility with V.90 modems

FXO Signaling Performance
l DC Loop Range: > 1600Ω loop or ground start
l Ringer Equivalency Number (REN): 0.4B (AC)
l Ringing Voltage Detection: detects Class A ringing follows distinctive ringing
l FXO DC Resistance: 100Ω
l Maximum DC: 150 mA
l Overvoltage: UL 1950, FCC Part 68 lightning protection
l Overcurrent: 600 V rms, 60 Amps
l Protection: solid-state (fuseless) overvoltage and over current protection
l Termination Type: FXO loop start or ground start, switch selectable per card or

via management interface per channel
l Signaling Selection: DPT functionality enabled/disabled on all 8 channels
l Address Signaling: DTMF or dial pulse
l Calling Party Disconnect: detects and forwards current interruption to disconnect
answering devices and modems

7-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXO Voice Card
Technical Specifications

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l FCC Part 68
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A
l CS-03

Physical
l Connections made on RJ21-X telco connector rear panel
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 9.1 oz. (.26 kg)
For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

7-5

FXO Voice Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
The FXO voice card can be configured, using DIP switches on the card, to support
either FXO loop start or FXO ground start signaling, with various transmit and receive
attenuation options.
Note that the attenuation settings you configure via DIP switches apply to all eight
channels on a card. If you want different attenuation options for individual channels,
use the Command Line Interface to configure your FXO channels.

CLI Commands
The following commands are used to configure the FXO card. For detailed information
on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.
l
l
l
l
l

l

7-6

connect
Creates two-way connections between channels
disconnect
Removes a connection created by the connect command
set (fxo)
To setup the voice channels parameters (rx gain, signal, tx gain)
show (fxo)
Displays the settings (type, signaling, RxGain, TxGain) for the FXO
status (ds0)
Displays the status (AB bits received, AB bits transmitted, signal, trunk
processing) of the DS0s (AB Bit Monitoring)
status (fxo)
Displays the status (AB bits received, AB bits transmitted, signal, T1
activity, trunk processing) of the specified FXO (AB Bit Monitoring)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXO Voice Card
Card Configuration

DIP Switch Settings
Each FXO card contains ten DIP switches that can be used to select signaling options
for all eight channels.

Switch

Function

Description

1-2

Signal
Type

12

Receive
Gain/Loss

3456

Transmit
Gain/Loss

7 8 9 10

3-6

7-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Note

0 0 = FXO Loop Start
1 0 = FXO Ground Start
0 1 = DPT (use with
E&M setting on T1)
1 1 = FXO Loop Start
with Calling Party
Disconnect

0 0 0 0 = 0 dB
0 0 0 1 = -9 dB
0 0 1 0 = +2 dB
0 1 0 0 = +3 dB
1 0 0 0 = +4 dB

0 0 0 0 = 0 dB
0 0 0 1 = -9 dB
0 0 1 0 = +2 dB
0 1 0 0 = +3 dB
1 0 0 0 = +4 dB

These settings allow for
receive gain and losses of -9,
-7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, and 7.
+9 (1110) is not available.

These settings allow for
transmit gain and losses of 9, -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, and 7.
+9 (1110) is not available.

7-7

FXO Voice Card
LEDs

LEDs
Each FXO port on a card has its own LED, described in the table below.

7-8

State

Loop Start
Meaning

Ground Start
Meaning

Dial Pulse Termination
Meaning

Off

N/A

Idle (tip open)

Idle (loop open)

Green

Idle

Tip ground
(incoming seizure)

Incoming seizure

Red

N/A

Ring ground
(outgoing seizure)

Loop closure (outgoing
seizure)

Yellow

Call in progress

Call in progress

Call in progress (reverse
battery)

Flashing
green

Ringing

Ringing

N/A

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXO Voice Card
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions

Channel Associated Signaling (CAS)
Conversions
Cross-connects are done at a DS0 level. The following rules need to be kept in mind
while performing cross-connects for a FXO voice card.
FXO Analog

DS0

LS

GS

DPT

LSCPD

N

N

N

N

LS

Y

N

N

Y

GS

N

Y

N

N

EMDW

N

N

N

N

EMI

N

N

Y

N

EMICPD

N

N

N

N

EMW

N

N

N

N

VoIP Port
LS
T1 DS0

DPT = Dial Pulse Termination
EMDW = E&M Delayed Wink start
EMI = E&M Immediate start
EMICPD = E&M Immediate Start with Calling Party Disconnect
EMW = E&M Wink start
GS = Ground Start
GSRB = Ground Start with Reverse Battery
LS = Loop Start
LSCPD = Loop Start Calling Party Disconnect
LSRB = Loop Start with Reverse Battery
VoIP = Voice over IP (CMG only)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

7-9

FXO Voice Card
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions

7-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
FXS Voice Card

In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

-

CLI Commands
DIP Switch Settings

n

LEDs

n

Channel Associated Signaling (CAS)
Conversions

FXS Voice Card
Overview

Overview
The FXS Voice Service card provides high-density provisioning of cost-effective
telephone services. Eight Foreign Exchange Station (FXS) telephone line channels can
be deployed on each FXS Voice Service card. These cards can be inserted into any card
slot of the six-slot Compact T1. This allows the provisioning of up to 48 FXS lines in
a single chassis and up to 96 lines in two side-by-side units occupying just two rack
units of space.
A unique range of software-controlled signaling capabilities connects virtually any
type of 2-wire battery-feed telephone line service. FXS loop start or ground start
interfaces provide either outside (external) phone lines or on-premises (internal)
business line services. Supported features include caller ID, calling party disconnect,
distinctive ringing, three-way calling, and E&M signaling conversion. Automatic
impedance balancing provides echo-free service connections for a wide range of
customer equipment and line conditions. V.90 transmission ensures optimal dial-up
modern performance.
As a component of the Compact T1 platform, the FXS service card has several local
and remote management options available through the Controller. The card can be
locally configured and managed using the front-panel DIP switches or the Command
Line Interface (CLI). Front-panel LEDs quickly communicate call progress and
channel status.

8-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXS Voice Card
Features

Features
l Supports CLASS services including Caller ID, Calling Party Disconnect and
l
l
l
l
l

Distinctive Ringing
Provides up to 48 FXS voice lines in one chassis or up to 96 lines in two side-byside units occupying just two rack units of equipment space (19-inch rack)
Complies with NEBS Level 3 standards for loop range and ringing protection for
end office and customer premises
Offers fuseless overvoltage and overcurrent protection to minimize service calls
from lightning and power cross incidents
Minimizes power consumption for high-density service delivery with automatic
battery voltage switching
Selectable impedence and CODEC types

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

8-3

FXS Voice Card
Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 1.50 or higher is required for the FXS 5G card

FXS Transmission Performance
l Return Loss: ERL > 28 dB, SRL > 20 dB with respect to 900Ω

+ 2.16µF
l Transhybrid Loss: ERL > 28 dB, SRL > 20 dB with respect to 900Ω + 2.16µF
l Idle Noise: A/D < 15 dBrnC0, D/A, < 10 dBrnC0
l Crosstalk Coupling: < 80 dBm0 at 0 dBrnC0
l Signal/Distortion: > 45 dB with 1004 Hz, 0 dBm0 input
l Terminating Impedance: 900Ω + 2.16µF
l Transhybrid Impedance: automatic
l Transmit Gain/Loss: +6 to -12 in .25 increments, switch selectable per card or

management selectable per channel
l Receive Gain/Loss: +6 to -12 in .25 increments, switch selectable per card or

management selectable per channel
l Overload: +3.0 dBm/90
l Frequency Response: +0 dB -1.0 dB from 300 to 3400 Hz
l Longitudinal Balance: >63 dB per IEEE 455 and FCC Part 68
l Modem Support: Full compatibility with V.90 modems

8-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXS Voice Card
Technical Specifications

FXS Signaling Performance
l DC Loop Range: 1000Ω standard, 1600Ω extended
l Loop Feed: Nominal -48 VDC with 31mA current limit for long loops, -36 VDC
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

l
l

l

@ 27mA for short loops with automatic battery switching
Off-Hook Detection: Detects tip or ring currents > 6mA
Ring Ground: Detects ring ground currents > 8mA
Ringing Voltage: All-channel simultaneous ringing power, 85 V rms, 20 Hz
Maximum Ringers: 5 REN, FCC Class B ringers
Internal Ringing Cadence: Ringing cadence is 2 seconds on, 4 seconds off for
E&M wink start conversion modes
Control Technique: Solid-state with no mechanical relays
Overvoltage: UL 1950, FCC Part 68 lightning protection
Overcurrent: 600 V rms, 60 Amps
Supports CLASS features such as calling party ID, three-way calling, and
distinctive ringing
Calling Party Disconnect: Calling party (forward) disconnect provides 2 second
current interruption to disconnect answering devices and modems - requires
E&M signaling service on the T1
FXS Signaling: FXS loop start or FXS ground start with LS/GS selection per
channel
FXSDN Signaling: E&M immediate or wink start to either loop start or ground
start conversion with ringback tone for carrier services such as Megacom®,
Flexpath®, DSS®, VPN®, VNET®, etc. Wink delay for advanced ANI/DNIS 800
number services
Ringer Equivalency Number (REN): 0.0 by definition

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

8-5

FXS Voice Card
Technical Specifications

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

Physical
l Connections made on RJ-21X telco connector rear panel
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 5.8 oz. (.16 kg)
For information on Environment required, see Installation Environment on page 2- 2.

8-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXS Voice Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
The FXS voice card can be configured, using DIP switches on the card, to support
either FXS loopstart or FXS groundstart signaling, with various transmit and receive
attenuation options.
Note that the attenuation settings configured via DIP switches apply to all eight
channels. For different attenuation options for individual channels, use the CLI.

CLI Commands
The following commands are used to configure the FXS cards. For detailed information
on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.
l
l
l

l

l
l

connect
Creates two-way connections between channels
disconnect
Removes a connection created by the connect command
set (fxs5G)
To setup the voice channels parameters of a FXS 5G card (rx gain, signal, tx
gain, impedance and wink time)
show (fxs5G)
Displays the settings (type, signaling, rx gain, tx gain, impedance, wink
time) for the FXS 5G
show impedance
Displays the impedance settings for FXS 5G cards
status (fxs5G)
Displays the status (AB bits received, AB bits transmitted, signal, T1
activity, trunk processing) of the specified FXS (AB Bit Monitoring)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

8-7

FXS Voice Card
Card Configuration

DIP Switch Settings
Each FXS card contains ten DIP switches that can be used to select signaling options
for all eight channels.

Switch

Function

Description

1-2

Signal
Type

12

Receive
Gain/
Loss

3456

Transmit
Gain/
Loss

7 8 9 10

3-6

7-10

Note

0 0 = FXS Loop
Start
1 0 = FXS Ground
Start

0 0 0 0 = 0 dB
0 0 0 1 = -9 dB
0 0 1 0 = +2 dB
0 1 0 0 = +3 dB
1 0 0 0 = +4 dB

0 0 0 0 = 0 dB
0 0 0 1 = -9 dB
0 0 1 0 = +2 dB
0 1 0 0 = +3 dB
1 0 0 0 = +4 dB

These settings allow for receive gain
and losses of -9, -7, -6, -5,
-4, -3, -2, 0, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

These settings allow for transmit gain
and losses of -9, -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, 0,
2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

NOTE: The FXS channels default to a short loop setting
(up to 1.6 miles for 26 AWG, and 2.6 miles for 24 AWG). To set an FXS
channel to have a long loop setting, see set (fxs5G) command in Chapter 5,
CLI Commands.

8-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

FXS Voice Card
LEDs

LEDs
Each FXS port has a corresponding LED, described in the table below. This chart
applies to all the FXS service cards.

State

Loop Start
Meaning

Ground Start Meaning

Off

N/A

Idle (tip open)

Green

Idle

Tip ground (incoming seizure)

Red

N/A

Ring ground (outgoing seizure)

Yellow

Call in progress

Call in progress

Flashing green

Ringing

Ringing

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

8-9

FXS Voice Card
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) Conversions

Channel Associated Signaling (CAS)
Conversions
Cross-connects are done at a DS0 level. The following rules need to be kept in mind
while performing cross-connects for an FXS voice card. The following chart does not
apply to the FXS INTL card, which only carries R2 signaling.
FXS Analog

DS0

LS/LSRB

GS/GSRB

GSW

Y

N

N

LS

Y

Y

N

GS

Y

Y

N

EMDW

Y

Y

N

EMI

Y

N

N

EMICPD

Y

Y

N

EMW

Y

Y

N

TR8LSGS

Y

Y

N

VoIP Port
LS
T1 DS0

EMDW = E&M Delayed Wink start
EMI = E&M Immediate start
EMICPD = E&M Immediate Start with Calling Party Disconnect
EMW = E&M Wink start
GS = Ground Start
GSW = Ground Start Wink
GSRB = Ground Start with Reverse Battery
LS = Loop Start
LSRB = Loop Start with Reverse Battery
TR8LSGS = TR-08 Loop Start/Ground Start
VoIP = Voice over IP (CMG only)

8-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
ISDN BRI Card

In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

n

CLI Commands
LEDs

Connector Pinouts

-

25-Pair Telco Connectors

ISDN BRI Card
Overview

Overview
The ISDN BRI Service Cards enable service providers and enterprises to deploy highdensity, standards-based, ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) services over one or more
T1 or DSL access lines using TDM or ATM transport. ISDN voice, data, and real-time
video applications may be cost effectively deployed as part of any integrated
broadband service delivery.

ISDN BRI
BRI provides an end-to-end digital connection for customers with voice, data and video
needs. BRI has 2 Bearer (B) channels at 64 Kbps for voice or data and 1 Data or Delta
(D) channel at 16 Kbps for signal and control. With some ISDN BRI devices, the two
B-channels can be aggregated together for 128 Kbps capacity.

3-DS0 BRITE Mode
The ISDN BRI Card supports the 3-DS0 BRITE mode of operation. In this mode, three
DS0 channels support a BRI channel, providing eight BRI per T1. The BRI channel
consists of two B and a D channel (2B+D) which is also transported in a full DS0. The
D-channel supports the Embedded Operations Channel (EOC) and is used to pass
signaling and other management information, such as loopback commands.
The following is an example of how a Compact T1 with a ISDN BRI card can function
as a Line Unit Network Termination (LUNT) with central office applications, and a
Line Unit Line Termination (LULT) with subscriber lines.

9-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ISDN BRI Card
Features

Features
l Enables carriers to economically bundle ISDN with all other services at 64 Kbps
l

l

l

l

or 128 Kbps over T1 access lines
Configurable as either Line Unit Line Terminal (LULT) for interfacing to ISDN
switch interfaces at the central office, or Line Unit Network Terminal (LUNT)
for customer premises deployment
Provides direct NTU service demarcation for ISDN video conferencing, 128
Kbps dial-up Internet, point-of-sale terminals, and ISDN Centrex or telephone
applications
Enables high service density with up to 40 ISDN BRI lines from 4 T1 lines in a
single Compact T1, or up to 80 ISDN BRI lines in two chassis occupying two
rack units of equipment space (19-inch rack)
Offers solid-state fuseless protection for central office NEBS compliance and
customer premises FCC and UL safety requirements

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

9-3

ISDN BRI Card
Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 1.2.2 or higher is required

Product Includes
l Configurable as Line Unit Line Terminal (LULT) or Line Unit Network Terminal

(LUNT)
l Works with all standard Carrier Serving Area (CSA) loops - maximum 18,000 ft.

range (#26 AWG copper)
l Line coding: 2
l Line Rate: 160 Kbps (80 kbaud)
l Front-panel multi-function LEDs provide out-of-Service, LOS/Self-test fail,
l
l
l
l

ES/SES detected, Sync, Loopback, and Normal indications
Interoperable with other standards-based ISDN BRI equipment
B1, B2, and 2B+D payload loopbacks supported
Maximum bridged tap length is 2.5 kft. (762 m)
Rear-accessed U-interface connections

Management
l Standard ISDN SNMP MIB supported

Network Interface
l 3 DS0 mode: Uses 3 contiguous DSO channels per ISDN BRI channel on T1

9-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ISDN BRI Card
Technical Specifications

Network Standards
l Telcordia TR-NWT-000397 (1993)
l Telcordia TR-TSY-000821 (1991)
l Telcordia TR-TSY-000829 (1989)
l ANSI T1.1992
l ITU-T Q.920, Q.921

Clocking
l Loop timing derived from Channel 1 of ISDN BRI card or any Compact T1 T1

line

Testing & Diagnostics
l Initiates 2B+D, B1, or B2 loopbacks toward the BRI at the NT1
l Performs self test at power up
l 3 DSO mode: supports external loopback testing via EOC messages from the

switch

Product Supports
l TR-821 alarms
l TR-397/TR-829/TR-821 Generic Segmented Performance Monitoring
l TR-829 multi-EOC messages in 3 DS0 and 4:1 TDM modes
l Metallic DC test signature in Line Unit Network Terminal (LUNT) mode

Power
l Maximum power input: 6 W (8 port)
l Solid-state fuseless protection

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

9-5

ISDN BRI Card
Technical Specifications

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 6.9 oz. (.20 kg)

For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment,
on page 2-2.

9-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ISDN BRI Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
BRI card options are set with the Command Line Interface (CLI). For additional
information on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.

CLI Commands
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

connect
Creates two-way connections between channels
disconnect
Removes a connection created by the connect command
set (bri)
Setup of ISDN ports (up/down, threshold, call reference value)
set (bri) autoactivate
Set up the ISDN circuits when the FDL link cannot be used
set (bri) mode
Set up ISDN cards mode of operation (3-DS0)
set (bri) pmsync
Set up the BRI card source for performance monitoring synchronization
set (ds0)
For cross-connect to ISDN, must be data type
status (ds1)
Displays line status or performance statistics of a specific DS1
set clock
Set the primary and secondary (clock1/clock2) master transmit clock source
show (bri)
Displays BRI port configuration
show clock
Displays actual clock source
show (ds1)
Displays DS1 configuration
status (bri)
Displays port status or performance statistics for the specified BRI
status clock
Displays actual clock status and source

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

9-7

ISDN BRI Card
LEDs

LEDs
There is an LED for each ISDN BRI on a card. The function for each LED is listed
below:

9-8

State

Description

Off

Line U-interface is attempting synchronization, or BRI is
out of service.

Red

Line alarm (LOS or self test failure)

Yellow

ES or SES has occurred.

Flashing yellow

Line U-interface is synchronized with customer equipment,
but is not passing customer data.

Flashing green

Line U-interface is in external loopback toward the switch at
the unit.

Green

Normal (Line U-interface is active and transparently passing
customer data.)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ISDN BRI Card
Connector Pinouts

Connector Pinouts
25-Pair Telco Connectors
Circuit connections are made at the 25-pair telco connectors. A standard 25-pair
telephone cable with RJ-21X wiring and a male D-type connector at the Compact T1
end is required.

Slot/Pair Designation
The following designations apply whether a Dual, Quad or Octal ISDN BRI Card
is placed in Slot 1 through 6. However, a Dual would only use the first 2 of the 8
pair, a Quad the first 4, and an Octal all 8. The following is the breakdown of
designated pairs to each Compact T1 slot.
SLOT

25-Pair Telco Connector

#1

#1 - 8 (first 8 pairs) on J1

#2

# 9 - 16 (next 8 pairs) on J1

#3

# 17 - 24 (next 8 pairs) on J1

#4

#1 - 8 (first 8 pairs) on J2

#5

# 9 - 16 (next 8 pairs) on J2

#6

# 17 - 24 (next 8 pairs) on J2

NOTE: For the location of the 25-Pair Telco Connectors, on the back of
the Adit, see 25-Pair Telco Connectors, on page 3-9

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

9-9

ISDN BRI Card
Connector Pinouts

SLOT 1 on J1 or SLOT 4 on J2

25-Pair Telco Connector Pinouts
Pair

Pin Location

Function

Color Code

1

26
1
27
2
28
3
29
4
30
5
31
6
32
7
33
8
34
9
35
10
36
11
37
12
38
13
39
14
40
15
41
16

Tip Channel 1
Ring Channel 1
Tip Channel 2
Ring Channel 2
Tip Channel 3
Ring Channel 3
Tip Channel 4
Ring Channel 4
Tip Channel 5
Ring Channel 5
Tip Channel 6
Ring Channel 6
Tip Channel 7
Ring Channel 7
Tip Channel 8
Ring Channel 8
Tip Channel 9
Ring Channel 9
Tip Channel 10
Ring Channel 10
Tip Channel 11
Ring Channel 11
Tip Channel 12
Ring Channel 12
Tip Channel 13
Ring Channel 13
Tip Channel 14
Ring Channel 14
Tip Channel 15
Ring Channel 15
Tip Channel 16
Ring Channel 16

White
Blue
White
Orange
White
Green
White
Brown
White
Slate
Red
Blue
Red
Orange
Red
Green
Red
Brown
Red
Slate
Black
Blue
Black
Orange
Black
Green
Black
Brown
Black
Slate
Yellow
Blue

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

SLOT 2 on J1 or SLOT 5 on J2

9

9-10

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ISDN BRI Card

SLOT 3 on J1 or SLOT 6 on J2

Connector Pinouts

Pair

Pin Location

Function

Color Code

17

42
17
43
18
44
19
45
20
46
21
47
22
48
23
49
24
50
25

Tip Channel 17
Ring Channel 17
Tip Channel 18
Ring Channel 18
Tip Channel 19
Ring Channel 19
Tip Channel 20
Ring Channel 20
Tip Channel 21
Ring Channel 21
Tip Channel 22
Ring Channel 22
Tip Channel 23
Ring Channel 23
Tip Channel 24
Ring Channel 24
Reserved

Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Green
Yellow
Brown
Yellow
Slate
Violet
Blue
Violet
Orange
Violet
Green
Violet
Brown
Violet
Slate

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

9-11

ISDN BRI Card
Connector Pinouts

9-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
OCU-DP Card
In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

-

CLI Commands
Basic Setup
LEDs

n

Jumper Settings

n

Alarms

n

Line Rates/Line Lengths

n

Connector Pinouts

-

DDS RJ-48S
25-Pair Telco Connector

OCU-DP Card
Overview

Overview
The Single and Quad Port all-rate OCU-DP Service Cards provide electrical and
physical termination of the 4-wire Digital Data Service (DDS) that is traditionally used
to interconnect lower-speed serial synchronous Data Terminal Equipment (DTE)
devices such as routers, Frame Relay Access Devices (FRAD), or video conferencing
equipment. Now DDS can be integrated with DS0 voice, fractional T1 data, ISDN, and
IP services – over multiple T1s or DS3s. This enables service providers to deliver
transport for legacy enterprise data networking or Common Channel Signaling (CCS)
circuits commonly used in Signaling System 7 (SS7) telephone networks using one
card for all standard DDS types. Plus, it can be used as a replacement for low-density,
unmanaged D4 channel banks.
The OCU-DP Service Cards provide scalable, independently configurable,
synchronous data service rates from 2.4 Kbps to 64 Kbps, including Switched 56 Kbps
data rates. Up to eight OCU-DP cards can be inserted into any of the service card slots
of the Compact T1, providing up to 32 DDS connections. These cards enable industry
leading density and cost per port at Central Offices (COs) hub and collocations
(COLOs) and cell sites.
For example, the OCU-DP ports can be groomed and mapped into any of the DS1 or
DS3 ports of the Controller. The Compact T1's (3/1/0) digital cross-connect
functionality offers DS0 service grooming, T1 drop-and-insert, and voice access
integration not available in traditional multiplexers.
The OCU-DP Service Cards have several local and remote management options
available through the Controllers. Cards can be locally configured and managed using
the Command Line Interface (CLI). Remote management is accomplished directly over
either an in-band DS0 management channel or a separate SNMP network connection.

10-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Overview

Customer Premise Application
Local Loop: 4-wire DDS
Bipolar AMI, RZ
Four RJ-48S 4-wire
keyed jacks

T1

Secondary

Primary

PSTN
-45 dB maximum loop loss, all rates

RS-232

Compact T1

ADIT 600

or V.35

2.4 - 72 KBPS
DSU/CSU
Line Rates

Primary Channel / Primary and Secondary
Only

OCU DP
DS0A data channel format

Channel
64 KBPS / 72 KBPS
56 KBPS / 72 KBPS

38.4 KBPS / 51.2 KBPS
19.2 KBPS / 25.6 KBPS
9.6 KBPS / 12.8 KBPS
4.8 KBPS / 6.4 KBPS
2.4 KBPS / 3.2 KBPS
CAC Confidential

In this model, the carrier deploys the Compact T1 in conjunction with DDS DSU/CSUs
to provide standards-based DDS access for customer data terminal needs. In essence,
the Compact T1 integrates the DDS capabilities that were traditionally served by D4 or
DLC Remote Terminal equipment into a customer premise multi-service solution.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

10-3

OCU-DP Card
Overview

SS7 Backhaul Application

Compact T1

In this application, the carrier uses the OCU to transfer signaling and call information
between MSCs.

10-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Features

Features
l Provides available baseband data rates from 2.4 to 72 Kbps
l Supports primary and secondary channel services, 64K clear channel service, and
l
l

l
l
l
l
l

4-wire Switched-56 service
Complies with AT&T Pub. 62310
Offers Bipolar Violation (BPV), Loss of Frame (LOF-DDSII), Loss of Signal
(LOS) and Out-of-Service (OOS) performance counters: 15 minute, 1 hour and
24 hour intervals available
Offers BPV, OOS, LOF and LOS selectable alarm thresholds
Supplies built-in self-tests including data path and RAM test status and TDM and
CSU failures
Supports DDS network control codes for OCU, CSU and DSU latching and nonlatching service loopbacks
Supports system timing from any T1 line and provides it to the connected DTE
Deploys up to 24 OCU-DP service ports in a single chassis, or a total of 48
OCU-DP service ports in two side-by-side Compact T1s occupying just two rack
units of equipment space (19 inch rack)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

10-5

OCU-DP Card
Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 3.2 or higher is required

Service Interface
l Single-port OCU-DP interface

-

One RJ-48S front-panel jack
Strap selections for rear-panel RJ-21X telco connector

l Four-port OCU-DP interface

-

Four RJ-48S front-panel jack
Strap selections for rear-panel RJ-21X telco connector

Network Interface
l Each OCU port DS0 cross-connected to T1 port

Loopbacks
OCU, CSU and DSU:
l Manual loopbacks activate via CLI
l Non-latching loopbacks activate via network code
l Latching loopbacks activate via network code

Clocking
l Loop-timed from any T1 in the platform
l Sources clock to the DTE device

10-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Technical Specifications

Power Consumption
l 6 W maximum, Four Port OCU-DP card
l 3 W maximum, Single Port OCU-DP card

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l Designed to meet NEBS Level 3 for type 2 and 4 equipment (not certified)

Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 5.7 oz. (.16 kg)
For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

10-7

OCU-DP Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
OCU-DP card options are set with the Command Line Interface (CLI). For additional
information on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.

CLI Commands
Configuration Commands
l
l
l
l
l

set (ocudp) baud
Set up OCU-DP port baud rate
set (ocudp) loopdetect
Set OCU-DP non-latching/latching loopback code detection
set (ocudp) mvec
Set Majority Vote Error Correction (MVEC)
set (ocudp) secondary
Set up the secondary channel service
set (ocudp) up/down
Set the OCU-DP line In or Out-of-Service.

Test Commands
l
l

set (ocudp) loopback
Set the manual loopback tests
set (ocudp) selftest
Start the OCU-DP self test

OCU-DP Status Commands
l

l

10-8

show (ocudp)
Displays OCU-DP card configuration (baud, loopdetect, error correction,
switched and enhanced switched service and secondary channel
provisioning)
status (ocudp)
Displays the status or performance statistics of the OCU-DP card (OOS,
LOF, LOS and BPV seconds)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Card Configuration

Basic Setup
Command

Description

set {ocudp-addr} baud
{2400|4800|9600|19200|38400|
56000*|64000}

Set the OCU-DP Baud rate.
Where ocudp-addr = {slot:port} of the
OCU-DP card to apply settings to.

set {ocudp-addr} up

Set the OCU-DP port 1 up.

show {ocudp_card-addr}

Show the OCU-DP card settings.
Where ocudp_card-addr = {slot} of the
OCU-DP card.

disconnect a

Disconnects all connections to slot a
(controller)

set {ds0-addr} type data

Sets a DS0 data signaling type

connect {ds0-addr}
{ocudp-addr}

Connects DS0 (in previous step) to OCU-DP
port (in previous step).

show connect
(ocudp_card-addr}

Displays connect information for OCU-DP
card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

10-9

OCU-DP Card
LEDs

LEDs
There are two LEDs for each channel on the OCU-DP card. The function for each LED
is listed below:
State

10-10

Description

Yellow Flickering

ALL

Boot Software in control.

Green (walking down)
Red (walking up)

ALL

Application Software in control
(repeated 3.5 times).

Red, slow flash

ALL

In Boot. Application flash code
checksums did not match and Boot is
waiting for application download.

Red

ALL

In Application code waiting for
Controller to issue SW/HW revision
request. This is the first request that
comes from the OCU-DP card manager
in the Controller.

Green
Yellow

Top
Bottom

Port in Self-test. Duration is 5-8
seconds.

Off

Top
Bottom

Port is set down (Out-Of-Service).

Green

Top

Port is receiving valid signals.

Red

Top

Port is receiving no signal (primary) or
no frame sync (secondary or clear
channel).

Red Flashing

Bottom

Port is receiving bipolar violations

Yellow

Bottom

Port is in loopback.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Jumper Settings

Jumper Settings
The P1 and P2 Jumpers are defaulted to RJ-48S, which are the set of pins nearest the
bottom of the service card. With the jumper in this position the signals are routed to the
RJ-48S connector(s) on the face of the card. To route the signals to the 25-pin Telco
connector at the rear of the unit, move the jumpers to the backplane position, which is
the set of pins toward the top of the service card.
P1 applies to connectors 1 and 2 (connector 2 only with the 4 port card).
P2 applies to connectors 3 and 4 (for the four port card only).

Top of Card

Front of
Card

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

P1 is set to
RJ-48S Position

P2 is set to
25-Pin Telco
Position
10-11

OCU-DP Card
Alarms

Alarms
The OCU-DP cards and supporting Controller Software will support the following
alarms:
Alarm/
Event

Severity

Category

Description

Card
Detect

Information

Equipment

OCU-DP card inserted

Card
Removed

Information

Equipment

OCU-DP card removed

Out of
Service
(OOS)

Major

Facility

Network sending Out-ofService code (OOS) or
card has LOS.

Correct with Network or
replace or deprovision the
card.

Los of
Signal
(LOS)

Major

Facility

No signal at customer link.

Correct with Customer
data path, replace the card,
or reconnect the drop.

Los of
Frame
(LOF)

Major

Facility

Framing patter not
detected at customer link.

Correct with Customer
data path, replace the card,
or reconnect the drop.

Bipolar
Violation
(BPV)

Minor

Facility

Excessive violations on
customer interface.

Correct with the incoming
signal, or deprovision card.

10-12

Clear Mechanism
(alarms only)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Line Rates/Line Lengths

Line Rates/Line Lengths
All lengths were measured to meet a BER of 10-7 with up to 45 dB of cable attenuation
at the Nyquist frequency for 56, 64 and 72 Kbps, and 40 dB all other rates.

Service Data
Rate

Primary Channel /
Secondary Channel

Max. Loop Distance (24 AWG)
Primary Channel only/Primary &
Secondary Channel

2.4 Kbps

2.4 Kbps/3.2 Kbps

13.8 miles/12.7 miles

(22.3 km/20.4 km)

4.8 Kbps

4.8 Kbps/6.4 Kbps

11.0 miles/10.0 miles

(17.7 km/16.1 km)

9.6 Kbps

9.6 Kbps/12.8 Kbps

8.0 miles/13.3 miles

(13.0 km/12.2 km)

19.2 Kbps

19.2 Kbps/25.6 Kbps

6.3 miles/5.9 miles

(10.1 km/9.4 km)

38.4 Kbps

38.4 Kbps/51.2 Kbps

5.5 miles/5.3 miles

(8.8 km/8.5 km)

56 Kbps

56 Kbps/72 Kbps

5.1 miles/4.7 miles

(8.2 km/7.6 km)

64 Kbps

64 Kbps

4.7 miles

(7.6 km)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

10-13

OCU-DP Card
Connector Pinouts

Connector Pinouts
The OCU-DP is part of the network, and connects to customer equipment.

DDS RJ-48S
The pinout for RJ-48S female is as follows:

1

8

Pin

Function

Description

1

Receives Data (R-1)

From Customer to Network Interface

2

Receives Data (T-1)

From Customer to Network Interface

3-6

Not Used

7

Transmits Data (T)

From Network Interface to Customer

8

Transmits Data (R)

From Network Interface to Customer

Note: The above listed functions are relative to this port.

10-14

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

OCU-DP Card
Connector Pinouts

25-Pair Telco Connector
Pinout for the Single (noted by an *) or Quad OCU-DP card. Must setup jumpers on
card to use this connector.
26

50

1

25

Card Slot

Line

J1
T1

R1

T

R

Card Slot

Line

J2
T1

R1

T

R

1

1*
2
3
4
1*
2
3
4
1*
2
3
4

26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23

27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24

4

1*
2
3
4
1*
2
3
4
1*
2
3
4

26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23

27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24

2

3

5

6

T1 and R1 = Receive. T and R = Transmit.
Note: The above information is relative to the connector.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

10-15

OCU-DP Card
Connector Pinouts

10-16

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Power Supply

In this Chapter
n

115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/
Charger

n

Ringer Waveform Options

n

Replacing a Power Supply

Power Supply
115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/Charger

115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/Charger
The 115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply and Charger enables the Compact T1 to be
powered from either 115 VAC or -48 VDC sources, and includes an integral battery
charger and ringing generator. Integrating AC and DC power options, battery charger
and ringing generator functions in the Adit chassis dramatically reduces installation
time, space and cost requirements and inventory considerations in comparison to
separate power conversion or Uninterruptable Power Systems (UPS) equipment.
Front-panel LEDs provide easy-to-read indications of power input, battery status and
alarms. Remote notification to network operations and to monitoring centers of loss of
AC input or low DC input voltage is available via SNMP .
The ringing generator provides 25 Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) output,
supporting up to 48 FXS simultaneous ringing lines with normal cadence ringing.
Three ringer waveform shapes and three selectable ringer frequencies ensure
performance over a wide range of outside line or customer premises applications.

Features
l Enables Compact T1 to be powered from 115 VAC or -48 VDC source
l Automatic switchover to Battery Backup Unit without power interruption
l Selectable ringer frequency settings of 20, 25 and 50 Hz
l Integrated 25 REN ringing generator supports high capacity applications
l Automatic switchover to Battery Backup Unit without power interruption
l Installs quickly and easily with fully connectorized design
l Solid-state fuseless protection for Central Office NEBS and customer premises

FCC and UL safety requirements

11-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Power Supply
Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
AC Electrical Input
l 115 VAC (95 to 132 VAC, 57 to 63 Hz), 2.5 A rms, 130 W maximum
l Maximum inrush current: 24 A peak at 132 VAC
l Rear-panel mounted circuit breaker operates for overcurrent conditions greater

than 4 A
l Front-panel AC INPUT status LED

DC Electrical Input
l -48 DC (-40 to -60 V), 2.1 ADC, 90 W maximum
l Maximum cold start inrush current: 30 A peak at -60 VDC
l Solid-state input overcurrent protection trips at 2.5 A at 68º F (20º

C)

l Extended mode: jumper option enables Compact T1 startup at low battery input

voltage

Electrical Output
l -37 VDC (short loop)/ -54 DC (long loop), talk battery, 1.45 A maximum
l -54 VDC battery charger output, 0.5 A maximum
l +5 VDC, 9 A maximum
l Automatic switchover to battery backup without power interruption

Battery Charger
l Front-panel battery status LED
l Battery charging output limited to 0.5 A maximum

Alarms
Generates minor alarm contact closure on External Alarm Connector when
l AC input voltage is not present or circuit breaker is open
l

-48 VDC battery input voltage magnitude is low or absent

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

11-3

Power Supply
Technical Specifications

Ringing Generators
l Nominal 85 V rms (108 V rms max)
l Referenced to -54 VDC (-60 VDC max) output
l Supports three jumper-selectable ringer waveform shapes
l Drives 25 REN indefinitely with minimum output voltage of 65 V rms at normal

ringer cadence
l Ringer frequency is selectable, 20 25 or 50 Hz ± 15%
l Overload protected

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-1089-CORE, GR-63-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

Mexico
l NOM 19, Safety of Data Processing Equipment

11-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Power Supply
Input Power

Interface Connectors
l IEC-320, 15 A 3-prong AC power receptacle
l Rear PCB connector: Compact T1 backplane

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 2 in. (W) x 12 in. (D)
l Weight:

8.9 cm (H) x 5.1 cm (W) x 30.5 cm (D)
115 VAC - 1 lb. 6 oz. (0.62 kg)
24 VDC - 1 lb. 9 oz. (0.71 kg)

For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment,
on page 2-2.

Input Power
The following graphic displays the back of the chassis with a 115 VAC/-48 VDC
Power Supply installed.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

11-5

Power Supply
115 VAC LEDs

115 VAC LEDs
The power supply card has two LEDs, as described in the table below.

11-6

LED

State

Description

AC
Input

Off

AC input missing or failure

Green

AC input present

Battery

Off

Battery input not used

Green

Battery charging or operating from
DC source only.

Yellow

Battery discharging

Red

Battery low (less than 42V),
ringer disabled

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Power Supply
Ringer Waveform Options

Ringer Waveform Options
The default standard ringer waveform setting (for all three power supplies) will work
well in most applications. However, if there is a ringer detection problem with the
equipment, the user can alter the shape of the waveform by populating the jumpers on
the power supply as described below. The Ringer Frequency can be configured using
jumpers, as displayed below.

J8 J7

J5
J6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

11-7

Power Supply
Ringer Waveform Options

Standard Waveform
The standard waveform
(default) should work
well for most applications.

Ringer Frequency: 20 Hz

Ringer Frequency: 25 Hz

Ringer Frequency: 50 Hz

11-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Power Supply
Ringer Waveform Options

Square Waveform

Ringer Frequency: 20 Hz

Ringer Frequency: 25 Hz

Ringer Frequency: 50 Hz

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

11-9

Power Supply
Ringer Waveform Options

Long Rise Time or Rounded Waveform

Ringer Frequency: 20 Hz

Ringer Frequency: 25 Hz

Ringer Frequency: 50 Hz

11-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Power Supply
Replacing a Power Supply

Replacing a Power Supply
Nut and lock washer
Faceplate

Power Cord
Connector

Back

Front

1. Disconnect power cord from the unit.
2. Remove nut and lock washer from power supply retention stud located directly
above power cord socket.
3. Remove power supply by grasping faceplate at top and bottom and pulling
power supply straight out of the case.
4. When installing the power supply, be certain to engage top and bottom edges
of power supply circuit board in the card guides located 1 1/4 inches inside the
front opening of the case.
5. Slowly slide the power supply into the case while making sure that the power
supply retention stud aligns with and passes through its attachment hole in the
rear of the case. Press gently on the faceplate of the power supply to ensure that
the connector on the power supply is fully mated to its mating connector on the
backplane.
6. Replace nut and lock washer on the power supply retention stud.
7. Reconnect the power cord to the unit.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

11-11

Power Supply
Replacing a Power Supply

11-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Quad T1 Card
In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

-

CLI Commands

n

Jumper Settings

n

Connector Pinouts

-

25-pin Telco Connector
RJ-48 Connector

n

LEDs

n

Configuration Restrictions

Quad T1 Card
Overview

Overview
The Quad T1 Service card enables service providers and enterprise network managers
to cost-effectively provision and expand network bandwidth or drop-side T1
bandwidth. The Quad T1 card can be inserted into any slot of the six-slot chassis and
supports an array of network access technologies, including full drop-and-insert
functionality, fractional and full T1 data and voice trunking.
When fully equipped with four Quad T1 Service cards plus the T1 Controller card an
Compact T1 can support can support up to 18 T1 access lines. This available bandwidth
enables the Adit to cost-effectively address small to medium sized business
requirements, multi-tenant units, fixed or mobile wireless backhaul, as well as endoffice applications. The flexible Quad T1 Service card allows physical connections to
either the front-panel 8-pin connector or the rear-panel 25-pair telco connectors.
As a component of the Compact T1 platform, the Quad T1 Service card provides
several local and remote management options through the Compact T1 Controller card.
The Quad T1 card can be locally configured and managed using the Command Line
Interface (CLI). Front-panel LEDs indicate each port’s activity and status.

12-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Quad T1 Card
Features

Features
l Integrates T1 CSU functionality with FCC registration for direct connection to
l
l
l
l
l
l

T1 lines
Supports B8ZS or AMI encoding and SF (D4) or ESF framing
Flexible system clock timing may be derived from any T1
Insert up to four Quad T1 Service cards plus the Controller’s two T1s in a single
Compact T1 for a total of 18 T1s/CSUs per chassis
Supplies up to 36 T1s in two Compact T1 occupying just two rack units of
equipment space (19-inch rack)
Allows full non-blocking digital cross-connection (DCS) of all timeslots to any
Adit service card
Offers solid-state fuseless protection for central office NEBS compliance and
customer premises FCC and UL safety requirements

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 1.3.1 or higher is required

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

12-3

Quad T1 Card
Technical Specifications

T1 Interface
l Line rate (transmitted): 1.544 Mbps ±50 bps
l Selectable B8ZS or AMI encoding
l SF (D4) or ESF framing
l Integrated CSU
l Line Build Out (DSX-1): 655 feet
l Receive Sensitive (DS1): 0 to -22.5 dB
l Jitter and wander ITU-T G.824 (3/93)
l Solid-state fuseless overvoltage and overcurrent T1 line protection
l Channel status LEDs
l Front or rear connections:

- Front: uses faceplate-mounted RJ-48C connectors
- Rear: uses rear-panel RJ-21X connectors
l Less than 3 ms signaling latency
l Less than 10 ms overall Adit system signaling latency

Network Interface
l The Quad T1 Service card may be configured as either a network or drop-side

interface

Network Standards
l T1.107
l T1.102
l T1.203
l T1.231
l T1.403

Clocking
l Any one of the four T1 interfaces on a card may be selected by the controller as

the Adit platform timing source

12-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Quad T1 Card
Technical Specifications

Alarms
l Support standard T1.403 alarms

Testing and Diagnostics
l T1.403 payload loopbacks (ESF only)
l T1.403 remote and local line loopbacks (ESF and SF)
l DS0 loopbacks
l T1.231 Performance History (15 minute intervals, 24 hour totals)
l T1.203 Performance Report Messages (PRMs)

Power Consumption
l Less than 3 W per card

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l FCC Part 68
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A
l CS-03

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)
l Weight:

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
5.1 oz. (0.14 kg)

For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

12-5

Quad T1 Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
All options on the Quad T1 cards are set using the Command Line Interface (CLI). The
default for the connectors are the RJ-48s on the front of the T1card, however by moving
the jumpers to the backplane, the Telco connectors on the back of the unit are enabled.
See Jumper Settings on page 12-7 for more information.

CLI Commands
The following commands are used to configure the Quad T1 card. For detailed
information on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.
l
l
l

l

l

12-6

connect
Creates two-way connections between channels.
disconnect
Removes a connection created by the connect command.
set (ds1)
Sets up the DS1 interfaces (clock, up, down, equipment loopup, fdl, framing,
id string, lbo, line loopup, linecode, loopdetect, payload loopup, threshold).
show (ds1)
Displays current settings for DS1 (circuit ID, up.down, framing, line coding,
clock source, line build out, loop code detection, loop back, fdl type).
status (ds1)
Displays the status of the DS1 (receive, transmit, loopback).

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Quad T1 Card
Jumper Settings

Jumper Settings
The P2 and P3 Jumpers are defaulted to RJ-48, which are the set of pins nearest the
connectors. In this position the T1 signals (TX and RX) are routed to the RJ-48
connectors on the face of the card, see RJ-48 Connector on page 12-10 for pinout
information. To route the T1 signals to the 25-pin Telco connector at the rear of the
unit, move all the jumpers to the "backplane" position (the two rightmost pins for each
signal). See 25-pin Telco Connector on page 12-8 for pinout information.

P2 and P3 Jumpers

Front

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Back

12-7

Quad T1 Card
Connector Pinouts

Connector Pinouts
26

50

25-pin Telco Connector

1

25

The pinouts are as follows:

Slot

Port

Pair

Pin
Location

Function

Color
Code

1 and 4

1

1

26
1

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

White
Blue

2

27
2

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

White
Orange

3

28
3

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

White
Green

4

29
4

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

White
Brown

5

30
5

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

White
Slate

6

31
6

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Red
Blue

7

32
7

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Red
Orange

8

33
8

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Red
Green

9

34
9

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Red
Brown

10

35
10

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Red
Slate

1 and 4

1 and 4

1 and 4

2 and 5

12-8

2

3

4

1

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Quad T1 Card
Connector Pinouts

Slot

Port

Pair

Pin
Location

Function

Color
Code

2 and 5

2

11

36
11

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Black
Blue

12

37
12

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Black
Orange

13

38
13

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Black
Green

14

39
14

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Black
Brown

15

40
15

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Black
Slate

16

41
16

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Yellow
Blue

17

42
17

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Yellow
Orange

18

43
18

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Yellow
Green

19

44
19

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Yellow
Brown

20

45
20

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Yellow
Slate

21

46
21

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Violet
Blue

22

47
22

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Violet
Orange

23

48
23

Tip Receive from DS1 network
Ring Receive from DS1 network

Violet
Green

24

49
24

Tip Transmit to DS1 network
Ring Transmit to DS1 network

Violet
Brown

25

50
25

Reserved

Violet
Slate

2 and 5

2 and 5

3 and 6

3 and 6

3 and 6

3 and 6

NA

3

4

1

2

3

4

NA

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

12-9

Quad T1 Card
Connector Pinouts

RJ-48 Connector
There are four RJ-48C (female) connectors on the front of the Quad T1 Card.

1

8

The pinouts are as follows:

12-10

Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive Ring

Receive from DS1 network

2

Receive Tip

Receive from DS1 network

3

n/c

Not connected

4

Transmit Ring

To DS1 network

5

Transmit Tip

To DS1 network

6-7

n/c

Not connected

8

Chassis Ground

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Quad T1 Card
LEDs

LEDs
Each channel on the Quad T1 card has two LEDs. The description of the top LED is
shown below, the bottom LED is not used with this application.

Top LED
(active)
Bottom LED
(not used)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

State

Description

Off

Off line

Green

Normal

Red

Loss of Signal (LOS)

Yellow

Bipolar Violation (BPV)

Flashing Green

Loopback active

Flashing Yellow

Yellow Alarm
(Remote Alarm Indication)

Flashing Red (Slow)

Loss of Frame (LOF) or Alarm
Indication Signal (AIS)

Flashing Red (Fast)

Self-test Failure

12-11

Quad T1 Card
Configuration Restrictions

Configuration Restrictions
There are some configuration restrictions with the Quad T1 Service Card.

If an Compact T1 contains three (3) Quad T1 cards:
l remaining three (3) slots can be any combination of BRI, FXS, FXO or Router

cards.
l remaining three (3) slots can contain two (2) V.35 cards, with the remaining slot

empty.

If an Compact T1 contains four (4) Quad T1 cards:
l remaining two (2) slots must be empty.

12-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Router (IP) Card

In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

n

Connector Pinouts

n

CLI Commands

Ethernet

LEDs

Router (IP) Card
Overview

Overview
The fast-changing world of IP services requires products with the capability to generate
new value-added revenues. The IP Router Service card offers the performance and
expandability of a dedicated router in a low-cost solution with simple integrated
management through the Adit platform.
Unlike other internal routing solutions that support software-based routing by adding
bundles to the system software, the IP Router card employs a dedicated processor to
ensure high performance and product feature expansion. It delivers high-speed Internet
and Intranet connectivity to small and medium-sized businesses, as well as remote and
branch office users. A powerful set of standard features includes IP and IPX routing,
Layer 2 bridging, ML-PPP, networking security, and management capabilities to
integrate services in the digital last mile.
The Compact T1 supports up to six IP Router cards, in any slot, or other combinations
of services. This flexibility enables service providers to target multi-tenant units with a
single device that supports business-class voice, Internet access and data services. The
addition Multi-Link Point-to-Point Protocol (ML-PPP) to the IP Router card ensures
that service providers can continue to support the growing needs of customers, beyond
one or two T1s.
The IP Router card simplifies delivery of data networking solutions by leveraging the
advantages of the single IP management, while reducing costly cabling expense
through a direct 10/100Base-TX Ethernet interface connection.
IP Router cards are easily managed through the Compact T1 user interface, identified
by a single IP address. With this capability, multiple cards within a single Compact T1
can be configured, monitored and maintained through one unique IP address, speeding
installation and simplifying management tasks.
The IP Router card is SNMP, CLI or menu-driven manageable. Management
connectivity is provided either through the user data port connection on the IP Router
card, the local RS-232 craft port, the Ethernet management port, or the dedicated
management channel on the T1 Controller.
The Router Service card configuration information can be uploaded to the NOC while
router code upgrades are loaded to the Router card. The uploading and downloading is
accomplished through the Ethernet management port and/or the user data connection.
In addition, the CLI management option enables management configuration
information to be created offline and loaded into the system either via a script or TFTP.
13-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Features

Features
l Supplies auto-sensing 10/100Base-TX Ethernet
l Supports up to 6 router cards per Compact T1

- Multi-point networking with up to 24 WAN connections per router
- Each WAN connection can be provisioned with multiple DS0s
- Deliver more than two T1s bandwidth per Router card; up to 60 DS0s per
Router card
- Enables multiple T1 facilities to function as a single IP WAN interface using
ML-PPP for bandwidth scalability beyond a single T1
l Ensures high performance and feature expansion through dedicated IP Router
l
l
l
l
l
l

card processor
Enables management via menu-driven user interface or CLI Router interface
Supports packet filtering and Spanning Tree Protocol
Allows Network Address Translation (NAT) and Port Address Translation
(PAT)
Supports Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
Delivers a minimum of 3,000 packets per second
RADIUS Login Authentication

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 3.0 or higher is required

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-3

Router (IP) Card
Technical Specifications

Management
l Menu-driven over RS-232 and CLI
l Ping, SNMP, Telnet over IP
l Ethernet management port
l IP management connection via T1 FDL, Ethernet and DS0 bearer channel
l Code download via TFTP
l Configuration upload and download via TFTP

WAN Interface
l Any T1 interface on the Compact T1 platform
l Up to 24 WAN interfaces per router
l Up to 60 DS0s bandwidth per router
l PPP, Frame Relay, PPP in Frame Relay, MLPPP and GRE tunneling

LAN Interface
l A single 10/100Base-TX auto-sensing port

Routing
l IPX RIP/SAP
l IP RIPv1, RIPv2, RIPv/RIPv2 compatibility mode
l Static routing
l Classless routing (CIDR)

Bridging
l IEEE 802.1D MAC bridging

Router Performance
l Minimum of 3,000 64-byte packets per second throughput

13-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Technical Specifications

Advanced Capabilities
l DHCP server
l Syslog
l SNTP
l Spanning Tree Protocol
l Van Jacobson message header compression
l Domain Name Server (DNS) proxy
l IP fragmentation and reassembly support
l Secondary IP Address

Frame Relay
l RFC 1490 encapsulation
l ANSI T1.617 Annex D LMI
l ITU Q.933 Annex A LMI

Filtering
l LAN/WAN Filters up to Layer 4, stateful

Security
l Three user accounts
l Three levels of security
l PAP and CHAP
l Network Address Translation (NAT)
l NAT Bypass
l Port Address Translation (PAT)
l RADIUS Login Authentication

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-5

Router (IP) Card
Technical Specifications

MIBs
l RFC 1212 (Concise MIB)
l RFC 1213 (MIB II)
l RFC 1643 (Ethernet)
l RFC 2233 (Interface)
l RFC 2011 (IP)
l RFC 1471 (LCP/PPP)
l RFC 1473 (IP/PPP)
l RFC 2115 (Frame Relay)
l RFC 1406 (DS1/E1)
l RFC 1659 (RS-232)
l Enterprise MIB

Clocking
l Loop-timed from any T1 or the internal system clock
l Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) support for timing from a separate

network

Testing and Diagnostics
l Ping
l WAN Monitor

Power
l Less than 2 W

13-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Technical Specifications

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l NEBS Level 3 certified for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

Mexico
l NOM 19, Safety of Data Processing Equipment

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 5.2 oz. (0.15 kg)

For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-7

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
The IP Router has the option of configuration through CLI or the Router menu-driven
user interface, which is accessed through Telnet. The following CLI commands are all
Router related. For information on the IP Router menu-driven user interface, see the IP
Router User Manual.

NOTE: The default IP address for the IP Router is 10.0.0.1.

CLI Commands
For detailed information on the following Router commands, see Chapter 5, CLI
Commands.
l
l
l
l
l
l

l

l
l

13-8

add (router) dns proxy
Enable DNS proxy and add a remote DNS server address to the router card
add (router) remote
Add a remote WAN profile to the WAN profile table
add (router) snmp community
Add a SNMP community to an interface on the router card
add (router) snmp trap
To specify a destination to send SNMP trap messages
add (router) uploaduser
To specify a host that is allowed to upload configuration/software files
add (router-lan) filter
Add address filters (address, custom, protocol) to the table of Layer 2 filters
applied to the specified LAN interface
add (router-lan) static
Add static elements on the specific LAN interface (IP address, IP network,
IPX network, MAC address).
add (router-wan) firewall
Add a firewall rule to a WAN.
add (router-wan) gre network
Add a "by network" GRE tunnel to a WAN.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l

l

l

l

l

l
l
l
l
l
l

l

l

add (router-wan) nat bypass
Add subnets to the list of source addresses that will not be subject to NAT
translation when passing through a NAT enabled WAN interface.
add (router-wan) static
Add static elements to the specified WAN interface (IP address, IP network,
IPX network, MAC address and NAT address).
clear (router) ip address table
Flush the learned entries from the IP address table for the specific interface
from the specified Router card.
clear (router) mac address table
Flush the learned entries from the MAC address table for the specific
interface from the specified router card.
connect (router-trunk) (t1)
Creates two-way connections between the router port trunk connections and
any DS0 channels of the service card or Controller.
delete (router) dns proxy
Remove a remote DNS server address from the specified Router card.
delete (router) remote
Delete a remote WAN profile from the WAN profile table.
delete (router) snmp community
Delete an SNMP community entry.
delete (router) snmp trap
Delete a trap destination from the router card.
delete (router) uploaduser
Remove an existing authorized uploaduser.
delete (router-lan) filter
Remove a a single filter rule from the table of Layer 2 filters applied to the
specified LAN interface.
delete (router-lan) static
Remove a static element from the LAN interface (IP address, IP network,
IPS network and MAC address).
delete (router-wan) firewall
Remove a firewall rule from a WAN.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-9

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l
l

l

l
l

l
l
l
l
l

l
l
l
l

13-10

delete (router-wan) gre network
Remove a "by network" GRE tunnel to a WAN.
delete (router-wan) nat bypass
Delete an IP subnet or host from the list of source addresses that will not be
subject to NAT translation when passing through a NAT enabled WAN
interface.
delete (router-wan) static
Remove a static element from the WAN interface (IP address, IP network,
IP network, MAC address).
disconnect {slot:port:trunk}
Removes a connection created by the connect {trunk-addr}{t1-addr}
install (slot) router
Will prepare the controller for the insertion of a new router card that will
keep its currently loaded configuration.
load tftp
Will download software via TFTP to the Controller or the Router card.
rename (router) (router-wan/lan)
Change the name of a remote WAN or local LAN profile on the Router card.
reset (router)
Reboot the Router. All new configuration will be in-use.
rtrping
Router will perform a ping test and report the result.
set (router) autologout
Set the period of time on inactivity after which the user will be automatically
logged-out of a Telnet session
set (router) default
Reset the Router card to its default configuration settings.
set (router) dhcp
Disable both DHCP server and DHCP relay functionality for the Router.
set (router) dns
Configure the Domain Name Server (DNS) options.
set (router) enhanced security
Enable/disable enhanced login security on the Router

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l

l
l
l
l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l

set (router) lmi
Specify the Local Management Interface (LMI) protocol to use for the
Router.
set (router) log
Set password access on the Router card (access level, password)
set (router) login auth
Sets how login authentication for this router should be performed
set (router) login prompt
Enable/disable the suppression of the Router login prompt for a user that
telnets in from the Controller CLI
set (router) ntp
Set Network Time Protocol (NTP) parameters
set (router) password
Manage password access on the specified Router card
set (router) ppp auth
Set the PPP authentication on the specified Router card
set (router) ppp security
Set up the local external security server which the Router card will use to
authenticate remote PPP devices
set (router) proxy
Configures Router in-use basics (up, down and proxy).
set (router) reboot
Set automatic reboot after an upload of code or configuration file.
set (router) rip
Specify version of RIP packets to transmit and receive.
set (router) snmp
Set the value of sysContact, sysLocation and sysName on the Router.
set (router) stp
Setup the Spanning Tree Protocol on the Router.
set (router) syslog
Configure the Router to send alarm and event messages to a Syslog server
set (router-lan) collision
Set the collision alarms (interval and threshold).

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-11

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

l
l

13-12

set (router-lan) filter forward
Set the forwarding mode for Layer 2 filters added to the specified LAN
interface.
set (router-lan) framing
Set which ethernet frame types are supported on the Router LAN interface.
set (router-lan) gateway
Specify a default IP gateway for the specified LAN interface.
set (router-lan) ip address
Specify an IP address for the specified LAN interface.
set (router-lan) ipx network
Specify an IPX network numbers for the four IPX LAN frame types.
set (router-lan) phy
Specify the ethernet PHY (physical specifications) speed and mode.
set (router-lan) rip
Set the IP RIP for the LAN interface.
set (router-lan) stp
Setup the Spanning Tree Protocol on this interface.
set (router-lan) up/down
Set the LAN interface up or down.
set (router-trunk) encapsulation
Specify the encapsulation to use on the Router interface.
set (router-trunk) multilink group
Specify that a trunk is part of a multilink PPP group
set (router-trunk) up/down
Set the Router trunk up or down.
set (router-wan) dlci
Configure the DLCI for a specified WAN interface that will be using a frame
relay encapsulated trunk.
set (router-wan) gre
Configure the GRE tunneling for a specified WAN interface.
set (router-wan) ip
Set the IP traffic handling on the WAN interface.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l
l
l

l

l
l
l
l
l
l

l
l
l
l
l

set (router-wan) ip address
Set the IP address for a WAN interface.
set (router-wan) ipx
Set the IPX traffic handling on the specified WAN interface.
set (router-wan) nat
Configure Network Address Translation (NAT) on a specified WAN
interface.
set (router-wan) other
Set traffic handling of protocols other than IP or IPX on the specified WAN
interface.
set (router-wan) ppp
Configure PPP on the specified Router card.
set (router-wan) rip
Set the type or RIP updates on the WAN interface.
set (router-wan) stp
Configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on the WAN interface.
set (router-wan) trunk
Configure the trunk port for a specified WAN interface.
set (router-wan) up/down
Set the specified WAN interface up or down.
show (router)
Displays the current Router settings (DHCP, DNS proxy, LMI, PPP, RIP,
SNMP, STP, syslog and uploaduser).
show (router) dhcp
Displays the current DHCP settings for the Router
show (router) dns
Displays the current DNS setup for the router card
show (router) dns proxy
Displays the current DNS Proxy setup for the router card
show (router) lmi
Displays the current Local Management Interface (LMI) settings
show (router) ntp
Displays the settings for NTP options

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-13

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l

l
l
l

l
l
l

l

l

13-14

show (router) ppp
Displays the current Local PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) authentication and
security settings for the router
show (router) rip
Displays the current RIP settings for the Router
show (router) snmp
Displays the current SNMP settings for the Router
show (router) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for the router
show (router) syslog
Displays the current Syslog setup for the router
show (router) uploaduser
Displays the current list of users allowed to upload and download
configuration and code files
show (router-lan)
Displays the settings for the router card
show (router-lan) collision
Displays the current LAN collision alarm settings for the router
show (router-lan) filter
Displays the current LAN Layer 2 data filters applied to the LAN on the
router
show (router-lan) static
Displays the current list of static entries for the LAN on the router
show (router-lan) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for the LAN interface
show (router-wan)
Displays the current Router WAN settings (firewall, PPP, static entries, STP
and trunk).
show (router-wan) nat bypass
Displays the current list of NAT bypass entries for the WAN interface on the
specified Router card.
status (router)
Displays the current Router status information

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
Card Configuration
l
l
l
l
l

l

l
l

l
l
l
l
l

l

status (router) channels
Displays a condensed status report of all voice channel endpoints
status (router) dns
Displays the current state of the DNS resolver and entries in the DNS cache
status (router) events
Displays the current event log from the router
status (router) ip address table
Displays the current IP address table for the specified Router
status (router) ip network table
Displays the current table of learned IP Networks for the specified interface
on the router card
status (router) ipx network table
Displays the current table of learned IPX Networks for the specified
interface on the router card
status (router) ipx server table
Displays the current table of learned IPX Servers for the specified interface
status (router) mac address table
Displays the current table of learned MAC Addresses for the specified
interface on the router card
status (router) performance
Displays the current runtime statistics from the specified router
status (router) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree state from the specified router
status (router-lan)
Displays the current Router status information
status (router-trunk)
Displays the current status for the specified trunk on the Router card.
store
Save a software file from a defined slot to a defined location on a PC, via
TFTP.
telnet (router)
Establish a Telnet session from the Compact T1 CLI to the Router port user
interface.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-15

Router (IP) Card
Connector Pinouts

Connector Pinouts
Ethernet
The pinout for the RJ-48C (female) connector on the front of the card is as follows:

1

13-16

8

Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive +

Receive from network

2

Receive -

Receive from network

3

Transmit +

Transmit to network

4

N/C

Not connected

5

N/C

Not connected

6

Transmit -

Transmit to network

7

N/C

Not connected

8

N/C

Not connected

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (IP) Card
LEDs

LEDs
The following chart describes each LED, and it’s state, of the Router card.

LED

State

Description

CRD

Off

Loss of power

Green

No current alarms

Red

Alarm state active. See alarm log for cause

Red Flashing

Self-test or Boot in-process

Yellow Flashing

Card is saving data to flash RAM, do not
power down

Off

10 Mb ethernet

Green

100 Mb ethernet

Off

No ethernet link

Green

Good ethernet link

Off

No current ethernet transmit collisions

Yellow

Ethernet collisions have occurred and
have not dropped to minimum level

Yellow Flashing

Ethernet collision occurring

Off

No ethernet transmit activity

Green

Ethernet transmit activity

Off

No current ethernet receive activity

Green

Current ethernet receive activity

10/100

LNK

COL

TX

RX

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

13-17

Router (IP) Card
LEDs

13-18

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Router (CMG) Card

In this Chapter
n

Overview

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

n

CLI Commands

Connector Pinout

-

Ethernet

n

Softswitch Interoperability Settings

n

LEDs

Router (CMG) Card
Overview

Overview
The Customer Media Gateway (CMG) Service card for the Compact T1 platform
combines IP Router functionality with the ability to translate circuit-based voice
services into packet-based voice services, or Voice over IP (VoIP). The CMG Service
card provides a cost-effective migration path for both existing Compact T1 TDM-based
deployments and greenfield VoIP applications.
When installed in an Compact T1, the CMG Service Card enables the packetization of
voice services using the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP). This allows
standards-based voice processing, call control and signaling communications with the
service provider’s call agent or softswitch. The card also provides IP routing and
bridging between LAN and WAN connections for VoIP and data traffic, plus IP QoS/
policy management features – facilitating a truly integrated, packet-based voice and
data delivery solution.
Under control of the call agent, the CMG Service Card equips the service provider to
offer revenue generating CLASS and IP Centrex calling features, enabling service
migration from traditional Class 5 architectures to softswitch solutions. Distinctive
ringing, call waiting, DTMF tone detection, call progress tone generation, and caller ID
are just some of the many signaling and service solutions that are offered through the
CMG Service card.
With the availability of the CMG Service Card, the Compact T1 becomes the first
broadband service distribution gateway that supports modular voice services over IP,
providing voice/data policy management as an integrated, coordinated, platform-wide
capability. The integrated routing protocols ease network deployments, while the IP
class-of-service traffic management features simplify the aggregation of sensitive
voice packet streams into a multi-service converged data network.
As a component of the Compact T1 platform, the CMG Service card provides several
local and remote management options. The card can be locally configured and
managed using the menu-based interface, a Command Line Interface (CLI) via the oncard user dataport or through the Compact T1 Controller. Remote management is
accomplished directly from the Compact T1 Controller over an in-band DS0
management channel, a separate SNMP network management facility, or in-band via
any configured IP WAN interface.

14-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Features

Features
l Provides up to 48 channels of uncompressed voice mediation (VoIP) or T1/DS0
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

channels
Up to eight T1s of VoIP conversion per Compact T1
Supports voice/fax/modem calls, voice compression, silence suppression,
comfort noise generation, and echo cancellation
Utilizes standards-based softswitch call control: MGCP (IETF version 0.1, 1.0,
1.0 bis, and, NCS)
Supplies 10/100Base-TX Ethernet LAN Interface for mediated voice or local
LAN traffic
Enables WAN routing with IP packet switching, filtering and policy enforcement
Supports routing protocols: RIP V1 & V2
Includes WAN data protocols (T1 WAN): PPP, PPP over Frame Relay, Frame
Relay (RFC1490) and ML-PPP
Supports multiple softswitch types
Enables a variety of Centrex and CLASS services
Configurable tone databases allows tone files support world-wide tailoring of
call-progress tones and cadences to meet in-country specifications
Selectable FXS impedances provide world-wide coverage of line impedance
variations and companding types
Support for cross-connects between data cards (CMG, IP Router, and V.35)
across the backplane enhances flexibility of data network configurations and
connections to existing data infrastructure

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-3

Router (CMG) Card
Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Compact T1 release 4.0 or higher to support a CMG Service card
l Compact T1 release 5.0 or higher and CMG release 1.1 or higher to support all

features listed in this chapter

Management
l Menu-driven over RS-232 connection or Telnet
l Ping, SNMP, Telnet support
l Ethernet management port
l IP management connection via T1 FDL, Ethernet, IP/DS0 bearer channel and

in-band WAN
l Software upgradeable via TFTP
l Configuration upload and download via TFTP

Voice and Packet Interfaces
l Voice/Fax/Modem - up to 48 designated FXS or DS0 channels
l LAN - 10/100Base-TX port on card
l WAN - designated Adit T1 lines and channel groups (IP over PPP, Frame Relay,

PPP over Frame Relay, MLPPP)
l Internal - backplane cross-connect interfaces to other data cards (CMG, IP Router
or V.35)

14-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Technical Specifications

Voice Processing and Mediation
l Voice coding using G.711, G.726-16, G.726-24, G.726-24, G.726-32, G.726-40
l Capacity of 48 channels of PCM, 24 channels of compressed codecs
l Concentration (over-subscription) of voice channels supported for compressed
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

codecs
G.168 echo cancellation (up to 64 ms)
RTP packetization (over UDP/IP)
10-30 ms packetization time
TOS prioritization
160 ms jitter buffer, dynamic delay adjustment
RTCP performance reporting
Call progress tone and cadence generation via provisionable tone files

Connection Types (Media Flows)
l TDM-to-Packet or Hairpin (TDM-TDM)
l 2-way, 1-way, Inactive (for call hold)
l 2 connections per endpoint (for call waiting, transfer)
l 3-way conferencing

Routing and Policy Management
l IPX RIP/SAP, RIP V1/2 static routing and Classless Inter-Domain Routing

(CIDR)
l PAP and CHAP
l NAT, NAT bypass and PAT
l DHCP
l DNS Proxy
l Spanning Tree Protocol
l Firewall filtering
l Voice prioritization

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-5

Router (CMG) Card
Technical Specifications

Router Performance
l Up to 0.84 Mbps upstream full-duplex IP WAN traffic
l Minimum of 3,000 64-byte packets per second per duplex direction
l See IP Router Service card Technical Specifications on page 13-3 for additional

information on routing features and specifications.

Advanced Capabilities
l DNCP Server/BOOTP Relay
l SysLog
l SNTP
l DNS Proxy
l Secondary IP address

TDM-Side Signaling
l FXS loop start
l DTMF tone detection
l Call progress tone generation
l Caller ID generation, FSK VMWI
l Distinctive ringing

Softswitch Call Control and Signaling
l MGCP (IETF RFC 2705 and NCS 1.0)
l IETF Version 0.1, 1.0, 1.0bis

Services Enabled (under Softswitch Control)
l Basic calling, caller ID
l Call waiting, call forwarding, voice mail
l Hold/transfer, conference using external bridge
l Many other Centrex and CLASS services

14-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Technical Specifications

Softswitch/Call Agent Interoperability
l Interoperable with the leading softswitches
l MGCP auditing - status and capabilities
l Interoperability configuration options

Network Standards
l ANSI, CCITT, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1q
l IETF - RFC 2705, others per router card

Power
l Dissipation: approx. 6 W
l Internal solid-state (fuseless) protection
l Fan free operation

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l Designed to meet NEBS Level 3 for type 2 and 4 equipment (not certified)

Canada
l CSA 22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 5.2 oz. (0.15 kg)

For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-7

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
The CMG Service card has the option of configuration through CLI or the Router
menu-driven user interface, which is accessed through Telnet. The following CLI
commands are all router related. For information on the Router menu-driven user
interface, see the CMG Router User Manual.

NOTE: The default IP address for the Adit CMG Router is 10.0.0.0.

CLI Commands
Many of the router features can be configured directly with CLI commands.For
detailed information on the following Router commands, see Chapter 5, CLI
Commands.

Minimum Configuration Required
The CMG Service card requires an external call agent to operate as an MGCPcontrolled media gateway or IAD.
The gateway must contact the call agent, on power up or reset. Therefore, the
following configuration commands MUST be used to enter the call agent’s IP
address or domain name.
set {rtr_card-addr} mgcp callagent address {ip-addr}
set {rtr_card-addr} mgcp up

All other CLI commands listed below MAY be used to set customer media gateway
options, but may not be necessary, since the defaults have been chosen to meet the
most common expected uses. Some configuration may be necessary for proper
interoperation with a given call agent.
l
l
l
l
14-8

add (router) dns proxy
Enable DNS proxy and add a remote DNS server address to the router card
add (router) remote
Add a remote WAN profile to the WAN profile table
add (router) snmp community
Add a SNMP community to an interface on the router card
add (router) snmp trap
To specify a destination to send SNMP trap messages
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l
l
l

l
l
l
l
l

l
l

l
l

l
l

add (router) static dns host
Add a static DNS host record
add (router) uploaduser
To specify a host that is allowed to upload configuration/software files
add (router-lan) filter
Add an address filter to the table of Layer 2 filter applied specified LAN
interface
add (router-lan) secondary ip address
Add a secondary IP address and subnet to the specified LAN interface
add (router-lan) static
Add static elements on the specified LAN interface
add (router-wan) firewall
Add a firewall rule to a WAN
add (router-wan) gre network
Add a "by network" GRE tunnel to a WAN
add (router-wan) nat bypass
Add subnets to the list of source addresses that will not be subject to NAT
translation when passing though a NAT enabled WAN interface
add (router-wan) static
Add static elements on the specified WAN interface
clear (router) ip address table
Flush the learned entries from the IP address table for the specific interface
from the specified router card
clear (router) log
Clear the CMG event log on the CMG Router card
clear (router) mac address table
Flush the learned entries from the MAC address table for the specific
interface from the specified router card
clear (router) mgcp stats
Set all MGCP statistic counts to zero on the CMG Router card
connect (router-trunk) (t1)
Creates two-way connections between the router port trunk connections and
any DS0 channels of the service card or controller

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-9

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l

l
l
l
l
l

14-10

connect (card-trunk) (card-trunk)
Configure card-to-card WAN cross-connects between two Router cards or
between a Router card and a V.35 card
connect (router-voice) (t1|fxs)
Creates two-way connections between the CMG voice channels and DS0
channels of and FXS or T1 service card or Controller T1
delete (router) dns proxy
Remove a remote DNS server address from the specified router card
delete (router) remote
Delete a remote WAN profile from the WAN profile table
delete (router) snmp community
Delete an SNMP community entry
delete (router) snmp trap
Delete a trap destination from the router card
delete (router) static dns host
Delete a static DNS host record
delete (router) uploaduser
Remove an existing authorized uploaduser
delete (router-lan) filter
Remove a a single filter rule from the table of Layer 2 filters applied to the
specified LAN interface
delete (router-lan) secondary ip address
Delete a secondary IP address and subnet to the specified LAN interface
delete (router-lan) static
Remove a static elements from the specified LAN interface
delete (router-wan) firewall
Remove a firewall rule from a WAN
delete (router-wan) gre network
Remove a "by network" GRE tunnel to a WAN
delete (router-wan) nat bypass
Delete an IP subnet or host from the list of source addresses that will not be
subject to NAT translation when passing though a NAT enabled WAN
interface

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l
l
l

l
l
l

l
l

l
l

l
l
l
l
l

delete (router-wan) static
Remove a static element from the WAN interface
disconnect {slot:port:trunk}
Removes a connection created by the connect {trunk-addr}{t1-addr}
install (slot) router
Will prepare the controller for the insertion of a new router card that will
keep its currently loaded configuration
load tftp
Will download software via TFTP to the Controller or the Router card
rename (router) (router-wan/lan)
Change the name of a remote WAN or local LAN profile on the Router card
reset (router)
Reboot the Router. All new configuration since the last configuration will be
in-use
rtrping
Router will perform a ping test and report the result.
set (router) autologout
Set the period of time on inactivity after which the user will be automatically
logged-out of a Telnet session
set (router) cdr
Enable/disable Call Detail Recording (CDR) for the CMG card
set (router) compander
Set the companding algorithm to use with the PCM (G.711) voice stream
to/from the TDM side of a connection
set (router) default
Reset the Router card to its default configuration settings
set (router) dhcp
Configure the DHCP functions
set (router) dns
Set the CMG Domain Name Server (DNS) options
set (router) enhanced security
Enable/disable enhanced login security on the Router
set (router) hookflash
Specify the flash maximum time

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-11

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l

l
l
l
l
l

l

l
l
l
l

14-12

set (router) lmi
Specify the Local Management Interface (LMI) protocol to use for the
Router
set (router) log
Set password access on the Router card (access level, password)
set (router) login auth
Sets how login authentication for this router should be performed
set (router) login prompt
Enable/disable the suppression of the Router login prompt for a user that
telnets in from the Controller CLI
set (router) mgcp
Set Media Gateway Call Protocol (MGCP) parameters
set (router) ntp
Set Network Time Protocol (NTP) parameters
set (router) password
Manage password access on the specified Router card
set (router) ppp auth
Configure the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) authentication
set (router) ppp security
Set the local external security server that the router will use to authenticate
remote PPP devices
set (router) priority tos
Configure parameters that will be used to recognize routed voice packets
which will be handled with higher priority over other routed data
set (router) proxy
Enable/disable proxy ARP mode
set (router) reboot
Set automatic reboot after an upload of code or configuration file
set (router) rip
Specify version of RIP packets to transmit and receive
set (router) snmp
Set the SNMP contact, location, name and statistics averaging interval

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

set (router) stp
Configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on the router
set (router) syslog
Configure the Router to send alarm and event messages to a Syslog server
set (router) voip
Set the Voice Over IP (VoIP) parameters
set (router-lan) collision
Configure collision alarms
set (router-lan) filter forward
Specify the forwarding mode for Layer 2 filters on the LAN interface
set (router-lan) framing
Specify which ethernet frame types are supported on the LAN interface
set (router-lan) gateway
Specify a default IP gateway for the specified LAN interface
set (router-lan) ip address
Specify an IP address for the specified LAN interface
set (router-lan) ipx network
Specify an IPX network numbers for the four IPS LAN frame types
set (router-lan) phy
Specify the ethernet PHY (physical specifications) speed and mode.
set (router-lan) rip
Specify IP RIP for the LAN interface
set (router-lan) stp
Configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on the LAN interface
set (router-lan) up/down
Set the LAN interface up or down.
set (router-trunk) encapsulation
Specify the encapsulation to use on the Router interface
set (router-trunk) multilink group
Specify that a trunk is part of a multilink PPP group
set (router-trunk) up/down
Set the Router trunk up or down

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-13

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

14-14

set (router-trunk) voice bandwidth limit
Set percentage of bandwidth on the trunk that is reserved for routed or
bridged data
set (router-voice) algorithm preference
Specify the list of voice coding algorithms to be supported for VoIP calls
set (router-voice) cpd
Configure how calling party disconnect should be signaled to an endpoint
set (router-voice) default
Specify the list of voice coding algorithms to be supported for VoIP calls
set (router-voice) dtmfrelay
Specify the encapsulation to use on the Router interface
set (router-voice) echo cancellation
Enable/disable echo cancellation
set (router-voice) echo tail
Set the maximum time between the signal and its echo
set (router-voice) endpoint prefix
Set the prefix and suffix of the MGCP endpoint names
set (router-voice) log start
To start logging events to the CMG text log
set (router-voice) log stop
To stop logging events to the CMG text log
set (router-voice) rxgain
Set gain on receive side for voice channel
set (router-voice) silence
Enable/disable silence suppression
set (router-voice) slash
Suppresses the implied slash "/" between the endpoint prefix and suffix
set (router-voice) tos
Set gain on transmit side for voice channel
set (router-voice) txgain
Set the gain on the transmit side (TDM-to-packet) voice path
set (router-voice) up
Set the specified voice channel up or down
Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l

l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

set (router-wan) dlci
Configure the DLCI for a specified WAN interface that will be using a frame
relay encapsulated trunk
set (router-wan) gre
Configure the GRE tunneling for a specified WAN interface
set (router-wan) ip
Set the IP traffic handling on the WAN interface
set (router-wan) ip address
Set the IP address for a WAN interface
set (router-wan) ipx
Set the IPX traffic handling on the specified WAN interface
set (router-wan) nat
Configure Network Address Translation (NAT) on a specified WAN
interface
set (router-wan) other
Set the traffic handling of protocols other than IP or IPX on the specified
WAN interface
set (router-wan) ppp
Configure the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) on the specified router card
set (router-wan) rip
Set the type or RIP updates on the WAN interface
set (router-wan) stp
Configure the Spanning Tree Protocol on the specified WAN
set (router-wan) trunk
Configure the trunk port for a specified WAN interface
set (router-wan) up/down
Set the specified WAN interface up or down
show (router)
Displays the current Router settings
show (router) dhcp
Displays the current DHCP settings for the Router
show (router) dns
Displays the current DNS setup for the router card

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-15

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

l
l
l
l
l

l
l
l

14-16

show (router) dns proxy
Displays the current DNS Proxy setup for the router card
show (router) lmi
Displays the current Local Management Interface (LMI) settings
show (router) log
Displays the logging configuration of the CMG router card
show (router) mgcp
Displays the setting for MGCP options
show (router) mgcp algorithmname
Displays the designations for coding algorithms
show (router) ntp
Displays the settings for NTP options
show (router) ppp
Displays the current Local PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) authentication and
security settings for the router
show (router) rip
Displays the current RIP settings for the Router
show (router) snmp
Displays the current SNMP settings for the Router
show (router) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for the router
show (router) syslog
Displays the current Syslog setup for the router
show (router) uploaduser
Displays the current list of users allowed to upload and download
configuration and code files
show (router) voip
Displays the current settings for all VOIP parameters
show (router-lan)
Displays the settings for the router card
show (router-lan) collision
Displays the current LAN collision alarm settings for the router

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l

l

l

l

l

l

show (router-lan) filter
Displays the current LAN Layer 2 data filters applied to the LAN on the
router
show (router-lan) static
Displays the current list of static entries for the LAN on the router
show (router-lan) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for the LAN interface
show (router-voice)
Displays the CMG voice line provisioning
show (router-wan)
Displays the current configuration settings for the specified WAN interface
show (router-wan) firewall
Displays the current firewall filter settings for the specified WAN interface
show (router-wan) nat bypass
Displays the current list of NAT bypass entries for the WAN interface
show (router-wan) ppp
Displays the current PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) settings for the specified
WAN interface
show (router-wan) static ip address
Displays the current list of static IP address entries for the specified WAN
interface
show (router-wan) static ip network
Displays the current list of static IP network entries for the specified WAN
interface
show (router-wan) static ipx network
Displays the current list of static IPX network entries for the specified WAN
interface
show (router-wan) static mac address
Displays the current list of static IP MAC network entries for the specified
WAN interface
show (router-wan) static nat address
Displays the current static NAT address entries for the specified WAN
interface

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-17

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

l

l
l
l

14-18

show (router-wan) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree Protocol settings for the specified WAN
interface
show (router-wan) trunk
Displays the current trunk assignment for the specified WAN interface
show (wan)
Displays the current WAN settings for the Router
status (router)
Displays the current Router status information
status (router) alarms
Displays the current alarm log from the router
status (router) channels
Displays a condensed status report of all voice channel endpoints
status (router) dns
Displays the current state of the DNS resolver and entries in the DNS cache
status (router) events
Displays the current event log from the router
status (router) ip address table
Displays the current IP address table for the specified Router
status (router) ip network table
Displays the current table of learned IP Networks for the specified interface
on the router card
status (router) ipx network table
Displays the current table of learned IPX Networks for the specified
interface on the router card
status (router) ipx server table
Displays the current table of learned IPX Servers for the specified interface
status (router) log
Displays the current log of all CMG events
status (router) mac address table
Displays the current table of learned MAC Addresses for the specified
interface on the router card

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Card Configuration
l

l
l
l
l
l

l

l

status (router) mgcp
Displays the current table of counts of all MGCP sent and received return
codes, internal errors and other statistics
status (router) performance
Displays the current runtime statistics from the specified router
status (router) stp
Displays the current Spanning Tree state from the specified router
status (router-lan)
Displays the current Router status information
status (router-trunk)
Displays the current status information for the specified Trunk on the router
status (router-voice)
Displays the current status of service, calls signaling, connections, call agent
communications and telephony statistics for a CMG router voice channel
store
Save a software file from a defined slot to a defined location on a PC, via
TFTP
telnet (router)
Establish a Telnet session from the Compact T1 CLI to the Router port user
interface

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-19

Router (CMG) Card
Connector Pinout

Connector Pinout
Ethernet
The pinout for the RJ-48C (female) connector on the front of the card is as follows:

1

14-20

8

Pin

Name

Description

1

Receive +

Receive from network

2

Receive -

Receive from network

3

Transmit +

Transmit to network

4

N/C

Not connected

5

N/C

Not connected

6

Transmit -

Transmit to network

7

N/C

Not connected

8

N/C

Not connected

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
Softswitch Interoperability Settings

Softswitch Interoperability Settings
BroadSoft™
To configure interoperability with the BroadSoft BroadWorks™ Service Delivery
Platform, the following equipment is required:
l Compact T1, Version 4.0
l CMG Router, Version 1.0
l BroadSoft BroadWorks Version 6.01.119 (for MGCP 1.0)

Note: a Device_Inventory Patch must be obtained from BroadSoft to enable
the correct setup with an Compact T1.

Codecs
It is recommended that only the following CMG Algorithms be used:
l G711mu
l G711a

In addition to limiting use to these algorithms, the order of the algorithm preference
should be the same in the BroadWorks Applications Server, Media Server and the
Compact T1.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-21

Router (CMG) Card
Softswitch Interoperability Settings

Compact T1 Settings
Interoperability Settings on the Adit should be as follows:
Note: Piggybacking and Quarantine are the only two fields that are not set to
defaults.
> show 4 mgcp
SLOT 4:
MGCP Settings for CMG:
Activation, Addressing, and Transactions:
(set to the IP Address or
MGCP State:
Down
the Domain Name of
Call Agent IP Address:
0.0.0.0
the BroadWorks
Call Agent Domain Name:
(not applicable)
Application Server)
Call Agent MGCP Port:
2727
Gateway MGCP Port:
2427
MGCP Gateway ID:
Default
Response Timeout (ms):
3000
Max Retries:
3
Interoperability Settings:
Version:
Hookswitch Reporting:
Default IETF Event Package:
Piggybacking:
Address Format:
Dialstring Format:
SDP Mode:
Parse Mode:
Quarantine:

IETF 1.0
Always
D
Enabled
Brackets
Commas
Full
Lenient
Loop Process

Voice Algorithm Names for Local Connection Options (LCO):
CMG Algorithm ID
g711mu
g711a
g726_16
g726_24
g726_32
g726_40

14-22

MGCP LCO Name

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Router (CMG) Card
LEDs

LEDs
The following chart describes each LED, and it’s state, of the Router card.

LED

State

Description

CRD

Off

Loss of power

Green

No current alarms

Red

Alarm state active. See alarm log for cause

Red Flashing

Self-test or Boot in-process

Yellow Flashing

Card is saving data to flash RAM, do not
power down

Off

No active VoIP calls or if the MGCP
protocol is optioned down

Green

Active VoIP calls

Red

Call agent unreachable

Yellow

Insufficient VoIP resources to complete
call

Off

No ethernet link

Green

Good ethernet link

Off

10 Mb ethernet

Green

100 Mb ethernet

Off

No ethernet transmit activity

Green

Ethernet transmit activity

Yellow

Current ethernet transmit collision

Off

No current ethernet receive activity

Green

Current ethernet receive activity

VOIP

LNK

10/100

TX

RX

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

14-23

Router (CMG) Card
LEDs

14-24

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
V.35/V.54 Cards

In this Chapter
n

Overview

-

V.35 Service Card
V.35/54 Service Card

n

Features

n

Technical Specifications

n

Card Configuration

-

CLI Commands
LEDs

n

Cables

n

Connector Pinouts

-

V.35 DCE (DB-26)

V.35/V.54 Cards
Overview

Overview
V.35 Service Card
The V.35 Service card enables service providers and enterprise network
managers to provision connectivity to high-speed serial synchronous Data
Terminal Equipment (DTE) devices such as routers, Frame Relay Access
Devices (FRAD) and video conferencing equipment.
The V.35 Service card provides scalable high-speed data service capacity to grow
with user needs. Up to six V.35 cards can be inserted into any slot of the Compact
T1 Customer Service Terminal, providing up to 12 fractional T1 V.35
connections from two T1 network connections. Two Adit Quad T1 Network
Access/Drop-and-Insert cards allow eight T1s with full T1 CSU/DSU
functionality to be terminated to eight V.35 ports in a single Compact T1. The
Adit’s digital cross-connect functionality offers service grooming, T1 drop-andinsert, and voice access integration that are not available in traditional CSU/DSU
offerings.
Each V.35 port supports any n x 56/64 Kbps rate up to 1.536 Mbps. Both ports
may operate simultaneously at any supported speed. Flexible clocking allows
loop timing from any T1 line and provide system clocking to the connected DTE,
supporting a wide range of data networking applications.
Local and remote management options for the V.35 cards are available through
the Compact T1 Controller. The cards can be locally configured and managed
using CLI.

V.35/54 Service Card
Additionally, each V.35 port supports V.54 loopback test capabilities. This
feature enables V.54 loopback pattern recognition, generation and timing control
to troubleshoot service from the network or the end device to the V.35 electrical
interface. Four standard Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) patterns and an error counter
are provided for testing.

15-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

V.35/V.54 Cards
Features

Features
l Provides any n x 56/64 Kbps data rate up to 1.536 Mbps on each port
l Supports full non-blocking cross-connection of all timeslots to any T1 access line
l Enables up to 12 V.35 ports may be equipped in a single Compact T1
l Allows a total of 24 V.35 ports to be equipped in two Compact T1, occupying

only two rack units of equipment space in a 19-inch rack
l Includes integration of T1 CSU/DSU functionality and remote management

capabilities
l Supports adaptation and transport over TDM facilities
l Integrates frame relay or private line V.35 services with voice and Internet access

over T1 lines

Additional V.54 Features
l V.54 Loop Test capability

Technical Specifications
Controller Software Required
T1 Controller
l Release 1.2.2 or higher is required for the V.35 card
l Release 3.0 or higher is required for the V.35/V.54 card

Service Interface
l Two V.35 interfaces:

-

DCE to DTE pinout
Two sub-miniature DB-26 connectors
Adapters outlined below

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

15-3

V.35/V.54 Cards
Technical Specifications

Network Interface
l T1 TDM

Clocking
l Looped-timed from any T1 or ISDN BRI card installed
l Sources clock to the DTE device

Testing and Diagnostics (V.35/54 card)
l Addressable V.54 loop up and loop down (127-code) pattern generation/

detection
l 2047, 215-1, 220-1 and QRSS Test Patterns with error counter

Power
l 2 W maximum

Regulatory Approvals
USA
l UL60950
l FCC Part 15, Class A
l NEBS Level 3 for type 2 and 4 equipment

GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE
Canada
l CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00
l ICES-003, Class A

15-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

V.35/V.54 Cards
Technical Specifications

Physical
l Dimensions: 3.5 in. (H) x 0.75 in. (W) x 11.25 in. (D)

8.9 cm (H) x 1.9 cm (W) x 28.6 cm (D)
l Weight: 4.6 oz. (0.13 kg)

For information on Compact T1 Environment required, see Installation Environment
on page 2-2.

Accessories
Sub-miniature DB-26 to Winchester adapter cables are required to interface DTE with
the Dual V.35 card. Gender refers to the Winchester connector. One cable per port.
l P/N 005-0008 V.35 Male 10 Ft. (3.05 m) cable
l P/N 005-0009 V.35 Male 25 Ft. (7.62 m) cable
l P/N 005-0010 V.35 Male 50 Ft. (15.24 m) cable
l P/N 005-0011 V.35 Female 10 Ft. (3.05 m) cable

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

15-5

V.35/V.54 Cards
Card Configuration

Card Configuration
The V.35 Service cards can be configured, using the Command Line Interface (CLI).

CLI Commands
The following commands are used to configure the V.35 Service cards. For detailed
information on these commands, see Chapter 5, CLI Commands.
l
l
l

l
l

l

l

l

15-6

connect
Creates two-way connections between channels.
disconnect
Removes a connection created by the connect command.
set (v35)
Setup of channels of a V.35 card (clock, clear to send, data, equipment, line,
receive clock invert, speed, transmit clock invert).
set (v54)
Set the V.54 loopback test parameters.
show (v35)
Displays the current settings for V.35 (clear to send, timing, Rx clock
inversion, Tx clock inversion, data inversion, data speed, data rate,
loopback)
show (v54)
Displays the current settings for V.54 (CTS, timing, Rx clock inversion, Tx
clock inversion, data inversion, data speed, data rate, Rx LB, Rx Addr, test
address, Tx Prep count, Rx Prep count, test pattern, ignore ACK, loopback)
status (v35)
Displays the current status of the specified V.35 (data terminal ready,
request to send, data carrier detect, clear to send, data set ready).
status (v54)
Displays the current near-end line status of the specified V.54 (DCD, CTS,
DSR, RTS, DTR, BERT).

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

V.35/V.54 Cards
LEDs

LEDs
Each V.35 port has its own LED, as shown in the table below.
State

Description

Off

No T1 Assignment

Green

Normal (CD/RTS) Active

Red

CD inactive (T1-side failure)

Yellow

RTS inactive (equipment-side failure)

Flashing Yellow

Loopback toward T1 or equipment loop test

Flashing Green

Loopback toward equipment or network loop test

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

15-7

V.35/V.54 Cards
Cables

Cables
Depending on your application, you will need to purchase one or more of the available
V.35 data cables:
Part Number

Description

Notes

005-0014

V.35 Female
10-foot cable

005-0068

V.35 Female
25-foot cable

These cables are used to provide the V.35 DCE
interface on a male connector to typical DTE
applications. Order one cable per V.35 port.

005-0069

V.35 Female
50-foot cable

005-0010

V.35 Male
50-foot cable

005-0009

V.35 Male
25-foot cable

005-0008

V.35 Male
10-foot cable

005-0189

DB-25 V.35 Female
50-foot cable

005-0188

DB-25 V.35 Female
25-foot cable

005-0187

DB-25 V.35 Female
10-foot cable

005-0186

DB-25 V.35 Female
6-foot cable

V.35 data cables with male connector for
connecting a router with a female V.35
Winchester connector or other data equipment to
a Compact T1 V.35 data port (sub-miniature DB26). Order one cable per V.35 port.

These cables are used to provide a DB-25 DCE
V.35 female interface for connection to a male
DB-25 DTE V.35 interface. Order one per port.

These cables can be purchased at a licensed distributor.

15-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

V.35/V.54 Cards
Connector Pinouts

Connector Pinouts
V.35 DCE (DB-26)
The V.35 DCE data port connection is made at the sub-miniature DB-26 connector on
the Compact T1 using the 10-foot, 25-foot, or 50 foot DTE V.35 cable equipped with
a sub-miniature DB-26 connector and a 34-pin Winchester connector.
This cable is used to connect the Compact T1 V.35 DCE data ports to synchronous
V.35 DTE data sources up to 1.536 Mbps, all rates (1-24) Nx56 or Nx64 channel-rate
progression.
The V.35 data cables are built according to the pin assignments listed below:
Sub-miniature
DB-26

Signal

Winchester 34-pin
(female)

1 (+ Shield)

←

Protective Ground →

A

7

←

Signal Ground →

B

2

←

Transmit Data A 

P

14

←

Transmit Data B 

S

3



Receive Data A →

R

16



Receive Data B →

T

4

←

RTS 

C

20

←

DTR 

H

5



CTS →

D

6



DSR →

E

12



Test Mode →

K

8



CD (RLSD) →

F

11

←

External Clock A 

U

24

←

External Clock B 

W

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Paired
Signals

]
]
]
]
]
]
]

15-9

V.35/V.54 Cards
Connector Pinouts

Sub-miniature
DB-26

15-10

Signal

Winchester
34-pin (female)

10



Xmit Clock A →

Y

23



Xmit Clock B →

AA

15



Receive Clock A →

V

17



Receive Clock B →

X

22

←

Local Loopback 

J

25

←

Remote Loopback 

BB

9, 13, 18

Open Pins/No Contact

19, 21, 26

Open Pins/No Contact

Paired
Signals

]
]
]

L, N, NN

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

CHAPTER
Maintenance
In this Chapter
n

Software Upgrade

n

Minimum Version Levels
Determining Boot Code Software Level
Upgrading System and Router Software via TFTP
Upgrading System and Router Software via TFTP using Proxy
Upgrading Software Levels via X-Modem

Backup Controller Configuration

-

Save Controller Configuration
Load Controller Configuration

n

Replace Controller Card

n

Hot Swap Service Card

Maintenance
Software Upgrade

Software Upgrade
Minimum Version Levels
Before starting a software upgrade, you must ensure that the Commpact T1 unit has the
correct software and hardware versions. The first set of instructions below show how
to determine the boot software version level in the unit. This is the simplest way to
confirm these versions.

Determining Boot Code Software Level
1. Start a CLI session on the Commpact T1 using a terminal emulation program
or via Telnet.
2. After login, type status equipment at the CLI prompt.
A message similar to the following should appear:
> status equipment
BootCode Version:

SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT
SLOT

A
1
2
3
4
5
6

CardType
-------T1x2
FXSx8
FXSx8
T1x4
BRIx4
T1x4
FXSx8

1.18
Status
-----Present
Not
Present
Present
Present
Present
Present

SW Vers
------1.4
resent
1.09
1.36
1.00
1.36
1.09

The BootCode Version must be at least 1.04. If it is less, contact Customer Servicce for
a required hardware upgrade.

16-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Maintenance
Software Upgrade

Upgrading System and Router Software via TFTP
1. Login to the Commpact T1, using a terminal emulation program or via Telnet.
2. Enter: load [slot] tftp {ip-addr} "file-name"
where [slot] = the slot number of a router card. If no slot number is listed, the
file is loaded to the Controller.
{ip-addr} = the IP address of the host device holding the downloadable
software
"file-name" = the software file name, including path, if needed. Enclosed in
quotes. Example: "c:\unit_sw\tdm4_0_z_all.mgm".
This example loads tdm4_0_z_all.mgm via tftp from the C drive and unit_sw
subdirectory. The path information must be provided.
The tftp utility provideds with the downloadble software must also be running,
in the same directory as the software file.
3. After download, the program will be loaded from RAM into the flash memory
and the system will automatically restart. Wait until the boot menu prompt is
displayed before powering down the unit. If the download fails and no prompt
is seen after a full minute, cycle power and repeat the process.
4. Re-establish communication with the CLI using a terminal emulation program
or Telnet. Check all configurations and system operation.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

16-3

Maintenance
Software Upgrade

Upgrading System and Router Software via TFTP using
Proxy
Required:

- Router Service card (IP or CMG) release 1.32 or higher
- Controller software 3.2 or higher
- Ethernet cable connected to port on front of Router card

1. Set up the Proxy with the following commands
set
set
set
set

ethernet ip address {ip-addr} [mask]
{rtr_lan-addr} ip address {ip-addr} [mask]
{rtr_card-addr} proxy enable {ip-addr} [mask]
ip gateway {ip-addr}

Example: (example with router in slot 3)
set
set
set
set

ethernet ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
3:1 ip address 192.168.100.1/24
3 proxy enable 192.168.100.80/24
ip gateway 192.168.100.80

NOTE: See Chapter 5,CLI Commands for more information on these
commands.

1. Login to the Compact T1 using the Proxy IP address, (example:
192.168.100.80) using a terminal emulation program or via Telnet.
2. Enter: load [slot] tftp {ip-addr} "file-name"
where [slot] = the slot number of a router card. If no slot number is listed, the
file is loaded to the Controller.
{ip-addr} = the IP address of the host device holding the downloadable
software
"file-name" = the software file name, including path, if needed. Enclosed in
quotes. Example: "c:\unit_sw\tdm4_0_z_all.mgm".
This example loads tdm4_0_z_all.mgm via tftp from the C drive and unit_sw
subdirectory. The path information must be provided.
The tftp utility provided with the downloadble software must also be running,
in the same directory as the software file.

16-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Maintenance
Software Upgrade

3. After download, the program will be loaded from RAM into the flash memory
and the system will automatically restart. Wait until the boot menu prompt is
displayed before powering down the unit. If the download fails and no prompt
is seen after a full minute, cycle power and repeat the process.
4. Re-establish communication with the CLI using a terminal emulation program
or Telnet. Check all configurations and system operation.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

16-5

Maintenance
Software Upgrade

Upgrading Software Levels via X-Modem
1. Login to the Compact T1.
2. Enter: load xmodem to download the application from the binary file. This
will start the system looking for an xmodem download. The Commpact T1 will
prompt you to send the file. Use one of the following methods:

Using HyperTerminal
l Pull down the Transfer menu
l Select Send File Provide the filename (and path if required), confirm

that the xmodem protocol is used for the transfer, and start the
download with the Send button
l A window will show the progress of the download.

Using Procomm
l Pull down the File menu
l Select Connection Directory
l Under the Data tab, use the Basic Options button to confirm that the

xmodem protocol is used for file transfers
l Pull down the Data menu, select Send File, provide the filename, and

start the download

Another Terminal Emulation Program
When using another terminal emulation program, confirm the use of xmodem
protocol at 9600 baud, provide filename (and path) and initiate the download.
3. The binary file name is usually in the format: Adit.pkt. At 9600 baud, the file
transfer will take approximately 20 minutes.
4. After download, the program will be loaded from RAM into the flash memory
and the system will automatically restart. Wait until the boot menu prompt is
displayed before powering down the unit. If the download fails and no prompt
is seen after a full minute, cycle power and repeat the process.
5. Re-establish communication with the CLI using a terminal emulation program.
Check all configurations and system operation.

16-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Maintenance
Backup Controller Configuration

Backup Controller Configuration
A text file from the current configuration can be generated to reload the in the event the
configuration has been lost due to card or software problems. The download of the file,
generated by the print config command, can be done by direct connect to the
RS-232 port or via Telnet. The upload of the file from the PC back to theController can
only be done via direct RS-232 connection. This is because the Controller will be at
factory default and an IP address is not assigned to the Unit.

Save Controller Configuration
The following example is shown with a HyperTerm session, with Telnet selections in
parenthesis, other programs may be used and the process is similar, however the menu
selections may be different.
1. Start a HyperTerm session to an Commpact T1.
2. Type the CLI command print config and do not hit [ENTER].
3. Type select Transfer/Capture Text from the drop-down menu.
(Telnet - Terminal/Start Logging)
4. Name the file, select OK.
5. Return to the CLI command print config and hit [ENTER].
This process will exclude the print config command itself, from the
configuration file you are creating.
6. (Telnet - Select Terminal/Stop Logging).
7. Save configuration file as a .txt file, if necessary (Telnet will create a .log file,
which will need to be "saved as" a .txt file).

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

16-7

Maintenance
Backup Controller Configuration

Load Controller Configuration
1. Open HyperTerm session with the Commpact T1 unit.
2. In HyperTerm, select File/Properties/Settings/ASCII Setup.

3. Set the Line delay to 300 ms and the Character delay to 5 ms.
4. Select OK to save ASCII Setup and OK to save HyperTerm Properties.
5. Select Transfer/Send Text File.
6. Select .txt file from previous steps.
7. Click Open.
8. Configuration will load.

16-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Maintenance
Replace Controller Card

Replace Controller Card
WARNING! SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED WITH THE PROCESS OF
CHANGING OUT A

CONTROLLER CARD.

It is not necessary to power down a unit to replace a Controller, however if you would
like to load the configuration file to the new Controller card you must backup the
configuration file before this process.
1. Backup Controller Configuration, see Save Controller Configuration on page
16-7.
2. Remove Controller card, gently slide the Service card straight out of the slot.
3. Replace Controller card, gently slide the new Service card into the empty slot.
4. Ensure that the new card is seated firmly into the connector at the back of the
unit.
5. Load Controller Configuration, see Load Controller Configuration on page
16-8

Hot Swap Service Card
To Hot-Swap (replace) a service card while the unit is powered on, follow the steps
below:
1. Gently slide the Service card straight out of the slot.
2. Gently slide the new Service card into the empty slot.
3. Ensure that the new card is fastened securely into the connector at the back of
the unit.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

16-9

Maintenance
Hot Swap Service Card

16-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

APPENDIX
SNMP Interface

In this Appendix
n

Overview

n

SNMP Basics

n

Enterprise MIB Support

n

Router Enterprise MIB Support

n

Public MIB Support

n

Router Public MIB Support

n

SNMP Trap Reports

SNMP Interface
Overview

Overview
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) enables network operations
centers (NOCs) to monitor and manage network elements across an internetwork. The
Commpact T1 supports SNMP through its Ethernet port, which provides access to the
carrier’s TCP/IP management network.

SNMP Basics
SNMP is a mechanism for managing TCP/IP networks. It works by exchanging
information between an SNMP Manager and an SNMP Agent.

MIB Structure
The SNMP Agent displays network information in a Management Information Base
(MIB). MIBs are machine-to-machine interfaces that arrange and present information
according to industry standards such as RFC 1213. MIBs are tree-like structures
comprising nodes and leaves. Nodes are branch points used to divide information into
categories. Leaves have object values that can be examined and changed. Common
MIB objects include system names, performance statistics, and control values.
Control values are typically Integer types. This enables the object’s value to represent
a specific control selection. Selections are usually written in the “name(value)” format.
For example, the selection “closed(1)” means that the “closed” state is indicated by a
value of “1”.

A-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

SNMP Interface
Enterprise MIB Support

Enterprise MIB Support
This release is with full SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c support. Enterprise MIBs are defined
using only SMIv2 (as noted in the table).
Enterprise MIB Name

Enterprise MIB Filename

CARRIERACCESS-GENERIC- MIB

carrieraccess-generic.mib

CARRIERACCESS-TC-MIB

carrieraccess-tc.mib

CAGEN-GENERIC-MIB

cagen-generic.mib

CAGEN-SLOT-MIB

cagen-slot.mib

CAGEN-SYSTEM-MIB

cagen-system.mib

ADIT600-SYSTEM-MIB

adit600-system.mib

CAGEN-ALARM-MIB

cagen-alarm.mib

CAGEN-EVENT-MIB

cagen-event.mib

CAGEN-TRAPS-MIB

cagen-traps.mib

CAGEN-DS0-MIB

cagen-ds0.mib

CAGEN-DS1-MIB

cagen-ds1.mib

ADIT600-DS1-MIB

adit600-ds1.mib

ADIT600-TDM-DS1-MIB

adit600-tdm-ds1.mib

CAGEN-FX-MIB

cagen-fx.mib

ADIT600-FX-MIB

adit600-fx.mib

CAGEN-V35-MIB

cagen-v35.mib

CAGEN-RS232-MIB

cagen-rs232.mib

CAGEN-BRI-MIB

cagen-bri.mib

ADIT600-TDM-ROUTER-MIB

adit600-tdm-router.mib

CAGEN-PPHONE-MIB

cagen-pphone.mib

CAGEN-OCUDP-MIB

cagen-ocudp.mib

CAGEN-IF-FACTORY-MIB

cagen-if-factory.mib

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

A-3

SNMP Interface
Router Enterprise MIB Support

CAGEN-NTP-MIB

cagen-ntp.mib

CAGEN-SYSLOG-MIB

cagen-syslog.mib

ADIT600-TDM-CMG-MIB

adit600-tdm-cmg.mib

CAGEN-CMG-MIB

cagen-cmg.mib

ADIT600-TDM-DEPRECIATED-OIDS-MIB

adit600-tdm-depreciated-oids.mib

SNMPV2-CONF-MIB

snmpv2-conf.mib

SNMPV2-SMI-MIB

snmpv2-smi.mib

SNMPV2-TC-MIB

snmpv2-tc.mib

Router Enterprise MIB Support
Enterprise MIB Name

Enterprise MIB Filename
Router Specific

A-4

CAGENROUTER-MIB

caGenRouter.mib

CAGENROUTER-CARDPROFILE-MIB

caGenRouter-CardProfile.mib

CAGENROUTER-DNS-MIB

caGenRouter-DNS.mib

CAGENROUTER-FILTERS-MIB

caGenRouter-Filters.mib

CAGENROUTER-LANPROFILE-MIB

caGenRouter-LanProfile.mib

CAGENROUTER-MANAGEMENT-MIB

CAGenRouter-Mgt.mib

CAGENROUTER-NTTPPROFILE-MIB

caGenRouter-NTPProfile.mib

CAGENROUTER-REPORTS-MIB

caGenRouter-Reports.mib

CAGENROUTER-SPANTREE-MIB

caGenRouter-SpanTree.mib

CAGENROUTER-STATIC-MIB DEFINITIONS

caGenRouter-Static.mib

CAGENROUTER-TC-MIB

caGenRouter-tc.mib

CAGENROUTER-TRUNK-MIB

caGenRouter-trunk.mib

CAGENROUTER-WANPROFILE-MIB

caGenRouter-WanProfile.mib

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

SNMP Interface
Router Enterprise MIB Support

CMG Specific
ADIT-CMG-MIB

adit-cmg.mib

ADITCMG-CARD-MIB

adit-cmg-card.mib

ADITGENCMG-ALGO-MIB

aditGenCmg-algo.mib

ADITGENCMG-MGCP-MIB

aditGenCmg-mgcp.mib

ADITGENCMGCARD-TC-MIB

aditGenCmg-tc.mib

ADITGENCMG-TRUNK-MIB

aditGenCmg-trunk.mib

ADITGENCMG-VCHAN-MIB

aditGenCmg-vchan.mib

ADITGENCMG-VOIP-MIB

aditGenCmg-voip.mib
Common with Controller

CARRIERACCESS-GENERIC-MIB

carrieraccess-generic.mib

CARRIERACCESS-TC-MIB

carrieraccess-tc.mib

CAGEN-GENERIC-MIB

cagen-generic.mib

CAGEN-SYSTEM-MIB

cagen-system.mib

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

A-5

SNMP Interface
Public MIB Support

Public MIB Support
MIB

Table

Comments

RFC1155 (RFC-1155-SMI-MIB)
RFC1212 (RFC-1212-MIB)
RFC1213 (RFC-1213-MIB)

system
interfaces
ip
icmp

tcp
udp
snmp

egp not supported

RFC1215 (RFC-1215-MIB)
RFC1215-TRAP
(RFC-1215-TRAP-MIB)

A-6

RFC1659 (RFC1659-MIB)

rs232PortTable
rs232SyncPortTable
rs232InSigTable
rs232OutSigTable

Supports V.35 Card
Rs232AsnycPortTable
not supported

RFC1907 (SNMPv2-MIB)

system
sysORTable
snmp

SMIv2 Extension of
RFC1213

RFC2011 (IP-MIB)

ip
ipAddrTable
ipNetToMediaTable
icmp

SMIv2 Extension of
RFC1213

RFC2233 (IF-MIB)

ifTable
ifXTable
ifStackTable

IfTestTable,
ifRcvAddressTable not
supported

IANAifType-MIB

IANAifType

Used by RFC2233; no
objects

RFC2493 (PerHist-TC-MIB)

Performance History TC

Defines textual
conventions; no objects

RFC2494 (DS0-MIB,
DS0BUNDLE-MIB)

dsx0ConfigTable
dsx0ChanMappingTable
dsx0BundleTable

Dsx0BondingTable not
supported

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

SNMP Interface
Router Public MIB Support

RFC2495 (DS1-MIB)

dsx1ConfigTable
dsx1CurrentTable
dsx1IntervalTable
dsx1TotalTable

Far End Tables and
Fractional Table not
supported

RFC2571 (SNMPFRAMEWORK-MIB)

SNMP TC

Defines textual
conventions1 no objects

Router Public MIB Support
MIB

Table

Comments

RFC1213 (RFC-1213-MIB)

system
interfaces
ip
icmp
tcp
udp
snmp
system
snmp
ip
icmp

egp not supported

RFC1907 (SNMPv2-MIB)
RFC2011 (IP-MIB)

RFC2233 (IF-MIB)

ifTable

RFC3291(RFC-3291-MIB)
IANAifType-MIB

IANAifType

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

SMIv2 Extension of RFC1213
SysORTable not supported
SMIv2 Extension of RFC1213.
IpAddrTable not supported.
Routing table and
ipNetToMediaTable supported
by Enterprise mibs.
IfTestTable, ifRcvAddressTable,
ifXTable, ifStackTable not
supported
Used by RFC2233; no objects

A-7

SNMP Interface
SNMP Trap Reports

SNMP Trap Reports
The Commpact T1 can send the following SNMP trap reports.

Standard Traps

A-8

Trap

Description

Test Method

authenticationFailure

Occurs when a bad community string is
used.

Attempt a Get or Set
using an invalid
community string.

linkDown

Sent when a DS1 changes from an up (inservice) state to a down (out-of-service)
state. It is not sent when a DS1 is set
“down” by a manual command.
Also sent when a DS1 is set up manually, if
it is in an out-of-service state.

Disconnect an in-service
DS1.

linkUp

Sent when a DS1 changes from a down
(out-of-service) state to an up (in-service)
state. It is not sent when a DS1 is set “up”
by a manual command.

Connect a DS1 and put it
into service.

coldStart

Sent whenever the SNMP agent is restarted
as a result of a software reset or unit powerup.

Cycle the power off and
on.

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

SNMP Interface
SNMP Trap Reports

Enterprise Traps
Trap

Description

caGenEventLogTrap

This trap is generated when an event has
been logged into the device’s Event Log.
This trap contains 5 mandatory variable
bindings and may contain up to 3 optional
variable bindings. The mandatory variable
bindings are caGenEventLogIndex,
caGenEventSeverity, caGenEventCategory,
caGenEventCode, and caGenEventDate.
The optional variable bindings are
caGenEventInfoParam1,
caGenEventInfoParam2 and
caGenEventAdditionalText. The optional
variable bindings (if present) will always
appear at the end of the variable binding list.

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

Test Method

A-9

SNMP Interface
SNMP Trap Reports

A-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.0

APPENDIX
Diagnostices & Troubleshooting

In this Appendix
n

Alarms

n

Logs

n

Status and Performance

n

Loopbacks Overview

n

DS1 Loopbacks
V.35 Loopbacks
V.35/V.54 Loop
V.54 Equipment Loopback
OCU-DP Loopbacks

Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Alarms

Alarms
Test Alarm
The Commpact T1 alarm functions can be manually tested using the following
command for setting critical, major and minor alarms. Turning alarms on or off will
produce alarm messages and log entries stating the alarm event was manually set/
cleared by the user.
Syntax: set alarms {critical|major|minor} {off|on}

Identify Alarm
Alarm indicators
l

LEDs - When an Alarm is triggered, the LED (labeled CRD) will display a
red indicator light, which will stay on until the Alarm is cleared. The

following is the LED information for the T1 Controller card. For LED
infomation for the specific service card see the chapter for that card.
LED

State

Description

MAJOR

Off
Red
Off
Yellow
Off
Green
Off
Yellow

No major alarms present
Major alarm present
No minor alarms present
Minor alarms present
Remote mode (DIP switches disabled)
Local mode (DIP switches enabled)
Normal mode. No alarms are being suppressed.
Alarm cutoff active. One or more active alarms
suppressed.
Off line
Normal
Loss of Signal (LOS) detected
Bipolar Violation (BPV) detected
Loopback active
Loss of Frame (LOF) or Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) detected
Yellow alarm (Remote Alarm Indication) detected.

MINOR
LOCAL
ACO

T1-1 and
T1-2

Off
Green
Red
Yellow
Flashing Green
Flashing Red
Flashing Yellow

B-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Alarms

The following are hyperlinks to all the card LED information:
T1 Controller Card, LEDs
FXO Voice Card, LEDs
FXS Voice Card, LEDs
ISDN BRI Card, LEDs
OCU-DP Card, LEDs
Single Channel POTS Card, LEDs
Router (IP) Card, LEDs
Router (CMG) Card, LEDs
Terminal Server Router Card, LEDs
V.35/V.54 Cards, LEDs
Power Supply, 115 VAC LEDs

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-3

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Alarms

Display Alarms
Use the alarms command to display the active alarms. Each alarm is related to a
particular address and has a severity category (major, minor, critical, alert). The
report can be filtered by port address and/or severity.
Syntax: alarms [slot|slot:port|slot:port:channel] [category]
[severity]

> alarms
Time
07:35:45
07:35:21
07:34:57
07:30:39
03:50:55
00:00:20
00:00:20
00:00:05
00:00:05
Total=10

Date
Severity Description
01/04/2002 Major
Test Major Alarm
01/04/2002 Minor
Test Minor Alarm
01/04/2002 Critical Test Critical Alarm
01/04/2002 Major
1:1-OCUDP Out of Service
01/04/2002 Major
1:1-OCUDP Loss of Signal
01/01/2002 Major
4:1-CMG Ethernet Link Down
01/01/2002 Major
5:1-RTR Ethernet Link Down
01/01/2002 Major
A:2-DS1 Loss Of Signal
01/01/2002 Major
A:1-DS1 Loss Of Signal

Category = bri|ds1|env|equipment|fxo|fxs|rtr|v35
Severity = alert|critical|info|major|minor

Clear Alarm
Once an alarm is identified then the process of clearing it can begin.
l
l
l
l
l

B-4

Silence Alarm, if necessary (Alarm Cut Off CLI command: aco)
Check Connection
Check Cable, replace if necessary
Check hardware and replace if necessary
Call Customer Service

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Logs

Logs
Display the event log to view a log of all system events, or narrow the view to only
display specific information.
Syntax: log [slot|slot:port] [category] [severity]
Example: log
Time
00:00:15
00:00:12
00:00:12
00:00:06
00:00:05
00:00:02
00:00:02
Total=7

Date
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002
01/01/2002

Severity
Major
Info
Info
Major
Info
Info
Info

Description
4:1-CMG Ethernet Link Down
3-FXOx8 Card Detected
2-FXS5Gx8 Card Detected
A:2-DS1 Loss Of Signal
4-CMGx1 Card Detected
A-T1x2 Card Detected
System Powerup

Category = bri|ds1|env|equipment|fxo|fxs|rtr|v35
Severity = alert|critical|info|major|minor

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-5

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Status and Performance

Status and Performance
The following status commands will display vital infomation regarding the system that
will aid in troubleshooting. All commands listed below are hyperlinked to the CLI
command.

B-6

status (bri)

status (router) events

status clock

status (router) ip address table

status (ds0)

status (router) ip network table

status (ds1)

status (router) ipx network table

status equipment

status (router) ipx server table

status equipment

status (router) log

status (fxo)

status (router) mac address table

status (fxs5G)

status (router) mgcp

status ipds0

status (router) performance

status (ocudp)

status (router) stp

status (ocudp) performance

status (router-lan)

status (ocudp) performance history

status (router-trunk)

status (router)

status (router-voice)

status (router) alarms

status sessions

status (router) channels

status (v35)

status (router) dns

status (v54)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

Loopbacks Overview
A loopback test is a diagnostic procedure in which a signal is transmitted and returned
to the sending device after passing through all or a portion of a network or circuit. The
returned signal is compared with the transmitted signal in order to evaluate the integrity
of the equipment or transmission path. The following are the Loopbacks available.
T1 Loopbacks

Card
Controller T1
Quad T1
V.35 T1
V.54 T1

Line

Equipment

Payload

CSU

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
No
No

Yes
Yes
No
No

OCU-DP Loopbacks
l Manual OCU Loopback
l Manual CSU Loopback
l OCU Latching Loopback
l CSU Latching Loopback
l DSU Latching Loopback
l DSU Non-Latching Loopback
l CSU Non-Latching Loopback
l OCU Non-Latching Loopback
l OCU Manual Loopback
l CSU Manual Loopback

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-7

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

DS1 Loopbacks
Note: T1 LEDs flash green during any DS1 loopback.

DS1 Line Loop
Loops at DS1 (at framer),
signal not reframed. Have
DS1 vendor check for
framing/errors.

Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1
DS1
Network

FXS
Adit 600
Compact
T1

Enable Line Loopback

Loops DS1 as shown
Signal Not Reframed

Telephone

> set a:1 line loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
DS1 Status
> status a:1
SLOT A:
Status for DS1
Receive:
Transmit:
Loopback:

1:
Traffic
Traffic
LINE

Disable Line Loopback
> set a:1 line loopdown
OK

View Status of Loopback
DS1 Status
> status a:1
SLOT A:
Status for DS1
Receive:
Transmit:
Loopback:

B-8

1:
Traffic
Traffic
OFF

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

DS1 Payload Loop
Loops at DS1 (in framer)
and reframes the T1.
Have DS1 vendor check
for framing/errors.

Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1
DS1
Network

FXS
Adit 600T1
Compact

Loops DS1 as shown
Reframes the T1

Telephone

Enable Payload Loopback
> set a:1 payload loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
> status a:1
SLOT A:
Status for DS1
Receive:
Transmit:
Loopback:

1:
Traffic
Traffic
PAYLOAD

Disable Payload Loopback
> set a:1 payload loopdown
OK

View Status of Loopback
> status a:1
SLOT A:
Status for DS1
Receive:
Transmit:
Loopback:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

1:
Traffic
Traffic
OFF

B-9

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

Receiving DS1 CSU Loop
Causes a line Loopback. Loopup code sent by remote unit or network. Occurs at
local DS1 CSU. Have DS1 vendor check for framing/errors.
Local
DTE

Local
DCE
T1

V.35

CSU Loopup
Code

FXS

DS1
Network

Adit 600

Compact T1

Loopup Code Sent by Remote Unit
Signal Not Reframed

Telephone

Enable Detection of CSU Loopcode
Enable detection of CSU loop code (10000 for loopup; 100 for loopdown).
> set a:1 loopdetect on
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show a:1
SLOT A:
Settings for DS1 1:
Circuit ID:
Up/Down:
Framing:
Line Coding:
Line Build Out:
(CSU 0dB)
Loop Code Detection:
Loopback:
FDL Type:

B-10

DS1# A:1
UP
ESF
B8ZS
DSX-1 EQUALIZATION FOR 0-133 ft.
ON (Default)
OFF
None

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview
Performance Threshold Settings
unavailable seconds:
severely errored seconds:
errored seconds:
sev. errored frame seconds:
line errored seconds:
controlled slip seconds:
bursty errored seconds:
degraded minutes:
total linecode violations:
total pathcode violations:

> status a:1
SLOT A:
Status for DS1
Receive:
Transmit:
Loopback:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

15 min.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1 day
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1:
Traffic
Traffic
LINE

B-11

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

DS1 Equipment Loop
Note: Quad T1 LED stays green during equipment loop. The DS1 Equipment
Loopback is available on the Quad T1 card and is not available on the Controller
card.
PBX
T1
Quad T1
DS1
Network

FXS
Adit 600T1
Compact

Loops at local Quad
T1 port (location)

Telephone

Enable Equipment Loopback
Where a Quad T1 card is in slot 5.
> set 5:1 equipment loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show 5:1
SLOT 5:
Settings for DS1 1:
Circuit ID:
Up/Down:
Framing:
Line Coding:
Line Build Out:
(CSU 0dB)
Loop Code Detection:
Loopback:
FDL Type:

DS1# 5:1
UP
ESF
B8ZS
DSX-1 EQUALIZATION FOR 0-133 ft.
ON
EQUIPMENT
None

Performance Threshold Settings

B-12

15 min.

1 day

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview
unavailable seconds:
severely errored seconds:
errored seconds:
sev. errored frame seconds:
line errored seconds:
controlled slip seconds:
bursty errored seconds:
degraded minutes:
total linecode violations:
total pathcode violations:

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Disable Equipment Loopback
> set 5:1 equipment loopdown
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show 5:1
SLOT 5:
Settings for DS1 1:
Circuit ID:
Up/Down:
Framing:
Line Coding:
Line Build Out:
(CSU 0dB)
Loop Code Detection:
Loopback:
FDL Type:

DS1# 5:1
UP
ESF
B8ZS
DSX-1 EQUALIZATION FOR 0-133 ft.
ON
OFF
None

Performance Threshold Settings
unavailable seconds:
severely errored seconds:
errored seconds:
sev. errored frame seconds:
line errored seconds:
controlled slip seconds:
bursty errored seconds:
degraded minutes:
total linecode violations:
total pathcode violations:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

15 min.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1 day
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

B-13

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

V.35 Loopbacks
Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1

T1

Remote
DCE
V.35

Remote
DTE

Network

Equipment
Loopback

Compact
Adit 600T1
Network
Network
Unit
Unit

Adit 600T1
Compact
Line
Equipment
Equipment
Loopback
Unit
Unit

V.54
Loopback

V.35 Line Loop
Note: V.35 LED flashes green during line loop.
Loop occurs at V.35 port. Check for sync and errors at local data port.
Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1
DS1
Network

FXS
Adit 600
Compact
T1
Loop occurs at V.35
port (location)
Telephone

Enable Line Loopback
Where a V.35 card is in slot 6.
> set 6:1 line loopup
OK

B-14

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview
View Status of Loopback
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
Loopback:

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
1536 K
Line

Disable Line Loopback
> set 6:1 line loopdown
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
Loopback:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
1536 K
None

B-15

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

V.35 Equipment Loop
Note: V.35 LED flashes yellow during equipment loop.
Loops at local V.35 port. Check for sync and errors at remote data port, with or
without BERT.
Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1
DS1
Network

FXS
Adit 600
Compact
T1
Loops at local V.35
port (location)
Telephone

Enable Equipment Loopback
Where a V.35 card is in slot 6.
> set 6:1 equipment loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
Loopback:

B-16

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
1536 K
Equipment

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview
Disable Equipment Loopback
> set 6:1 equipment loopdown
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
Loopback:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
1536 K
None

B-17

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

V.35/V.54 Loop
V.35/V.54 Service Card Description
The V.35 Card with V.54 Loop Test provides the capability for the V.35 card to
detect network loop back initiation signals and provide a network loop back for
loop testing. Each channel of the V.35 will continuously monitor the incoming data
bit stream for a particular loop pattern. On detection of the pattern the channel will
acknowledge the loop test request and put the channel into loop back. The channel
will then continuously monitor for the loop test end pattern. On detection of the
loop end pattern the channel will remove loop back and resume normal operation.
Front panel LED’s will indicate Loop test. Each channel can also initiate the loop
test pattern causing another V.54 compatible device to loop back. The channel will
then transmit a test pattern and calculate bit error rate (BER).

View V.35/V.54 Card Configuration
Where a V.35/V.54 card is in slot 6.
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
V.54 Rx LB:
V.54 Rx Addr:
V.54 Test Addr:
V.54 Tx Prep count:
V.54 Rx Prep count:
V.54 Test Pattern:
V.54 Ignore ACK:
Loopback:

B-18

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
768 K
disabled
255
255
15
15
QRSS
OFF
None

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

V.54 Loop
Note: Local LED flashes yellow, remote LED flashes green.
Transmit V.54 Loopup
Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1

Remote
DCE
V.35

T1

Remote
DTE

Network

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Network
Network
Unit
Unit

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Equipment
Equipment
Unit
Unit

Local unit send
V.54 loop up
code, loop occurs
at remote data
port

Receive V.54 Loopup
Local
DTE

Local
DCE
V.35

T1

T1

Remote
DCE
V.35

Remote
DTE

Network

Remote unit or
network sends
V.54 loop up code,
loop occurs at
local data port

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Equipment
Equipment
Unit
Unit

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Network
Network
Unit
Unit

Enable V.54 Loop
Where a V.35/V.54 card is in slot 6.
> set 6:1 v54 network enable
OK

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-19

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview
View Status of Loopback
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
V.54 Rx LB:
V.54 Rx Addr:
V.54 Test Addr:
V.54 Tx Prep count:
V.54 Rx Prep count:
V.54 Test Pattern:
V.54 Ignore ACK:
Loopback:

B-20

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
768 K
enabled
255
255
15
15
QRSS
OFF
None

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

V.54 Equipment Loopback
Enable V.54 Equipment Loopup
Where a V.35/V.54 card is in slot 6.
> set 6:1 v54 equipment loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
> show 6:1
SLOT 6:
Settings for V35 Port 1:
CTS:
Timing:
Rx Clock Inversion:
Tx Clock Inversion:
Data Inversion:
Data Speed:
Data Rate:
V.54 Rx LB:
V.54 Rx Addr:
V.54 Test Addr:
V.54 Tx Prep count:
V.54 Rx Prep count:
V.54 Test Pattern:
V.54 Ignore ACK:
Loopback:

Always High
Source
Normal
Normal
Normal
64K
768 K
enabled
255
255
15
15
QRSS
OFF
Equipment(V.54)

> status 6:1
SLOT 6:
Status for V35 PORT 1:
DCD:
High
CTS:
High
DSR:
High
RTS:
High
DTR:
High
BERT:
RUNNING (Syncing up)

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-21

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview
> status 6:1
SLOT 6:
Status for V35 PORT 1:
DCD:
High
CTS:
High
DSR:
High
RTS:
High
DTR:
High
BERT:
RUNNING
BITS:
8386950
ERRS:
0
BER:
0.00000000

Disable V.54 Equipment Loopup
> set 6:1 v54 equipment loopdown
OK

View Status of Loopback
> status 6:1
SLOT 6:
Status for V35 PORT 1:
DCD:
High
CTS:
High
DSR:
High
RTS:
High
DTR:
High
BERT:
Complete
BITS:
109030350
ERRS:
0
BER:
0.00000000
BERT DATE:
1/5/2001 01:39:18

B-22

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

OCU-DP Loopbacks
These loopbacks may be activated by the network or manually (CLI). These loopbacks
are OCU, CSU, and DSU. The Network may activate each loopback by sending
latching or non-latching code sequences. The OCU-DP card may be configured to
allow detection of each sequence for each loopback.

DTE

Remote
DCE

Local
DCE

DCE
DSU/CSU

T1

DCE
DSU/CSU

DTE

T1
Network

DSU Loop

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Equipment
CSU Loop Equipment
OCU Loop
Unit
Unit

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Network
Network
Unit
Unit

View OCU-DP Card Configuration
Where a OCU-DP card is in slot 3.
> show 3:1
SLOT 3:
Settings for OCUDP Port 1:
Up/Down:
Baudrate:
Loopdetect Types Enabled:

Error Correction:
Secondary Channel:

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

UP
56000
CSU Latching
DSU Latching
OCU Latching
DISABLE
DISABLE

B-23

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

Non-Latching Loopdetect
Enable OCU-DP Non-Latching Loopdetect
Where a OCU-DP card is in slot 3.
> set 3:1 loopdetect ocu nllb enable
OK
> set 3:1 loopdetect csu nllb enable
OK
> set 3:1 loopdetect dsu nllb enable
OK

View Status of Loopdetect
> show 3:1
SLOT 3:
Settings for OCUDP Port 1:
Up/Down:
Baudrate:
Loopdetect Types Enabled:

UP
56000
CSU
CSU
DSU
DSU
OCU
OCU

Error Correction:
Secondary Channel:

B-24

Latching
Non-Latching
Latching
Non-Latching
Latching
Non-Latching
DISABLE
DISABLE

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

CSU Manual Loopback
DTE

DCE
DSU/CSU

Remote
DCE

Local
DCE
T1

DCE
DSU/CSU

DTE

T1
Network

Adit 600 T1
Compact
CSU Loop Equipment
Equipment
Unit
Unit

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Network
Network
Unit
Unit

Enable CSU Manual Loopback
Where a OCU-DP card is in slot 3.
> set 3:1 loopback csu loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
> status 3:1
SLOT 3:
Status for OCUDP Port 1:
Selftest:
Results as of 00:00:24 01/01/2001
Datapath:
PASS
FPGA:
PASS
OCU:
PASS

OCU Manual Loopback:
CSU Manual Loopback:

NONE
In Progress

OCU NonLatching Loopback:
DSU NonLatching Loopback:
CSU NonLatching Loopback:

NONE
NONE
NONE

OCU Latching Loopback:
DSU Latching Loopback:
CSU Latching Loopback:

NONE
NONE
NONE

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-25

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Loopbacks Overview

Manual OCU Loopback
DTE

DCE
DSU/CSU

Local
DCE

Remote
DCE
T1

DCE
DSU/CSU

DTE

T1
Network

Compact T1
Adit 600 T1
Compact
Equipment
Equipment OCU Loop
Unit
Unit

Adit 600 T1
Compact
Network
Network
Unit
Unit

Enable Manual OCU Loopback
Where a OCU-DP card is in slot 3.
> set 3:1 loopback ocu loopup
OK

View Status of Loopback
> status 3:1
SLOT 3:
Status for OCUDP Port 1:
Selftest:
Results as of 00:00:24 01/01/2001
Datapath:
PASS
FPGA:
PASS
OCU:
PASS

B-26

OCU Manual Loopback:
CSU Manual Loopback:

In Progress
NONE

OCU NonLatching Loopback:
DSU NonLatching Loopback:
CSU NonLatching Loopback:

NONE
NONE
NONE

OCU Latching Loopback:
DSU Latching Loopback:
CSU Latching Loopback:

NONE
NONE
NONE

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools

Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools
The Verification, Statistics and System Reports features are instrumental in diagnosing
and troubleshooting the Router card.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-27

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools

Verification
The Verification section may be used to identify suspected communication problems
between the local and remote devices. Verification options are:

LAN Port Tests
Verifies the ability of the local unit to commicate by pinging remote or local
devices. See LAN Port Tests in the Router Manual for more information on this
feature.

WAN Monitor
The WAN Monitor is a diagnostic tool that is used to review the actual data being
transmitted from, or received by the local Router. When the monitoring is started,
a hexadecimal display of each transmission as it occurs is shown. See WAN
Monitor in the Router Manual for more information on this feature.
Note: The WAN Monitor decreases the throughput of the Router. It should
only during installation and troubleshooting procedures, not during normal
operation.

Statistics
Run-Time
TheRun-Time is used to review data transmission information between the Local
(LAN) unit and Remote (WAN) devices. This option allows you to review data
transmission statistics to/from remote units. This data will help you to monitor the
Router’s connection/performance capabilities such as throughput, compression,
and errors. See Statistics Window in the Router Manual for more information
regarding this feature.

B-28

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools

System Reports
The System Reports menu presents data that may be useful in identifying WAN
communication problems.

Events
The Events listing offers on-going historical activity for the Router, while the
Alarm listing indicates events that suggest further investigation. See Events in the
Router Manual for more information regarding this feature.

Alarms
This screen provides a listing of any Alarms that have occurred on the Router.
When an Alarm is triggered, the Router LED (labeled CRD) will display a red
indicator light, which will stay on until the Alarm is cleared. Each Alarm is listed
separately and the Count field will display a value of 1. See Alarms in the Router
Manual for more information regarding this feature.

Network/Servers
By sending out IPX and IP RIP (Routing Information Protocol) and IPX SAP
(Service Advertising Protocol) packets and monitoring RIP and SAP packets from
other devices, the Router will learn about other servers and networks. The Router
will constantly monitor RIP and SAP packets to ensure that the status of the
network or server has changed. Should a RIP or SAP packet indicate a change in
status, the Router would update the data in the table and send the information to all
enabled remotes to exchange the updated data. See Networks/Servers in the Router
Manual for more information regarding this feature.

Address Tables
The MAC Address and IP Address Tables, along with Network Tables are used to
determine if and where the Router should send packets. See Address Tables in the
Router Manual for more information regarding this feature.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

B-29

Diagnostices & Troubleshooting
Router Diagnostics and Performance Tools

B-30

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

GLOSSARY
Glossary

AMI

Automatic Mark Inversion

ARP

Address Resolution Protocol

ATM

Asynchronous Transfer Mode

B8ZS

Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution

BER

Bit Error Rate

BERT

Bit Error Rate Tester

BES

Burst Errored Seconds

BIT

Binary Digit

bps

Bits Per Second

BPV

Bipolar Violation

BRI

Basic Rate Interface

CAS

Channel Associated Signaling

CCS

Common Channel Signaling

Glossary
CHAP
CHAP

Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol

CIDR

Classless Inter-Domain Routing

CLASS

Custom Local Area Signaling Service

CLEI

Common Language Equipment Identification

CLI

Command Line Interface

CMG

Customer Media Gateway

CNG

Also called Auto Fax Tone or Calling Tone

CO

Central Office

CPE

Customer Provided Equipment

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

CRV

Call Reference Value

CSU

Channel Service Unit

D4

The fourth generation channel bank

dB

decibel

DCS

Digital Signal Processor

DDS

Digital Data Service

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DLC

Digital Loop Carrier

DNS

Domain Naming System

DLCI

Data Link Connection Identifier

Glossary-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary
DS0
DS0

Digital Signal Level Zero (64 kbps) (1 voice channel)

DS1

Digital Signal Level 1 (1.544 Mbps)

DSU

Digital Service Unit/Data service Unit

DTE

Data Terminal Equipment

ES

Errored Seconds

ESF

Extended Superframe

FDL

Facilities Data Link

FX

Foreign Exchange

FXO

Foreign Exchange Office

FXS

Foreign Exchange Station

GS

Ground Start

GMT

Greenwich Mean Time

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation

IETF

Internet Engineering Task Force

IP

Internet Protocol

IPX

Internet Packet eXchange

ISDN BRI

Integrated Services Digital Network.

LAN

Local Area Network

LLC

Logical Link Control

LBO

Line Build Out

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary-3

Glossary
LMI
LMI

Local Management Interface

LS

Loop Star

LULT

Line Unit Line Termination

LUNT

Line Unit Network Termination

Mbps

Million Bits Per Second

MGCP

Media Gateway Control Protocol

MLPPP

Multilink PPP

MUX

Multiplexer

MVEC

Majority Vote Error Correction

NAT

Network Address Translation

NCS

Network-based Call Signaling

NEBS

Network Equipment Building Standards

NTP

Network Time Protocol

OCU-DP

Office Channel Unit - Data Port

PAP

Password Authentication Protocol

PHY

Physical specifications

PPP

Point-to-Point Protocol.

PVC

Permanent Virtual Circuit

QoS

Quality of Service

Glossary-4

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary
RADIUS

RADIUS

Remote Authentication Dial-In Service.

RIP

Routing Information Protocol.

RTCP

Real-Time Control Protocol.

RTPSAP

Service Access Point.

SDP

Session Description Protocol.

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol.

STP

Spanning Tree Protocol.

T1

Trunk Level 1.

TACACS+

Terminal Access Controller Access Control System.

TDM

Time Division Multiplex.

TFTP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol.

TOS

Type of Service

VC MUX

Virtual Channel Multiplexer

VOIP

Voice over IP.

WAN

Wide Area Network.

VC

Virtual Channel.

10Base-T

The most widely installed Ethernet local area networks (LANs) use
ordinary telephone twisted-pair wire. When used on Ethernet, this carrier
medium is known at 10BASE-T. 10BASE-T supports Ethernet’s 10
Mbps transmission speed.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary-5

Glossary
100Base-TX
100Base-TX

Also called "Fast Ethernet," it is a 100 Mbps version of Ethernet.
100Base-T transmits at 100 Mbps rather than 10 Mbps. Like regular
Ethernet, Fast Ethernet is a shared media LAN. All nodes share the 100
Mbps bandwidth. 100Base-TX uses two pairs of Category 5 cabling, one
pair for transmission, one pair for receiving.

analog

The telephone transmission of voice, video or image. Telephone
transmission and/or switching that is not digital.

Annex D

A frame relay standard extension dealing with the communication and
signaling between customer premises and equipment and frame relay
network equipment for the purpose of querying network status
information.

Asynchronous
Transfer Mode

Very high speed transmission technology. ATM is a high bandwidth,
low-delay, connection-oriented, packet-like switching and multiplexijng
technique. Usable capacity is segmented into 53-byte fixed-size cells,
consisting of header and information fields, allocated to services on
demand. The term "asynchronous" applies, as each cell is presented to
the network on a "start-stop" basis - in other words, asynchronously.

bandwidth

The width of a communications channel. Analog is typically measured in
Hertz (cycles per second), a voice conversation is typically measured in
bits per second.

Bipolar 8-Zero
Substitution

A coding scheme that maintains ones density.

bipolar violation

BPV. A violation is declared for AMI if two successive pulses have the
same polarity.

Bit

Contraction of the words "binary" and "digit".

Bit Error Rate

The number of erred bits divided by the total number of bits.

Basic Rate
Interface

Basic Rate Interface (2b+d) in ISDN.

Glossary-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary
Channel Service Unit
Channel Service
Unit

The interface to the T1 line that terminates the local loop.

Classless InterDomain Routing

CIDR is a new addressing scheme for the Internet which allows for more
efficient allocation of IP addresses than the old Class A, B, and C address
scheme.

collision

In Ethernet, the result of two nodes transmitting simultaneously. The
frames from each device impact and are damaged when they meet on the
physical media.

command line

The command line is where you enter MS-DOS commands.

compander

Companding is the process of compressing the amplitude range of a
signal for economical transmission and then expanding them back to
their original form at the receiving end.

Domain Naming
System

DNS. A mechanism used in the Internet for translating names of host
computers into addresses.

Dynamic Host
Configuration
Protocol

DHCP is a network configuration that allows maintenance to be
performed from a central site rather than by end users.

encapsulation

Carrying frames of one protocol as the data in another.

echo
cancellation

A technique that allows for the isolation and filtering of unwanted signals
caused by echoes from the main transmitted signal.

end point

A network element (component) at the end of the network, a transmitter
or receiver, or an originating or terminating device.

Facilities Data
Link

FDL supports the communication of various network information in the
form of in-service monitoring and diagnostics.

filter

An operating parameter used with routers that can be set to block the
transfer of packets from one LAN to another.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary-7

Glossary
firewall
firewall

Any of a number of security schemes that prevent unauthorized users
from gaining access to a computer network and/or may monitor the
transfer of information to and from the network.

frame

A fragment of data that is packaged into a frame format, which comprises
a header, payload, and trailer.

Foreign
Exchange

A Central Office trunk which has access to a distant central office. Dial
Tone is returned from that distant Central Office, and a location can be
reached in the area of the foreign Central Office by dialing a local
number. This will provide easier access for customers in that area and
calls may be made anywhere in the foreign exchange area for a flat rate.

Foreign
Exchange
Service

Foreign exchange (FX) service is a service that can be ordered from the
telephone company that provides local telephone service from a central
office which is outside (foreign to) the subscriber’s exchange area.
Simply, a user can pick up the phone in one city and receive a dial tone
in the foreign city. This kind of connection is provided by a type of trunk
called foreign exchange (FX) trunk. FX trunk signaling can be provided
over analog or T-1 links. Connecting POTS telephones to a computer
telephony system via T-1 links requires a channel bank configured with
FX type connections.

G.168

Echo cancellation

G.711

Pulse code modulation (PCM) of voice frequencies. This ITU-T
Recommendation provides the rules for encoding of voice-frequency
signals to and from 64 kbps PCM. It covers both "A-law" and "µ-law"
encoding.

G.726

40, 32, 24, 16 kbps adaptive differential pulse code modulation
(ADPCM). This ITU-T Recommendation specifies the conversions of a
64 kbps A-law and u-law PCM channel to and from ADPCM encodings
of 40, 32, 24, and 16 kbps. (The PCM encoding is defined in G.711.)

gateway

An entrance and exit into a communications network

GRE tunneling

Generic Routing Encapsulation tunneling is a Layer 2 protocol that can
tunnel multi-protocol traffic over IP Networks.

Glossary-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary
ground
ground

A physical connection to the earth or other reference point.

ground start

A method of signaling on subscriber trunks in which one side of the two
wire trunk (typically the ring conductor of Tip and Ring) is momentarily
grounded to get dial tone

Hops

Each individual short trip that packets make from router to router, as they
are routed to their destination.

impedance

The total opposition a circuit offers to the flow of alternating current. It
is measured in ohms and the lower the ohmic value, the better the quality
of the conductor

Integrated
Services Digital
Network

BRI, which is 144,000 bits per second and designed for the desktop.

Local Area
Network

LAN. A short distance data communications network (typically within a
building or campus) used to link together computers and peripheral
devices under some form of standard control.

layer 2

In the OSI 7 layer model, layer 2 is the Data Link layer. This layer deals
with procedures and protocols from operating the communications lines.
It also has a way of detecting and correcting message errors

Line Build Out

LBO.

Local Link
Control

A protocol developed by the IEEE 802.2 committee for data-link-level
transmission control

Local
Management
Interface

A specification for the use of frame-relay products that define a method
of exchanging status information between devices such as routers

latching

OCU-DP loopback

loopback

A diagnostic test in which a signal is transmitted across a medium while
the sending device waits for its return.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary-9

Glossary
MAC Address
MAC Address

The address for a device as it is identified at the Media Access Control
layer in the network architecture

mapping

In network operations, the logical association of one set of values, such
as addresses on one network, with quantities or values of another set,
such as devices on another network.

Media Gateway
Control Protocol

MGCP. A control and signal standard for the conversion of audio signals
carried on telephone circuits (PSTN) to data packets carried over the
Internet or other packet networks.

MLPPP

MultiLink PPP. An extension to the point-to-point protocol that enables
two channels to be linked together to double the throughput. It is used for
ISDN transmission and channel bonding

multiplexer

Electronic equipment which allows two or more signals to pass over one
communications circuit. The circuit may be analog or digital

MUX

See multiplexer

MVEC

Majority Vote Error Correction

nonlatching

OCU-DP loopback

NTP

Network Time Protocol, developed to maintain a common sense of time
among Internet hosts around the world. Many systems on the Internet run
NTP, and have the same time (relative to Greenwich Mean Time).

OCU-DP

Office Channel Unit - Data Port. A channel bank unit used to interface
between the channel bank and a customer’s DDS CSU or DSU.

packet

A packet consists of the data to be transmitted and certain control
information.

PAP

Password Authentication Protocol

PAT

Port Address Translation

Glossary-10

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary
PHY
PHY

PHY as in physical specifications. OSI Physical Layer, which provides
for transmission of cells over a physical medium connecting two ATM
devices.

ping

Packet InterNet Grouper. PING is a program used to test whether a
particular network destination on the Internet is online (i.e. working) by
repeatedly bouncing a "signal" off a specified address and seeing how
long that signal takes to complete the round trip. No return signal - site is
down or unreachable. Portion is returned - trouble with the connection.

PLAR

Private Line, Automatic Ringdown. A leased voice circuit that connects
two single instruments together. When either handset is lifted, the other
instrument automatically rings.

PPP

Point-to-Point Protocol.

protocol

Procedure or set of rules.

PVC

Permanent Virtual Circuit. A PVC is a permanent channel connection
between two ATM devices. PVC’s allow network transmissions to be
started without having to first establish a connection with the end point
ATM device. When a PVC is constructed, the end points of the
connection will agree upon a path in which data will travel, and therefore
agree upon the route that data will travel to reach its destination.

QoS

Quality of Service.

RADIUS

Remote Authentication Dial-In Service. RADIUS is a client/serverbased authentication software system. The software supports remote
access applications, allowing an organization to maintain user profiles in
a centralized database residing on an authentication server which can be
shared by multiple remote access servers.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary-11

Glossary
RIP
RIP

Routing Information Protocol. RIP is based on distance vector
algorithms that measure the shortest path between two points on a
network, based on the addresses of the originating and destination
devices. The shortest path is determined by the number of "hops"
between those points. Each router maintains a routing table, or routing
database, of known addresses and routes; each router periodically
broadcasts the contents of its table to neighboring routers in order that the
entire network can maintain a synchronized database.

robbed bit

A type of analog signaling that will occasionally steal information bits
used for circuit signaling coding.

RTCP

Real-Time Control Protocol.

SAP

Service Access Point.

silence
suppression

A term used in voice compression for transmission whereby silence in
the voice conversation is filled with other transmissions (data, video,
imaging, etc.).

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol. SNMP is the most common
method by which network managements applications can query a
management agent using a supported MIB (Management Information
Base). SNMP operates at the OSI application layer.

spanning tree

Spanning Tree Protocol is a link management protocol that provides path
redundancy while preventing undesirable loops in the network. For an
Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist
between two stations.

SDP

Session Description Protocol.

T1

Trunk Level 1. A digital transmission link with a total signaling speed of
1.544 Mbps. T-1 is a standard for the digital transmission in North
America.

TACACS+

Terminal Access Controller Access Control System.

Glossary-12

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary
telnet
telnet

An Internet standard protocol that enables a computer to function as a
terminal working from a remote computer

TDM

Time Division Multiplex. A technique for transmitting a number of
separate data, voice and/or video signals simultaneously over one
communications medium by quickly interleaving a piece of each signal
one after another.

TFTP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol.

ticks

The distance between two networks, measured in time increments. Ticks
may be used to designate primary and secondary routes to the same
network.

trunk

A communication line between two switching systems.

tunneling

To provide a secure, temporary path over the Internet.

VC MUX

Virtual Channel Multiplexer

VoIP

Voice over IP.

WAN

Wide Area Network.

VC

Virtual Channel.

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Glossary-13

Glossary
VC

Glossary-14

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

INDEX
Numerics

Index

10Base-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4, Glossary-5
115 VAC/-48 VDC Power Supply/Charger . 11-2
25-pair telco connector pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
26-pin micro-SCSI
V.35 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
V.35/V.54 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8, 15-9
3-DSO BRITE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

A
aco (alarm Cut Off) command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
add
(router)
dns proxy command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
remote command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
snmp community command . . . . . . . . . 5-8
snmp trap command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
static dns host command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
uploaduser command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
(router-lan)
filter
address command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
custom command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
protocol command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
secondary ip address command . . . . . . 5-15
static
ip address command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
ip network command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
ipx network command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
mac address command . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
(router-wan)

firewall command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
gre network command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
nat bypass command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
static
ip address command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
ip network command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
ipx network command . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
mac address command . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
nat address command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
user command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
alarm connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
alarms command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
alert alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30, 5-61
algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-6
Annex D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-6
Assembly of unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
autologout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93

B
B8ZS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Basics, SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
BERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Bipolar 8 Zero Substitution . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-6
bps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
BRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1

Index
C

C
cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 3-3
Call Detail Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Channel Associated Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
FXO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
FXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
CHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-2
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
chassis dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Chassis Ground Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
CIDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-2
clear
(router)
ip address table command . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
log command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
mac address table command . . . . . . . . 5-34
mgcp stats command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
performance command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
ds1 command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
log command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
CLI (Command Line Interface) . 1-7, Glossary-2
CLI commands
aco (Alarm Cut Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
(router)
dns proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
snmp community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
snmp trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
static dns host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
(router-lan)
filter address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
filter custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
filter protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
secondary ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
static ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Index - 2

static ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static mac address . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-wan)
firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gre network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nat bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static mac address . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static nat address . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router)
ip address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mac address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mgcp stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ds1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(card-trunk) (card-trunk) . . . . . . . . . .
(router-trunk) (t1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-voice) (t1|fxs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router)
dns proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
snmp community . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
snmp trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static dns host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-lan)
filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
secondary ip address . . . . . . . . . . .

5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-33
5-33
5-34
5-34
5-35
5-32
5-32
5-36
5-36
5-39
5-38
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-42
5-43
5-43
5-44
5-44
5-45
5-46

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
C
static ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
static ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
static mac address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
(router-wan)
firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
gre network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
nat bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
static ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
static ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
static mac address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
static nat address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
install (slot) router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
load
tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
xmodem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
print
config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
rename (router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
(router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
restore defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
rtrping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
(bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
autoactivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
pmsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
(ds0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
(ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
(fxo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
(fxs5G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

(ocudp)
baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
loopdetect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
mvec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
selftest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
(router)
autologout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
relay server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
server dnsserver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
server domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
server duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
server netbios nameserver . . . . . 5-98
server netbios nodetype . . . . . . . 5-99
server netbios scope . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
server startaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
resolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
enhanced security . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
hookflash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
lmi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
login auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
login prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
addressformat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
algorithmname . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
callagent address . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
callagent filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
callagent port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

Index - 3

Index
C
callagent secondary address . . .
callagent secondary port . . . . . .
default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dialstring format . . . . . . . . . . . .
down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gatewayid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
keepalive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
package default . . . . . . . . . . . .
parsemode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
piggyback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
protocolidt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
quarantine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
report hookswitch . . . . . . . . . . .
retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rsipwildcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sdpmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ppp auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
byremote protocol . . . . . . . . . .
byremote secret . . . . . . . . . . . .
byremote user . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ofremote protocol . . . . . . . . . . .
ppp security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
priority tos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Index - 4

5-112
5-113
5-113
5-114
5-115
5-116
5-117
5-118
5-119
5-120
5-120
5-121
5-122
5-122
5-123
5-123
5-124
5-124
5-125
5-126
5-126
5-127
5-127
5-127
5-128
5-128
5-129
5-130
5-130
5-130
5-131
5-131
5-132
5-132
5-132
5-133
5-134
5-135
5-136

rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bridge forwarddelay . . . . . . . . .
bridge hellotime . . . . . . . . . . . .
bridge maxage . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bridge priority . . . . . . . . . . . . .
enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . .
syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . .
facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dtmf edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
g729a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
jitterbuffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
osi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
payload type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ptime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rtcp
cname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rtp baseport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rtpmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sdpaddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-lan)
collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
filter forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-136
5-137
5-137
5-137
5-138
5-139
5-139
5-139
5-140
5-140
5-141
5-142
5-142
5-142
5-143
5-143
5-144
5-144
5-144
5-145
5-146
5-146
5-147
5-147
5-148
5-149
5-149
5-150
5-151
5-152
5-153
5-153
5-154
5-155
5-156
5-157
5-158

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
C
ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
phy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160
rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
port cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164
port priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164
up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
(router-trunk)
encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
multilink group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
(router-voice)
algorithm preference . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
cpd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171
down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
dtmfrelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
echo cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
echo tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
endpoint prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175
endpoint suffix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-176
log start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
log stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
rxgain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-178
silence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-179
slash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180
tos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180
txgain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181
up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181
voice bandwidth limit . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
(router-wan)
cdr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
compander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
dlci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-182
ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185
ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-186
nat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-187
address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-187
enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-188
ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-188
other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-189
ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-190
auth ofremote user . . . . . . . . . . 5-190
compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191
security server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191
rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
ip updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
ipx updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-193
enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-193
port cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-194
port priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-194
trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-195
up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-195
(v35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-202
(v54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-204
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
autoexit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
ethernet ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
ip gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
ipds0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
login auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
login support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
server address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
radius identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

Index - 5

Index
C
radius retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
radius server address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
radius server secret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
radius timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-196
snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-197
syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
server address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-199
server facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
server level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-199
time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-200
user
level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201
password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201
verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-206
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-207
(bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-208
(ds0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-210
(ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-211
(fxo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-212
(fxs5G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-213
(ocudp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-217
(router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-218
dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-220
dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-220
dns proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-221
lmi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-221
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-222
mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-223
algorithmname . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-224
ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-225
ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-226
rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-227
snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-227
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-228
syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-228
uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-229

Index - 6

voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-lan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mac address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-voice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(router-wan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nat bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static ipx network . . . . . . . . . . . . .
static mac address . . . . . . .5-245,
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(v35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(v54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(wan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
autoexit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipds0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-230
5-231
5-233
5-234
5-236
5-236
5-237
5-237
5-238
5-238
5-239
5-240
5-242
5-242
5-243
5-244
5-244
5-245
5-246
5-246
5-247
5-250
5-251
5-252
5-208
5-209
5-209
5-210
5-212
5-215
5-214
5-215
5-215
5-216
5-216
5-216
5-217
5-247
5-248

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
D
syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-248
time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-253
(bri) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-254
(ds0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-256
(ds1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-257
(fxo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-260
(fxs5G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-261
(ocudp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-262
performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-263
performance history . . . . . . . . . . . 5-264
(router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-265
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-265
channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-266
dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-267
events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-268
ip address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-269
ip network table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-270
ipx network table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-271
ipx server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-272
log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-273
mac address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-274
mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-275
performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-276
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-277
(router-lan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-278
(router-trunk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-279
(router-voice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-280
(v35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-282
(v54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-283
clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-255
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-258
ipds0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-262
sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-281
store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-284
telnet
(router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-285
clock

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-209
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-255
CMG Router card
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-8
connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16, 14-20
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-7
Command Line Interface (CLI) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
compander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
connect
(bri) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
(card-trunk) (card-trunk) command . . . . 5-39
(router-trunk) (t1) command . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
(router-voice) (t1|fxs) command . . . . . . . 5-40
BRI 4 to 1 mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Controller card
T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
DIP switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
cooling method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
crossconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
channel associated signaling (CAS)
Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

D
date
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-210
DCE
data port V.35 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9

Index - 7

Index
E
delete
(router)
dns proxy command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
remote command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
snmp community command . . . . . . . . 5-43
snmp trap command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
static dns host command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
uploaduser command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
(router-lan)
filter command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
secondary ip address command . . . . . 5-46
static ip address command . . . . . . . . . 5-47
static ip network command . . . . . . . . . 5-48
static ipx network command . . . . . . . . 5-49
static mac address command . . . . . . . 5-50
(router-wan)
firewall command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
gre network command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
nat bypass command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
static ip address command . . . . . . . . . 5-53
static ip network command . . . . . . . . . 5-54
static ipx network command . . . . . . . . 5-54
static mac address command . . . . . . . 5-55
static nat address command . . . . . . . . 5-56
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
user command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
DHCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-2
Diagnostics and Performance Tools . . . . . . . B-2
dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
DIP switches
FXO voice card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
FXS voice card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
T1 controller card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
disconnect
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
DS0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-3
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-256
DS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37, 7-9, 8-10
Equipment Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12

Index - 8

Line Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Payload Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-257
DS1 Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
DS1
Equipment Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
Line Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Payload Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
Receiving DS1 CSU Loop . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
DTE V.35 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
D-type mating connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

E
Enable CSU Manual Loopback . . . . B-25, B-26
Enable Manual OCU Loopback . . . . . . . . . B-26
encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
enhanced security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Enterprise MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Environment Requirements
non-operating altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
operating altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
connector pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-212
Ethernet connector pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
exit command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
external alarm connector . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-8

F
FDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-3
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-7
Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-8
foreign exchange office (FXO) card . . . . . . . 7-1
foreign exchange service (FXS) card . . . . . . 8-1
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
G
FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-3
FXO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-3
FXO Voice card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Channel Associated Signaling . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
DIP switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
FXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-3
FXS Voice card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Channel Associated Signaling . . . . . . . . . 8-10
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
DIP switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

G
Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-9

H
hookflash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-9
hot swap cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

I
impedance settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-214
insert cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
install (slot) router command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
non-operating altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
operating altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-3
IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
ISDN BRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2, Glossary-3
ISDN BRI card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1, 10-1
3-DSO BRITE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

J
jitterbuffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146

L
LEDs
115 VAC power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
CMG Router card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23
FXO voice card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
FXS voice card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
ISDN BRI card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
OCU-DP card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Quad T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11
Router card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
T1 Controller card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
V.35/V.54 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
LMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104, Glossary-4
load
tftp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
xmodem command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
local and remote network management . . . . . 1-6
log command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
long rise waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Loopback
DS1

Index - 9

Index
M
Equipment Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
Line Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Payload Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
Enable CSU Manual Loopback . .B-25, B-26
Enable Manual OCU Loopback . . . . . . . B-26
Receiving DS1 CSU Loop . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
V.35 Equipment Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
V.35 Line Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
V.35/V.54 Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
View OCU-DP card configuration . . . . . B-23
loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-9
LULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-4
LUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-4

M
Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-4
MGCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108, 5-275
MIB
Enterprise support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3
public support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-6
router Enterprise support . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-4
router public support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-7
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
MIB Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

N
network management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
non-operating altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

O
OCU-DP card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Index - 10

LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
OCU-DP Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
Enable CSU Manual Loopback . . B-25, B-26
Enable Manual OCU Loopback . . . . . . . B-26
View card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
operating altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
operating temperature range, temperature
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

P
packet time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
PAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-4, Glossary-10
password
ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201
Physical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-11
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
pinouts
10Base-T ethernet . . . . . 10-14, 10-15, 12-10,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 14-20
CMG Router card . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 14-20
external alarm connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
ISDN BRI card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
OCU-DP card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Quad T1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
Router card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14, 10-15
V.35/V.54 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
PLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75, Glossary-11
PLARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
power connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
115 VAC/-48 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
Q
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
ringer waveform options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
print
config command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
help command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-11
Public MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-4, Glossary-11

Q
Quad T1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
configuration restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12
connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

R
Real-Time Control Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Receiving DS1 CSU Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
remote and local network management . . . . . 1-6
remove cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
rename (router) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Replacing a Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
(router) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
restore defaults command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
ringer
waveform options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-5, Glossary-12
RJ-21X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9, 9-9

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

RJ-48C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12, 3-4, 12-10
Robbed Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-12
rounded waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Router
Enterprise MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-4
Public MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-7
Router card
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14, 10-15
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Router Configuration
Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7, 3-4, 3-11, 4-2, 12-8
connector pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 3-11
data port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
rtrping command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

S
security
enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Service Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
(bri)
autoactivate command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
mode command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
pmsync command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
(bri) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
(ds0) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
(ds1) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
(fxo) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
(fxs5G) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
(ocudp)
baud command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
loopback command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
loopdetect command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
mvec command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89

Index - 11

Index
S
secondary command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
selftest command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
up/down command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
(router)
autologout command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
default command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
dhcp
disable command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
relay server command . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
server dnsserver command . . . . . . . 5-97
server domain command . . . . . . . . 5-97
server duration command . . . . . . . . 5-98
server netbios nameserver
command . . . . . . . . . 5-98
server netbios nodetype command . 5-99
server netbios scope command . . . . 5-99
server startaddr command . . . . . . 5-100
dhcp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
domain command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
name command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
resolver command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
server command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
enhanced security command . . . . . . . 5-103
hookflash command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
lmi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
poll command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
log command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
login auth command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
login prompt command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
mgcp
addressformat command . . . . . . . 5-108
algorithmname command . . . . . . . 5-109
callagent address command . . . . . 5-110
callagent filter command . . . . . . . 5-110
callagent port command . . . . . . . . 5-111
callagent secondary address
command . . . . . . . . 5-112

Index - 12

callagent secondary port
command . . . . . . . .
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
default command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dialstring format command . . . . .
down command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gatewayid command . . . . . . . . . .
keepalive command . . . . . . . . . . .
package default command . . . . . .
parsemode command . . . . . . . . . .
piggyback command . . . . . . . . . .
port command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
protocolid command . . . . . . . . . .
quarantine command . . . . . . . . . .
report hookswitch command . . . .
retries command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rsipwildcard command . . . . . . . . .
sdpmode command . . . . . . . . . . .
timeout command . . . . . . . . . . . .
tos command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
up command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
version command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
enable/disable command . . . . . . .
poll command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
server command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timezone command . . . . . . . . . . .
password command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ppp auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
byremote protocol command . . . .
byremote secret command . . . . . .
byremote user command . . . . . . .
ofremote protocol command . . . .
ppp security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
address command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
password command . . . . . . . . . . .
server command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
priority tos command . . . . . . . . . . . .
proxy command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-113
5-108
5-113
5-114
5-115
5-116
5-117
5-118
5-119
5-120
5-120
5-121
5-122
5-122
5-123
5-123
5-124
5-124
5-125
5-126
5-126
5-127
5-127
5-127
5-128
5-128
5-129
5-130
5-130
5-130
5-131
5-131
5-132
5-132
5-132
5-133
5-134
5-135

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
S
reboot command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
rip command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
contact command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
location command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
name command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
stp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
bridge forwarddelay command . . . 5-139
bridge hellotime command . . . . . . 5-139
bridge maxage command . . . . . . . 5-140
bridge priority command . . . . . . . . 5-140
enable/disable command . . . . . . . . 5-141
syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142
enable/disable command . . . . . . . . 5-142
facility command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142
level command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143
server command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143
voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
default command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
dtmf edge command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
g729a command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
jitterbuffer command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146
osi command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146
packing command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147
payload type command . . . . . . . . . 5-147
ptime command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
rtcp
cname command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
interval command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
rtp baseport command . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
rtpmap command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
sdpaddress command . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
(router-lan)
collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
interval command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
threshold command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154
filter forward command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155
framing command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156
gateway command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

ip address command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158
ipx network command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
name - see rename command . . . . . . . 5-64
phy command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160
rip
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
ip command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
ipx command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162
stp
enable/disable command . . . . . . . . 5-163
port cost command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164
port priority command . . . . . . . . . 5-164
stp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
up/down command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
(router-trunk)
encapsulation command . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
multilink group command . . . . . . . . . 5-166
up/down command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
(router-voice)
algorithm preference command . . . . 5-169
cpd command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
default command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171
down command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
dtmfrelay command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
echo cancellation command . . . . . . . 5-173
echo tail command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
endpoint prefix command . . . . . . . . . 5-175
endpoint suffix command . . . . . . . . . 5-176
log start command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
log stop command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
rxgain command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-178
silence command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-179
slash command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180
tos command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180
txgain command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181
up command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181
voice bandwidth limit command . . . . 5-168
(router-wan)
cdr command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

Index - 13

Index
S
compander command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
dlci command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-182
ip address command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185
ip command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185
ipx command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-186
name - see rename command . . . . . . . 5-64
nat
address command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-187
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-187
enable/disable command . . . . . . . 5-188
ports command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-188
other command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-189
ppp
auth ofremote user command . . . . 5-190
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-190
compression command . . . . . . . . . 5-191
security server command . . . . . . . 5-191
rip
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
ip updates command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
ipx updates command . . . . . . . . . . 5-192
stp
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-193
enable/disable command . . . . . . . 5-193
port cost command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-194
port priority command . . . . . . . . . 5-194
trunk command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-195
up/down command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-195
(v35) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-202
(v54) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-204
alarms command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
autoexit command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
clock command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
date command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
ethernet ip address command . . . . . . . . . 5-79
FXO transmit and receive levels . . . . . . . . 7-1
FXS transmit and receive levels . . . . . . . . 8-1
id command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81

Index - 14

ip gateway command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
ipds0 command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
local command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
login auth command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
login support command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
ntp
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
disable command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
enable command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
poll command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
server address command . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
timezone command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
radius identifier command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
radius retries command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
radius server address command . . . . . . . 5-92
radius server secret command . . . . . . . . 5-92
radius timeout command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
screen command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-196
snmp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-197
syslog
command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
disable command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
enable command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
server address command . . . . . . . . . 5-199
server facility command . . . . . . . . . . 5-198
server level command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-199
time command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-200
user
level command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201
password command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201
verification command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-206
set (router) voip
rtcp
interval command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
rtp baseport command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
rtpmap command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
sdpaddress command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-207
(bri) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-208

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
S
(ds0) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-210
(ds1) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-211
(fxo) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-212
(fxs5G) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-213
(ocudp) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-217
(router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-218
dhcp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-220
dns command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-220
dns proxy command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-221
lmi command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-221
log command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-222
mgcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-223
algorithmname command . . . . . . . 5-224
ntp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-225
ppp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-226
rip command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-227
snmp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-227
stp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-228
syslog command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-228
uploaduser command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-229
voip command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-230
(router-lan)
collision command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-233
filter command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-234
static
ip address command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-236
ip network command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-237
ipx network command . . . . . . . . . . 5-237
mac address command . . . . . . . . . 5-238
static command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-236
stp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-238
(router-lan) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-231
(router-voice) command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-239
(router-wan)
firewall command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-242
nat bypass command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-242
ppp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-243
static ip address command . . . . . . . . . 5-244
static ip network command . . . . . . . . 5-244

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

static ipx network command . . . . . . . 5-245
static mac address command . 5-245, 5-246
stp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-246
trunk command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-247
(router-wan) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-240
(v35) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-250
(v54) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-251
(wan) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-252
autoexit command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-208
clock command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-209
connect command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-209
date command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-210
ethernet command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-212
id command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-215
impedance command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-214
ip command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-215
ipds0 command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-215
local command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-216
login command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-216
ntp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-216
radius command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-217
screen command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-247
snmp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-248
syslog command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-248
time command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
users command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
signal cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
signaling
FXO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
SNMP . . . . . . . 5-197, Glossary-5, Glossary-12
setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-197
Spanning Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-12
square waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
standard waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-253
(bri) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-254
(ds0) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-256
(ds1) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-257
(fxo) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-260

Index - 15

Index
T
(fxs5G) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-261
(ocudp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-262
performance command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-263
performance history command . . . . . 5-264
(router) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-265
alarms command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-265
channels command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-266
dns command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-267
events command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-268
ip address table command . . . . . . . . . 5-269
ip network table command . . . . . . . . 5-270
ipx network table command . . . . . . . 5-271
ipx server table command . . . . . . . . . 5-272
log command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-273
mac address table command . . . . . . . 5-274
mgcp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-275
performance command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-276
stp command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-277
(router-lan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-278
(router-trunk) command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-279
(router-voice) command . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-280
(v35) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-282
(v54) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-283
clock command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-255
equipment command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-258
ipds0 command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-262
sessions command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-281
storage temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
store command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-284
Structure, MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

T
T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-5, Glossary-12
connector pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Controller card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
DIP switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Index - 16

features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
T1 connector pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
TDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-5, Glossary-13
TDM controller card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
telco connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-13
telnet (router) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-285
TFTP . . . . . . . . . 5-59, Glossary-5, Glossary-13
time
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-200
show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-249
TR-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9, 6-12
transmit clock source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-13
Type of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180

U
Unpacking and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
uploaduser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11, 5-44, 5-229
user
level command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201
password command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-201

V
V.35
Equipment Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
Line Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
set command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-202
V.35 Loopbacks
V.35 Equipment Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
V.35 Line Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
V.35/V.54 Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
V.35/V.54 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index
W
card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
V.35/V.54 Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
V.54
Service Card Description . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
set command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-204
verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-206
View OCU-DP card configuration . . . . . . . B-23
voice channels
FXO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150, 5-230
rtcp
cname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
rtp baseport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
rtpmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
sdpaddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
set (router) voip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
default command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
dtmf edge command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
g729a command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
jitterbuffer command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146
osi command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146
packing command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147
payload type command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147
ptime command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148

weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

W
waveform
long rise or rounded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
square . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

Index - 17

Index
W

Index - 18

Compact T1 - Release 6.1

© Copyright 2003. Black Box Corporation. All rights reserved.
1000 Park Drive • Lawrence, PA 15055-1018 • 724-746-5500 • Fax 724-746-0746



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Modify Date                     : 2003:06:12 08:41:52-05:00
Create Date                     : 2003:05:27 17:20:10Z
Creator                         : FrameMaker 7.0
Page Count                      : 592
Creation Date                   : 2003:05:27 17:20:10Z
Mod Date                        : 2003:06:12 08:41:52-05:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0 (Windows)
Metadata Date                   : 2003:06:12 08:41:52-05:00
Title                           : Untitled Document
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu